Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2007

Registration Statement No. 333-137607


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 5

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


SWITCH AND DATA, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware    4813    59-3641081

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

(813) 207-7700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants’ principal executive offices)


Keith Olsen

President and Chief Executive Officer

Switch and Data, Inc.

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

(813) 207-7700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Robert J. Grammig, Esquire

Holland & Knight LLP

100 North Tampa Street

Suite 4100

Tampa, Florida 33602

(813) 227-8500

Facsimile: (813) 229-0134

  

Andrew J. Pitts, Esquire

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019-7475

(212) 474-1000

Facsimile: (212) 474-3700


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

   Amount to be
Registered(1)
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(2)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee(3)

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

   13,416,667    $16.00    $214,666,672    $22,969.33

(1)   Includes 1,750,000 shares issuable upon exercise of over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)   Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 5, 2007

 

LOGO

 

11,666,667 Shares

Common Stock

We are selling 9,000,000 shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders are selling 2,666,667 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. Our common stock has been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SDXC”, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9.

 

       Per Share      Total

Price to Public

             

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

             

Proceeds to the Company

             

Proceeds to Selling Stockholders

             

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 1,750,000 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments of shares of common stock from the selling stockholders.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares offered to the public on or about                 , 2007.

 

Deutsche Bank Securities    Jefferies & Company

 


 

CIBC World Markets

   RBC Capital Markets
Raymond James
Lazard Capital Markets    Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.
  

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2007.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   9

Forward-Looking Statements

   26

Use of Proceeds

   28

Dividend Policy

   29

Capitalization

   30

Dilution

   33

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   35

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   40

Secured Credit Facility

   68

Business

   70

Management

   82

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

   86

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   98

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   102

Description of Capital Stock

   104

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   107

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations

   111

Underwriting

   114

Legal Matters

   119

Experts

   119

Where You Can Find More Information

   119

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information incorporated by reference or contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should, therefore, read carefully all the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including that under “Risk Factors,” “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in this prospectus for a more complete understanding of this offering and our business. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their overallotment option.

 

Business Overview

 

We are a leading provider of network neutral interconnection and colocation services primarily to Internet dependent businesses including telecommunications carriers, Internet service providers, online content providers and enterprises. As a network neutral provider, we do not own or operate our own network, and, as a result, our interconnection services enable our customers to exchange network traffic through direct connections with each other or through peering connections with multiple parties. Our colocation services provide space and power for customers’ networking and computing equipment allowing those customers to avoid the costs of building and maintaining their own facilities. We provide our services through 34 facilities in 23 markets, representing the broadest network neutral footprint in North America. Our footprint includes our facility in Palo Alto, one of the first commercial Internet exchanges in the world. Our high network densities, as demonstrated by approximately 17,000 interconnections between our customers, create a network effect, which provides an incentive for our existing customers to remain within our facilities and is a differentiating factor in attracting new customers. This network effect combined with our broad geographic footprint contributes to the growth of our customer base and revenue, which we believe will also increase our operating cash flow due to the fixed nature of certain of our operating costs.

 

Our network neutral business model is a primary differentiating factor in the market. We believe the ability to connect directly with telecommunications carriers and each other enables our customers to reduce network transit costs, to improve the performance of their services and to reduce their time to market. Our diverse customer base includes some of the world’s largest network service providers, multiple system operators, Internet service providers, online content providers and enterprises. Our North America based telecommunications carrier and Internet service provider customers include AboveNet Communications, AOL and Qwest and our international carrier customers include BT, ChungHwa Telecom, Singapore Telecommunications, Telecom Italia and VSNL. Our online content provider customers include DirecTV, Electronic Arts, Google, LimeLight Networks, Yahoo! and YouTube. Our enterprise customers include Internet dependent businesses, including Amazon.com and Factset, and other enterprises such as GlaxoSmithKline, Hewlett Packard, Microsoft and Verisign.

 

We believe our broad geographic footprint represents a competitive advantage in that we have facilities in 14 of the 15 largest metropolitan service areas in the United States and is the broadest of any of our network neutral competitors. Our presence in these markets enables us to serve customers in locations where Internet traffic is most concentrated and to serve customers who require a broad geographic footprint. As of September 30, 2006, of our top 100 customers as measured by revenue, 73 utilize our services in multiple markets.

 

Although we have been unable to achieve profitability, since our founding in 1998, we have increased our revenue through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. We believe

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our customer base of over 830 companies as of September 30, 2006 provides a platform for organic growth. Sales to existing customers in the first nine months of 2006 comprised approximately 76% of incremental sales of our interconnection and colocation services. Since March 2003, we have completed five acquisitions and integrated 12 facilities into our operations. These acquisitions have increased our network densities, expanded our customer base and broadened our geographic footprint.

 

Several favorable trends in our industry are driving demand for our network neutral interconnection and colocation services. These trends include growth in Internet traffic driven by, among other things, increasing broadband penetration and a proliferation of broadband intensive applications, an increasing need for advanced networking technology provided through reliable and secure infrastructure and a growing awareness of business continuity and disaster recovery planning.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our key competitive strengths position us well to capitalize on the growing demand for interconnection and colocation services. These competitive strengths include the following:

 

Network Neutral Business Model. We do not own or operate our own network, and, as a result, our customers are able to connect directly to their choice of providers in an open and competitive marketplace.

 

High Network Densities. The high number of interconnections between our customers creates a network effect, which provides an incentive for existing customers to remain within our facilities and for new customers to join them.

 

Broad Network Neutral Geographic Footprint. Our broad geographic presence enables us to serve customers in locations where Internet traffic is most concentrated and to serve customers who require a broad geographic footprint.

 

Robust Facilities and Operational Excellence. We believe our ability to provide and meet a 99.999% uptime guarantee as part of our service level agreements with our customers is attributable primarily to the quality of our facilities and the capabilities of our operations personnel. Our facilities feature redundant power and cooling systems, physical security, fire suppression systems and water leak detection and technical support.

 

Engineering and Networking Expertise. We have gained significant engineering and networking expertise throughout our history, including through our ownership and operation of our Palo Alto facility, one of the first commercial Internet exchanges in the world.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to be the leading provider of network neutral interconnection and colocation services in North America. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

Focus on our Top 10 Markets. We derive the majority of our revenue from our top 10 markets, which are the markets that we believe to be most important strategically to our business. Since January 2005, we have increased our gross square footage in these markets by 27%, and have augmented the power and cooling infrastructure in many of these facilities. We intend to continue to expand capacity in these markets to meet the increasing needs of our existing customers and to serve new customers.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Leverage Network Densities. By increasing network densities within our facilities, we are able to further enhance our value proposition to our customers. We believe that leveraging our network densities will enable us to continue to attract and retain customers who derive the greatest value from our interconnection services.

 

Strengthen Existing Customer Relationships and Reach New Customers. We are working to strengthen relationships with our existing customer base, develop relationships with customers in emerging, bandwidth intensive segments and invest in new sales channels that incorporate our services as part of a broader communications solution.

 

Pursue Selective Acquisitions. Our acquisitions have increased our network densities, expanded our customer base and broadened our geographic footprint. We believe that industry consolidation opportunities remain, and we intend to continue to pursue selective acquisitions.

 

Summary Risk Factors

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. The following risks, as well as the other risks discussed in “Risk Factors”, should be carefully considered before participating in this offering:

 

Material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the preparation of our 2005 consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005, and during the course of preparing for this offering, our independent registered public accounting firm reported ten control deficiencies, which represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. These material weaknesses contributed to the need to restate our 2003, 2004 and 2005 annual consolidated financial statements to correct our accounting for debt issuance costs, stock based compensation expense and discontinued operations.

 

Net losses. We have incurred losses since our inception and have an accumulated deficit of $209.8 million as of September 30, 2006. Until 2003, we did not generate cash from operations.

 

Leased properties. We do not own the buildings in which our properties are located and could be forced by our landlords to vacate such facilities.

 

Service interruptions. We have service level commitment obligations to substantially all of our customers and have at times in the past given credits to our customers as a result of service interruptions due to equipment failures.

 

Customer retention. Our customer contracts for space and power typically have terms of one to three years and interconnection services are typically provided either on a month-to-month basis or over a one year term. Some of our customers, including our largest customer, based upon our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005, have elected not to renew their contracts.

 

Corporate Reorganization

 

In connection with this offering, Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the shares of which are being sold to the public in this offering, will be the successor to Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., our current holding company, following a reorganizational merger that will take place before the completion of this offering. As part of the merger, Switch and Data, Inc. will change its name to Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. The certificate of merger will be filed, and the merger and reorganization will become effective shortly before the closing for the sale of the shares in this offering. The reorganization will include the following:

 

    An aggregate of 24,787,475 shares of our common stock will be issued in the merger to existing holders of shares of capital stock of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Various other agreements among the existing stockholders of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. will be terminated or amended.

 

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization.”

 

Company Information

 

We were incorporated on July 31, 2006 as a Delaware corporation. Our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., also a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on March 15, 2000. The original predecessor of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. was organized in Delaware on March 10, 1998, as Switch & Data Facilities Company, LLC. We currently conduct certain operations through our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices are located at 1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650, Tampa, Florida 33607 and our telephone number is (813) 207-7700. We maintain a website at www.switchanddata.com where general information about our business is available. Information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase our common stock.

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by Switch and Data

9,000,000 shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

2,666,667 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

33,787,475 shares (35% of which are the shares being offered in this offering)

 

Over-allotment option

1,750,000 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use approximately $91.9 million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay part of our bank debt. The remaining approximately $30.7 million will be used for capital expenditures, working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

Nasdaq Global Market symbol

SDXC

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares we expect to be outstanding after giving effect to completion of our corporate reorganization as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization.” This information excludes shares of common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. After giving effect to our corporate reorganization, we expect to have outstanding options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of approximately 2,679,339 shares of our common stock. Of these options, 1,365,382 will be issued to holders of options to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock. These options will have a weighted average exercise price of $2.97 per share. The remaining options to purchase approximately 1,313,957 shares of our common stock will be issued to our employees and non-employee directors at an exercise price equal to the public offering price will be outstanding prior to completion of this offering.

 

Assumptions Used in This Prospectus

 

Unless we otherwise indicate, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

an offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

   

the underwriters not exercising their over-allotment option to purchase up to 1,750,000 shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders;

 

   

the completion of our corporate reorganization (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization”); and

 

   

our issuance of 9,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering.

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following summary consolidated financial data is based solely on the consolidated financial data of our predecessor and should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all of which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the financial data as of December 31, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 from the audited financial statements of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the financial data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 from the unaudited restated financial statements of our predecessor not included in this prospectus. We derived the financial data as of September 30, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 from our predecessor’s audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 from our predecessor’s unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated interim financial data reflects all adjustments, including usual recurring adjustments, which in the opinion of management are necessary for the fair presentation of that information as of and for the periods presented. The results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that you should expect for the full year or in the future. The adjusted pro forma balance sheet data reflects the receipt and application of the estimated net proceeds to us from the sale of 9,000,000 shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share.

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

    Year Ended December 31,

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,


 
    2001(1)(2)

    2002(1)

    2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 
    (restated)     (restated)                                
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues:

  $ 42,229     $ 38,928     $ 69,840     $ 91,449     $ 105,414     $ 78,668     $ 82,549  

Costs and operating expenses

                                                       

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    32,386       22,924       32,333       43,652       54,800       39,954       45,207  

Sales and marketing

    6,745       4,940       6,883       10,765       9,846       7,305       9,223  

General and administrative

    8,657       5,662       7,090       9,768       9,568       6,235       7,907  

Depreciation and amortization

    13,776       13,267       18,509       27,705       30,206       24,184       17,379  

Lease litigation settlements

                      6,629                    

Asset impairment

    16,329       8,338             1,015       2,140       2,140       2,193  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total costs and operating expenses

    77,893       55,131       64,815       99,534       106,560       79,818       81,909  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

    (35,664 )     (16,203 )     5,025       (8,085 )     (1,146 )     (1,150 )     640  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Interest income

    489       194       121       140       106       89       71  

Interest expense

    (2,801 )     (4,485 )     (3,573 )     (5,374 )     (9,356 )     (6,066 )     (10,764 )

Loss from debt extinguishment

                (342 )     (409 )     (769 )            

Other income (expense)

    9             78       (192 )     166       (7 )     (6 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest and income taxes

    (37,967 )     (20,494 )     1,309       (13,920 )     (10,999 )     (7,134 )     (10,059 )

Minority interest in net income of consolidated partnership

    (2,513 )     (1,878 )     (2,052 )     (380 )                  

Income taxes

                (80 )     (63 )     (69 )     (140 )      
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations

    (40,480 )     (22,372 )     (823 )     (14,363 )     (11,068 )     (7,274 )     (10,059 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (12,058 )     (19,142 )     (2,331 )     891       (206 )     (168 )      
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss

    (52,538 )     (41,514 )     (3,154 )     (13,472 )     (11,274 )     (7,442 )     (10,059 )

Preferred stock accretions and dividends

    (9,787 )     (10,225 )     (15,120 )     (16,938 )     (33,691 )     (13,482 )     (10,054 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (62,325 )   $ (51,739 )   $ (18,274 )   $ (30,410 )   $ (44,965 )   $ (20,924 )   $ (20,113 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss) per share- basic and diluted

  $ (1.24 )   $ (0.48 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.28 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.19 )

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(3)

    50,074       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,554  

Pro forma net loss, attributable to common stockholders

                                  $ (11,274 )           $ (10,059 )

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)

                                  $ (0.47 )           $ (0.41 )

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)

                                    24,260               24,548  

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    As of
December 31,


    As of
September 30,


 
    2005

    2006

 

Balance Sheet Data:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 10,417     $ 4,027  

Total assets

  $ 163,222     $ 155,573  

Long-term obligations

  $ 153,602     $ 153,221  

Redeemable preferred stock

  $ 180,644     $ 190,698  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ (189,360 )   $ (208,944 )

 


(1)   Amounts for 2001 and 2002 have been restated from the amounts previously reported. See notes to “Selected Consolidated Financial Information” for more information.
(2)   Upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”), on January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized. Only intangible assets with definite lives continue to be amortized.
(3)   The number of weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding for purposes of calculating our earnings per share includes our predecessor’s Common Stock and Series B Common Stock.
(4)   Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares assumed outstanding for the period resulting from the assumed conversion of outstanding preferred stock as discussed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization,” which will occur shortly before the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus.

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

 

If you purchase shares of our common stock, you will assume a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus. Any of the following risks as well as other risks and uncertainties discussed in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are unaware, or that are currently deemed immaterial by us, also may become important factors that affect us.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Material weaknesses identified in our internal control over financial reporting may result in our inability to file periodic reports within the time periods required by federal securities laws.

 

As further described in the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in connection with the preparation of our 2005 consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005, and during the course of preparing for this offering, our independent registered public accounting firm reported ten control deficiencies, which represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. These material weaknesses resulted in, or contributed to, adjustments to our financial statements and, in certain cases, restatement of prior financial statements. In instances where adjustments were only required for the 2005 financial statements, the related material weakness existed only in that fiscal year. Any failure to implement new or improved controls in order to remediate the material weaknesses reported by our independent registered public accounting firm, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

 

The rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) require that, as a publicly-traded company following the completion of this offering, we file periodic reports containing our financial statements within a specified time following the completion of quarterly and annual fiscal periods. Any failure by us to timely file our periodic reports with the SEC may result in a number of adverse consequences that could materially and adversely impact the value of your investment, including, without limitation, delisting of our stock from The Nasdaq Global Market, potential action by the SEC against us, possible defaults under our credit arrangements, stockholder lawsuits and general damage to our reputation.

 

Material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may result in the inability of investors to rely on our financial statements.

 

Control deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting could result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Upon completion of this offering, we will have had only limited operating experience with the remedial measures we have made to date, and we have significant additional remedial measures that we must undertake. We cannot provide assurance that the measures we have taken to date or any future measures will adequately remediate the material weaknesses reported by our independent registered public accounting firm. In addition, we cannot be certain that there are no additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could require us to restate our financial statements or otherwise cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and could adversely impact our stock price. Any such failure could also adversely affect the results of the

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

periodic management evaluations of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting that will be required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

We have incurred substantial losses in the past and may continue to incur losses in the future.

 

We have never been profitable and have incurred losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, we incurred net losses of approximately $13.5 million and $11.3 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we incurred net losses of approximately $10.1 million. Until 2003, we did not generate cash from operations. As of September 30, 2006, we had an accumulated deficit of $209.8 million. There can be no guarantee that we will achieve profitability. Even if we achieve profitability, given the competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we operate, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated historically and could continue to fluctuate in the future, which could affect our ability to maintain our current market position or expand.

 

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

    changes in general economic conditions and specific market conditions in the telecommunications and Internet-related industries;

 

    demand for interconnection and colocation services at our facilities;

 

    competition from other suppliers of the services we offer;

 

    the timing and magnitude of operating expenses, capital expenditures and expenses related to the expansion of sales, marketing and operations, including as a result of acquisitions, if any;

 

    the cost and availability of power and cooling capacity;

 

    our closing of existing facilities or our acquisition of additional facilities;

 

    the mix of our current services; and

 

    the financial condition and credit risk of our customers.

 

Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we have experienced growth in revenues in recent quarters, this growth rate is not necessarily indicative of future operating results. A relatively large portion of our expenses are fixed in the short-term, particularly with respect to lease and personnel expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses, and interest expense. Therefore, our results of operations are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. As such, comparisons to prior periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance.

 

Our ability to maximize the utilization of our facilities is limited by the availability and cost of sufficient electrical power and cooling capacity.

 

The availability of an adequate supply of electrical power and cooling capacity, and the infrastructure to deliver that power and cooling, is critical to our ability to provide our services. Even though physical space may be available in a facility, the demand for electrical power may exceed our designed capacity. We may be unable to meet the increasing power and cooling needs of our customers if our customer mix does not match our expectations or our customers

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

further increase their use of high density electrical power equipment, such as blade servers. In

addition, the amount of saleable space within our facilities is reduced to the extent that we house generators and batteries to provide back-up power. Further, certain of the leases for our

facilities also contain provisions that limit the supply of electrical power and cooling capacity to

such facilities, as a result of which our ability to reach full utilization may be constrained in

these facilities. If the availability of power limits our ability to fully utilize the space within our

facilities, we may be unable to accept new customers at our facilities and our revenue growth

will decline or we may incur additional costs to increase the power supply or acquire space at an additional facility.

 

The high utilization of our facilities may limit our ability to grow in certain key markets, and we may be unable to expand our existing facilities or locate and secure suitable sites for additional facilities.

 

Our facilities have reached high rates of utilization in many of our key markets. Our ability to meet the growing needs of our existing customers and to attract new customers in these key markets depends on our ability to add additional capacity by incrementally expanding our existing facilities or by locating and securing additional facilities in these markets that meet specific infrastructure requirements such as access to multiple telecommunications carriers, a significant supply of electrical power, high ceilings and the ability to sustain heavy floor loading. In many markets, the supply of facilities with these characteristics is limited and subject to high demand. If we are unable to expand our capacity in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

We are continuing to invest in our expansion efforts, but we may not experience sufficient customer demand in the future to realize expected returns on these investments.

 

We are considering the acquisition or lease of additional properties, including the construction of new facilities. We would be required to commit substantial operational and financial resources to these facilities, generally up to 18 months in advance of securing customer contracts, and we may not experience sufficient customer demand in those markets to support these facilities once they are built. In addition, unanticipated technological changes could affect customer requirements, and we may not have built such requirements into our new facilities. Any of these contingencies, if they were to occur, could make it difficult for us to realize expected or reasonable returns on these investments and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

We do not own the buildings in which our facilities are located. Instead, we have chosen to lease our facility space, and the non-renewal of leases poses significant risk to our ongoing operations.

 

We would incur significant costs if we were forced to vacate one of our facilities due to the high costs of relocating the equipment in our facilities and installing the necessary infrastructure in a new facility. In addition, if we were forced to vacate a facility, we could lose customers that chose our services based on our location. Our landlords could attempt to evict us for reasons beyond our control. Further, we may be unable to maintain good working relationships with our landlords, which would adversely affect our customer service and could result in the loss of current customers.

 

In addition, our business would be harmed by our inability to renew leases at favorable terms. Most of our leases provide two five-year renewal options with rents set at then-prevailing market rates. We expect that the then-prevailing market rates will be higher than present rates. To maintain the operating profitability associated with our present cost structure, we must

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

increase revenues within existing facilities to offset the anticipated increase in lease payments at the end of the original and renewal terms. Failure to increase revenue sufficiently to offset these projected higher costs would adversely impact our operating income.

 

Additionally, ten of our leases do not contain renewal options. Renewing these leases at favorable terms will be critical to continuing those operations in the Los Angeles, Atlanta, New York, Philadelphia and Seattle markets. Even those leases which contain renewal options do not ensure long-term operations at those facilities.

 

If our contracts with our customers are not renewed or are terminated, our business could be substantially harmed.

 

Our customer contracts for space and power typically have terms of one to three years. Interconnection services are typically provided either on a month-to-month basis or over a one-year term. Our customers may not elect to renew these contracts. Furthermore, our customer contracts are terminable for cause if we breach a material provision of the contract, including the failure to provide power or connectivity for extended periods of time, or violate applicable laws or regulations. We may face increased competition and pricing pressure as our customer contracts become subject to renewal. Our customers may negotiate renewal of their contracts at lower rates, for fewer services or for shorter terms. If we are unable to successfully renew our customer contracts on their current terms, or if our customer contracts are terminated, our business could suffer.

 

We have been sued by several landlords for breaches of our lease agreements. An adverse determination in any of these proceedings could result in significant liabilities.

 

We have three ongoing cases with respect to disputes arising out of alleged breaches of our abandoned lease agreements. One of these is a suit filed in West Palm Beach, Florida in May 2002, in which the plaintiff is seeking damages of approximately $29.7 million, consisting of alleged lost rents, lost profits, lost business opportunities, transaction costs relating to our alleged forced sale and attorney’s fees. In a suit filed in Milwaukee, Wisconsin in May 2006, the plaintiff is seeking damages of $4.6 million consisting of alleged lost rents, losses on the sale of the building and attorney’s fees. The third suit was filed in New Orleans, Louisiana in October 2001, and involves a plaintiff that is seeking damages of approximately $3.6 million consisting of alleged lost rent, restorative expenses and lease commission. In the past, we have experienced adverse outcomes in litigation proceedings arising out of similar facts, and we have also settled similar disputes for significant sums. The potential liabilities resulting from these claims may not be covered by our insurance policies or may be disputed by our insurers. Moreover, even if the claims brought against us are unsuccessful or without merit, the cost of defending these suits may result in a material adverse effect on our liquidity. See “Business—Legal Proceedings” for more information.

 

Any failure of our physical infrastructure or services could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could reduce our revenues, harm our business reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

 

Our business depends on providing customers with highly reliable service. The services we provide are subject to failure resulting from numerous factors, including:

 

    human error;

 

    power loss;

 

    improper building maintenance by the landlords of the buildings in which our facilities are located;

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    physical or electronic security breaches;

 

    fire, earthquake, hurricane, flood and other natural disasters;

 

    water damage;

 

    the effect of war, terrorism and any related conflicts or similar events worldwide; and

 

    sabotage and vandalism.

 

Problems at one or more of our facilities, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions or equipment damage. We have service level commitment obligations to substantially all of our customers. As a result, service interruptions or equipment damage in our facilities could result in credits for service interruptions to these customers. We have at times in the past given credits to our customers as a result of service interruptions due to equipment failures. We cannot assure you that our customers will accept these credits as compensation in the future. Also, service interruptions and equipment failures may expose us to additional legal liability and impair our brand image. We depend on our landlords and other third-party providers to properly maintain the buildings in which our facilities are located. Improper maintenance by such landlords and third parties increase the risk of service interruptions and equipment damage.

 

Additionally, certain of our facilities, including those in California, Florida and the Pacific Northwest, are located in areas particularly susceptible to natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes and tornadoes. The occurrence of any natural disaster could shut down one or more of our facilities and result in a material adverse effect upon our results of operations. Moreover, we may not have adequate property or liability insurance to cover catastrophic events.

 

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

We compete with network neutral interconnection and colocation service providers and other telecommunications service providers, including U.S.-based telecommunications carriers and Internet service providers, managed service providers and web hosting companies. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than us, and some have a greater presence in our markets and in other markets across the United States and around the world.

 

Because of their greater financial resources, some of our competitors have the ability to adopt aggressive pricing policies. As a result, we may suffer from pricing pressure that would adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, certain of these competitors currently offer network neutral interconnection and colocation services in the same markets where we have facilities, and other competitors may start doing so in the future. Some of these competitors may also provide our current and potential customers with additional benefits, including one-stop shopping options through bundled interconnection and colocation services, and may do so in a manner that is more attractive to our potential customers than our services. These competitors may be able to provide bundled interconnection and colocation services at prices lower than our cost structure allows. If, as a result of such efficiencies, these competitors are able to adopt aggressive pricing policies for interconnection and colocation services, our ability to generate revenues would be materially and adversely affected.

 

In addition, our competitors may operate more successfully or form alliances to acquire significant market share. Once businesses locate their networking and computing equipment in competitors’ facilities, it may be extremely difficult to convince them to relocate to our facilities. Furthermore, a business that has already invested substantial resources in such arrangements may be reluctant or slow to replace or limit its existing services by becoming our customer.

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Finally, we may also experience competition from our landlords. Rather than leasing available space in our buildings to us or other large single tenants, they may decide to convert the space instead to smaller units designed for multi-tenant interconnection and colocation use. Landlords may enjoy a cost advantage in providing services similar to those provided by us, and this could also reduce the amount of space available to us for expansion in the future.

 

If we fail to differentiate our facilities and services from the services provided by our current or future competitors, we may not be able to compete successfully and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Our failure to meet performance standards under our service level agreements could result in our customers terminating their relationship with us and the damage to our reputation could limit our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers.

 

We have service level agreements with substantially all of our customers in which we provide various guarantees regarding our levels of service. We may have difficulty meeting these levels of service if we experience service interruptions. If we fail to provide the levels of service required by these agreements, our customers may be able to receive service credits for their accounts or terminate their relationship with us. In addition, our inability to meet our service level commitments may damage our reputation and could consequently limit our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers, which would adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and negatively impact our operating results. We have issued credits to customers on several occasions in the past due to our failure to meet our service level commitments, and we may do so in the future. We cannot assure you that our customers will accept these credits as compensation in the future.

 

We are dependent upon third-party suppliers for power and certain other services, and we are vulnerable to service failures of our third-party suppliers and to price increases by such suppliers.

 

We generally do not control the amount of power our customers draw from their installed circuits. We rely on third parties to provide power, and we cannot ensure that these third parties will deliver such power in adequate quantities or on a consistent basis. If the amount of power available to us is inadequate to support our customer requirements or delivery of power does not occur in a timely manner, we may be unable to provide our services to our customers and our operating results and cash flow may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our facilities are susceptible to power shortages and planned or unplanned power outages caused by these shortages such as those that occurred in California in 2001, in New York City and the Northeast in 2003 and in Miami in 2005. The overall power shortages in California, where three of our facilities, including our Palo Alto facility, are located, have increased the cost of energy, which we may not be able to pass on to our customers. We also believe that the Northeast remains particularly vulnerable to power shortages. We attempt to limit exposure to power shortages by using backup generators and batteries. Power outages, which may last beyond our backup and alternative power arrangements, would harm our customers and our business. In the past, a limited number of our customers have experienced temporary losses of power. We could incur financial obligations or be subject to lawsuits by our customers in connection with a loss of power. In addition, any loss of services or equipment damage could reduce the confidence of our customers in our services and could consequently impair our ability to attract and retain customers, which would adversely affect both our ability to generate revenues and our operating results.

 

We are dependent upon third-party suppliers for the resale of Internet access and other services, and we have no control over the quality and reliability of the services provided by

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

these suppliers. In the past, some of these providers have experienced significant system failures. Users of our services may in the future experience difficulties due to service failures unrelated to our systems and services. If for any reason these suppliers fail to provide certain services to us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We depend upon a limited number of network service provider customers in certain of our facilities, and the loss of one or more of these customers in those facilities could adversely affect business.

 

Because we do not own or operate our own network, we depend upon network service providers to colocate and/or interconnect as customers in our facilities and contribute to the network density that attracts our other customers. In several of our smaller markets, we have agreements with only a limited number of network service providers. In these small market facilities, we expect that we will continue to rely upon a smaller number of network service provider customers to maintain network density within those facilities. Our agreements with these network service providers will expire over a one to three-year period if not renewed. A loss of one or more of these customers could have a material and adverse effect on the operations of one or more of our facilities.

 

Our ability to grow depends on a diverse customer base, and our failure to develop and maintain a diverse customer base could harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our ability to grow depends on our ability to develop and maintain a diverse customer base, consisting of a variety of businesses, including telecommunications carriers, Internet service providers and enterprises. We believe creating a diverse customer base in each facility will generate incremental interconnection revenues in the long-term and increase our overall revenues. Our ability to attract and retain these customers will depend on a variety of factors, including the presence of multiple telecommunications carriers in our facilities, the mix of services offered by us, our overall customer mix, the operating reliability and security of our facilities and our ability to market our services effectively across different customer segments. If we fail to develop and maintain a diverse customer base, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

We intend to make future acquisitions, which pose integration and other risks that could harm our business.

 

Since March 2003, we have made the following five acquisitions: the acquisition of the assets and certain liabilities of PAIX.net, Inc. in March 2003; the acquisition of the stock of Meridian Telesis in January 2004; the acquisition of the stock of the RACO Group in March 2004; the acquisition of the limited partnership interests of the Site II partnership in 2004; and the acquisition of the stock of LayerOne Holdings in January 2005. We may acquire complementary businesses, product or service lines and technologies in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate our acquisitions. To finance these acquisitions, we may incur additional debt and issue additional shares of our stock, which will dilute existing stockholders’ ownership interests in us and may adversely affect our business and operations.

 

Specific challenges we have encountered in our prior acquisitions include the following:

 

    unexpected additional capital expenditures to improve the condition of the acquired equipment so as to achieve the desired level of quality of service;

 

    additional capital expenditures because of less product availability than expected;

 

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    loss of customers; and

 

    difficulties in maintaining uniform procedures, policies and controls.

 

Future acquisitions may expose us to the challenges set forth above and other risks such as:

 

    the diversion of senior management’s attention from daily operations to the negotiation of transactions and integration of the acquired businesses, product or service lines and technologies;

 

    the inability to achieve projected synergies;

 

    the possible loss or reduction in value of acquired businesses;

 

    the possible loss of key personnel; and

 

    the assumption of undisclosed liabilities.

 

The failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses, operations or technologies could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Successful integration will depend on our ability to manage acquired operations, realize revenue growth from an expanded customer base and eliminate duplicative and excess costs, among other factors.

 

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

 

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as recent rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market, have imposed various new requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices, and these requirements will continue to evolve. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these evolving requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations relating to public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

 

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to satisfy the ongoing requirements of Section 404.

 

Failure to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

 

As a public company, we will have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our financial statements and harm our operating results. In addition, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors that both addresses management’s assessments and our internal controls. We must complete our first Section 404 annual management report as of December 31, 2007, and our auditor must complete its first attestation report as of December 31, 2008 and we must include these reports in our 2007 and 2008 Form 10-Ks, (to be filed in early 2008 and 2009, respectively). As described above, during the course of our internal control testing, we identified deficiencies and we may discover additional deficiencies, which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent auditors may not issue a favorable assessment. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or their effect on our operations. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent auditors are unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

 

Our services have a long sales cycle that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A customer’s decision to license rack, cabinet or cage space in one of our facilities and to purchase interconnection services typically involves a significant commitment of our time and resources. Many customers are reluctant to commit to purchasing our interconnection and colocation services until they are confident that our facility has adequate available carrier connections and network density. As a result, we experience a long sales cycle for our services. Furthermore, we may expend significant time and resources in pursuing a particular sale or customer that does not generate revenue. Delays due to the length of our sales cycle or costs incurred that do not result in sales may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success largely depends upon retaining the services of our management team.

 

We are highly dependent on our management team. We expect that our continued success will largely depend upon the efforts and abilities of members of our management team. The loss of services of any key executive for any reason could have a material adverse effect upon us. Our success also depends upon our ability to identify, develop and retain qualified employees. The loss of some of our management and other employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

 

Our brand is not as well known as that of some of our competitors. Failure to develop and maintain brand recognition could harm our ability to compete effectively.

 

Many of our competitors are large telecommunications service providers that promote their brands with significantly larger budgets than we have for brand promotion. If we fail to develop

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and maintain brand recognition through sales and marketing efforts and a reputation for high quality service, we may be unable to attract new customers and risk losing existing customers to competitors with better known brands.

 

We have not been successful in attracting customers in several regional markets. We have closed several facilities and our failure to attract sufficient customers in our remaining regional markets could cause us to close one or more of our facilities and lose prospective customers and may adversely affect our business.

 

We maintain a presence in select regional markets across the U.S. and, in several of those markets, we have not been successful in attracting customers to our facilities. We have also exited certain markets. In connection with our exit from these markets and in other markets, we have taken significant asset impairment and discontinuation charges. We presently intend to exit the Kansas City market within the next 9 to 12 months. We are also currently considering exiting another market which currently represents less than 1% of our revenues.

 

We have significant debt obligations which include restrictive covenants that limit our flexibility to manage our business; failure to comply with these covenants could trigger an acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness.

 

As of September 30, 2006, outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities totaled approximately $144.8 million. Our credit facilities require that we maintain specific financial ratios and comply with covenants, including various financial covenants, which contain numerous restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, sell assets, enter into affiliate transactions and take other actions. Furthermore, our existing financial arrangements are, and future financing arrangements are likely to be, secured by all of our assets. If we are unable to meet the terms of the financial covenants or if we breach any of these covenants, a default could result under one or more of these agreements. We have in the past violated certain covenants under our credit facilities, including a violation of the fixed charge covenant in March 2006 and violations of the leverage coverage, interest coverage and fixed charge covenants in September 2006, each of which were subsequently waived by our lenders pursuant to amendments to the credit facilities. A default, if not waived by our lenders, could result in the acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and cause our debt to become immediately due and payable.

 

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash available to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, we will have to refinance such obligations, or otherwise we will not be able to repay our debt. If new financing is made available, its terms may not be favorable to us and our business may be adversely affected.

 

We could incur substantial costs as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws.

 

We are subject to various environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, including those relating to the generation, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Certain of these laws and regulations impose liability, without regard to fault or the lawfulness of the disposal activity, for the entire cost of the investigation and cleanup of contaminated sites on current and former owners and operators of real property and persons who have disposed of or released hazardous substances at any location. Our facilities contain tanks for the storage of diesel fuel and significant quantities of lead acid batteries to provide back-up power. We maintain an environmental compliance program that includes the implementation of required technical and operational procedures designed to minimize the potential for leaks and spills, maintenance of records and manufacturers’ recommended preventative maintenance. However, we cannot guarantee that these systems will remain free

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

from leaks or that the use of these systems will not result in spills. Any leak or spill of hazardous materials could result in interruptions to our operations and expenditures that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, hazardous substances or regulated materials of which we are not aware may be present at facilities we operate and lease. To the extent any such contaminants are discovered at our facilities, we may be responsible under applicable laws, regulations or leases for any required removal or cleanup at substantial cost. In addition, non-compliance with or liabilities under existing environmental or health and safety laws and regulations, or the adoption of more stringent requirements in the future, could result in fines, penalties, third-party claims and other costs that could be material.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

Our business depends on general economic performance and the continued use of the Internet, as well as the increasing adoption and usage of bandwidth intensive services.

 

Acceptance and use of the Internet may not continue to develop at historical rates and a sufficiently broad base of consumers may not continue to use the Internet and other online services as a medium of communication, commerce and entertainment. Demand for Internet services and products is subject to a high level of uncertainty and such services and products are subject to significant pricing pressure. As a result, we cannot be certain that a viable market for our services will be sustainable in many of our markets. If the market for our services grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, our revenues and operating results will be materially and adversely affected.

 

Industry consolidation may have a negative impact on our business.

 

The telecommunications industry is currently undergoing consolidation. For example, two of our significant customers, Qwest and Level 3, acquired OnFiber and Progress Telecom, respectively, both of which are also significant customers. As our customers consolidate, there may be fewer telecommunications service providers available in our facilities and, with less network density in our facilities, our network neutral interconnection and colocation services may become less attractive to our customers. Further, our customers may require less interconnection and colocation services as they combine businesses. Given the competitive and evolving nature of this industry, further consolidation of our customers and competitors may present a risk to our network neutral business model and have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

 

Changes in technology could adversely affect our business.

 

The markets for the services we offer are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, frequent new service introductions, shifting distribution channels and changing customer demands. We may not be able to adequately adapt our services or acquire new services that can compete successfully. We risk losing customers to our competitors if we are unable to adapt to this rapidly evolving marketplace.

 

In addition, our large telecommunications service provider customers that may be colocated at our facilities and our competitors’ facilities may, for reasons that are beyond our control, decide to upgrade the equipment in our competitors’ facilities but not at our facilities. This could lead to the phasing out of our facilities as a marketplace for telecommunications services, making our services less desirable for our customers. Such an occurrence would adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to retain existing customers and our ability to attract new customers.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Government regulation of data networks is largely unsettled, and depending on its evolution, may adversely affect our business.

 

The telecommunications industry is currently undergoing a transformation in technology as it moves from a traditional dedicated circuit network architecture to a design where all forms of traffic—voice, video, and information—are transmitted as digital bits over IP-based networks. With the advent of these digital data transmissions and the growth of the Internet, data networks are becoming the networks over which all communications services can be offered. Determining the appropriate regulatory framework for these data networks is one of the most significant challenges facing federal and state telecommunication policy makers. As a result of this fundamental shift in the telecommunications industry’s underlying technology, various laws and governmental regulations in Canada and at the federal, state and local level in the U.S., governing IP-based services, related communications services and information technologies remain largely unsettled.

 

We are currently regulated by the Federal Communications Commission and the Canadian Radio Television and Telecommunications Commission regarding our provision of International Private Line interexchange services. We are also regulated by the New York State Department of Public Service regarding the provisions of intrastate interexchange services. Due to changing technology and applications of that technology it is uncertain whether and how existing laws or regulations or new laws or regulations will be applied by the Federal Communications Commission and other regulatory agencies in the future to other currently unregulated services we offer, or to new services or products that we may offer in the future.

 

Terrorist activity throughout the world and military action to counter terrorism could adversely impact our business, particularly in regards to our operations located in the San Francisco Bay Area and New York City.

 

The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the U.S., the ensuing declaration of war on terrorism, the war in Iraq and the continued threat of terrorist activity and other acts of war or hostility appear to be having an adverse effect on business, financial and general economic conditions internationally. These effects may, in turn, increase our costs due to the need to provide enhanced security, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. These circumstances may also adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, our ability to raise capital and the operation and maintenance of our facilities. We may not have adequate property and liability insurance to cover catastrophic events or attacks brought on by these factors. In addition, we depend heavily on the physical infrastructure, particularly as it relates to power, that exists in the markets in which we operate. Any damage to such infrastructure in these markets, and particularly in New York City and the San Francisco Bay Area, markets where we operate that are likely to be more prone to terrorist activity as the principal financial and technology centers of the United States, respectively, may materially and adversely affect our business.

 

Risks Related to the Offering

 

Certain of our stockholders have sued us demanding appraisal rights in connection with our corporate reorganization.

 

Two of our stockholders filed a lawsuit against us in a Delaware state court on January 29, 2007. This lawsuit seeks a declaratory judgment that those of our predecessor’s stockholders who did not sign our predecessor’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement are entitled to appraisal rights with respect to our corporate reorganization. It also sought a preliminary injunction against our corporate reorganization and this offering until the appraisal

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

rights issue was resolved. The plaintiffs sought expedited consideration for the preliminary injunction. On February 2, 2007, the Delaware court denied the plaintiff’s motion for expedited consideration. This denial was based upon our agreement that the plaintiffs, and any other holder of our predecessor’s capital stock who has not signed our predecessor’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement, may participate in the offering as a selling stockholder and not waive any right to an appraisal remedy (if any such right exists) with respect to the shares not sold by such stockholder, even if such stockholder has previously consented in writing to the corporate reorganization. Although the motion to expedite has been denied, thereby mooting the motion for preliminary injunction, the lawsuit remains outstanding.

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that stockholders have the right to seek an appraisal of their stock in connection with certain mergers. We believe that, under the DGCL, any of our predecessor’s stockholders who are not parties to the investors agreement and who do not consent to our corporate reorganization (and who are not subject to any other defenses) would have the right to seek an appraisal of their stock if our corporate reorganization is completed and all of the requirements of the DGCL are satisfied by such holders. One holder of the following approximate number of shares of our predecessor’s capital stock may not be a party to the investors agreement and may have the right to dissent from our corporate reorganization and seek to exercise appraisal rights: (i) 60,521 shares of Common Stock (or, approximately 0.1% of such class); (ii) 217,296 shares of Series B Common Stock (or, approximately 0.3% of such class); and (iii) 108,648 shares of Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock (or, approximately 0.3% of such class).

 

The fourth amended and restated investors agreement contains a waiver of appraisal rights in connection with a corporate reorganization. Although we intend to vigorously contest the Delaware lawsuit, we cannot assure you how the Delaware court will rule on the validity of such waivers. Holders of the following approximate number of shares of our predecessor’s capital stock signed prior versions of our predecessor’s investors agreement but did not sign our predecessor’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement: (i) 25,516,782 shares of Common Stock (or, approximately 60.3% of such class); (ii) 10,224,386 shares of Series B Common Stock (or, approximately 15.7% of such class); (iii) 5,786,358 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (or, approximately 26.2% of such class); (iv) 5,112,197 shares of Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock (or, approximately 15.7% of such class); (v) 1,640 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock (or, approximately 0.5% of such class); (vi) 706,258 shares of Series A Special Junior Stock (or, approximately 100% of such class); (vii) 265,033 shares of Series B Special Junior Stock (or, approximately 100% of such class); and (viii) 219,812 shares of Series C Special Junior Stock (or, approximately 100% of such class).

 

If any of the holders of our predecessor’s stock that have or may have appraisal rights satisfy the remaining requirements of the DGCL for assertion of such rights, and it is determined that such holders have not waived their appraisal rights, such holders would be entitled to receive payment equal to the fair value of their stock determined in accordance with the DGCL. We cannot assure you how the Delaware court will determine the fair value of our predecessor’s stock, and the values determined in an appraisal proceeding could result in substantial liabilities. If the fair value were determined to be at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the fair value of all of the stock of all of the holders that have or may have appraisal rights would be approximately $29.0 million. Our credit facilities limit our ability to make payments in respect of our equity interests, including appraisal payments. If we are required to make such payments we would need to seek an amendment or waiver of our credit facilities. Failure to obtain an amendment or waiver could result in the acceleration of outstanding indebtedness under the credit facilities. The cost of any appraisal proceedings or payments, as well as the inability to borrow under, or the acceleration of, our credit facilities, could result in a material adverse effect on our liquidity. See “Business—Legal Proceedings” for more information.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may face additional litigation with certain of our stockholders.

 

Several years ago, we were sued by certain of our stockholders related to minority stockholder issues. As noted above, we were sued on January 29, 2007 by two of our minority stockholders. We have also recently received communications from other stockholders related to minority stockholder issues, including our corporate reorganization. Our predecessor’s capital needs necessitated a number of rounds of financing and the terms and conditions of such financing varied. The later rounds of financing generally contained more favorable terms for the investors than the earlier rounds. Although many of our predecessor’s stockholders hold multiple classes of stock, a number hold few or none of the classes that were issued in the later rounds. In particular, pursuant to an investors agreement between our predecessor and virtually all of its stockholders and under our predecessor’s certificate of incorporation, a formula is set forth establishing the amount of shares of common stock that the holders of each class of securities in our predecessor will receive in connection with our corporate reorganization. The result of the application of this formula is that holders of our predecessor’s Common Stock, Series B Common Stock and Series A, B and C Special Junior Stock will not receive any of our common stock or any other consideration in connection with our corporate reorganization and holders of our predecessor’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will receive less than their original investment in us. One stockholder has alleged that we are incorrectly allocating the merger consideration. Other stockholders have alleged that they were entitled to purchase shares in later rounds of financing and were wrongly refused this opportunity. It is possible that minority stockholders will commence litigation challenging our corporate reorganization, this offering or alleging some other damages. In such actions, stockholders might seek damages and other expenses and potentially other forms of relief, including, but not limited to, injunctive relief. Although we intend to vigorously oppose any litigation claims that may be raised, there is no assurance that we will prevail. If we do not prevail, the damages awarded and our other costs and expenses could be material and any injunctive relief awarded could cause significant or permanent delays in our corporate reorganization and the offering of our common stock contemplated in this prospectus. Even if we prevail, the distraction of management could result in a material adverse effect upon our business and results of operations, and we could incur substantial legal expenses.

 

There is no existing market for our common stock, and you cannot be certain that an active trading market or a specific share price will be established.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market following this offering. The market price for our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and our stock price is likely to be volatile.

 

If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

 

The market price of our stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described above under “Risks Related to Our Business” and the following:

 

    the failure of securities analysts to publish research about us after this offering or to make changes in their financial estimates;

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, productions, acquisitions or capital commitments;

 

   

variations in quarterly operating results;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

terrorist acts;

 

   

future sales of our common stock; and

 

   

investor perception of us and the telecommunications industry.

 

As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial offering price. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

 

The market price of our common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets.

 

Following our corporate reorganization and adjusted for this offering, there will be 33,787,475 shares of our common stock outstanding and 2,679,339 options to purchase common stock based on shares and options outstanding (including 1,289,797 options that will be exercisable). Of our outstanding shares, all the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

Although we and our officers, directors, existing stockholders and existing option holders who will hold more than 90% or more of our outstanding common stock following our corporate reorganization have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock

or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or in

any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership

of shares of common stock, or cause a registration statement covering any shares of common stock

to be filed, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc., these agreements are subject to important exceptions. In addition, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. may waive these restrictions at their discretion.

 

In addition, following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of 5,119,546 shares of our common stock that will be available for issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, including 1,365,382 shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of options that will be issued to holders of options to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.97 per share. Additionally, we expect that 1,313,957 shares will be reserved for issuance upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the public offering price that we expect to issue under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to our employees and non-employee directors prior to completion of this offering. Shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for immediate sale into the public markets upon the exercise of any such options subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above and certain volume limitations applicable to our directors and executive officers.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the completion of our corporate reorganization, our net tangible book value deficit per share as of September 30, 2006 was approximately $(3.49), based on total assets less goodwill, net other intangible assets and total liabilities of $(86.4) million divided by 24,787,475 shares of common stock.

 

Investors who purchase our common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to our corporate reorganization. If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $13.93 in the net tangible book value per share of our common stock based on our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2006 after giving effect to the completion of our corporate reorganization, on an as-adjusted basis, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share. Additional dilution will occur upon the exercise of outstanding options. Investors who purchase our common stock in this offering will have purchased 35% of the shares outstanding immediately after the offering, but will have paid 61% of the total consideration for those shares.

 

The issuance of additional stock in connection with acquisitions, our stock incentive plan or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

 

After this offering, we will have an aggregate of 159,727,597 shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan or otherwise. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders. We intend to continue to actively pursue strategic acquisitions. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity. Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.

 

Your ability to influence corporate matters may be limited because a small number of stockholders beneficially own a substantial amount of our common stock.

 

After giving effect to this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option and assuming an initial public offering price at the midpoint of the range set forth in the cover of this prospectus, affiliates of The CapStreet Group will beneficially own between approximately 7,480,198 and 7,539,458 shares, or 22% in either case, of our common stock, affiliates of Seaport Capital will beneficially own between approximately 5,977,137 and 6,024,490 shares, or 18% in either case, of our common stock and affiliates of Tudor Ventures will beneficially own between approximately 1,807,468 and 1,821,788 shares, or 5% in either case, of our common stock. Two of our directors, George Kelly and William Luby, are associated with The CapStreet Group and Seaport Capital, respectively. As a result, these investors could exert significant influence over our management and policies and may have interests that are different from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. In addition, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of preventing, discouraging or deferring a change of control, which could depress the market price of our common stock. The percentage and number of shares owned by each of these stockholders after giving effect to this offering will vary based upon the initial public offering price and the elections of other stockholders to sell in this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock may prevent a change in our control.

 

Our amended certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock. In addition, our board of directors may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our preferred stock and may set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board may establish a series of preferred stock that could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could delay a change in management and limit our share price.

 

Certain provisions of our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or for us to acquire control of a third party even if such a change in control would increase the value of your common stock.

 

We have a number of anti-takeover devices in place that will hinder takeover attempts and could reduce the market value of our common stock or prevent sale at a premium. Our anti-takeover provisions include:

 

   

a staggered, or classified, board of directors;

 

   

removal of directors, only for cause, by 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote;

 

   

blank-check preferred stock, the preference, rights and other terms of which may be set by the board of directors and could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise benefit our stockholders;

 

   

a provision denying stockholders the ability to call special meetings;

 

   

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which restricts certain business combinations with interested stockholders in certain situations; and

 

   

advance notice requirements by stockholders for director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. We may, in some cases, use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “will,” or “may,” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include statements about:

 

   

our financial outlook and the financial outlook of Internet dependent businesses, including telecommunications carriers, Internet service providers, online content providers and enterprises;

 

   

our ability to compete successfully with our competitors;

 

   

our use of our proceeds from this offering;

 

   

our cash needs;

 

   

implementation of our corporate strategy;

 

   

our financial performance;

 

   

our ability to leverage our network densities;

 

   

our ability to grow in our top 10 markets and expand the capacity in our facilities to meet the increasing needs of our existing customers and to serve new customers;

 

   

the availability and cost of sufficient electrical power and cooling capacity in our facilities;

 

   

our ability to pursue and successfully integrate acquisitions;

 

   

our ability to strengthen existing customer relationships and reach new customers;

 

   

our ability to develop relationships with customers in emerging, bandwidth-intensive segments and to develop new sales channels;

 

   

our ability to offer a mix of services that will develop and maintain a diverse customer base;

 

   

our ability to design and architect facilities which proactively address the evolving needs of our customers;

 

   

our ability to meet the service levels required by our service level agreements with our customers;

 

   

the growth in Internet traffic;

 

   

the stabilizing supply of network neutral interconnection and colocation capacity;

 

   

the adoption of advanced networking technology;

 

   

the adoption and usage of bandwidth-intensive services;

 

   

the growing awareness of business continuity and disaster recovery planning; and

 

   

the effect of industry consolidation on our business.

 

There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These important factors include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors.” You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by us will be approximately $122.6 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $8.4 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use approximately $91.9 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding principal under our existing credit facilities. As of September 30, 2006, approximately $144.8 million of principal was outstanding under our existing credit facilities. We do not intend to use any of the proceeds from this offering to repay accrued interest under our credit facilities, which we intend to pay with working capital. On January 24, 2007, we amended our credit facilities such that we will be permitted to repay our entire Second Lien Credit Facility and only a portion of our First Lien Credit Facility. We pay interest on the principal of our Second Lien Credit Facility that we will repay with the proceeds of this offering at our option at either a base rate, equal to the greater of the agent’s prime rate of 0.50% above the federal funds rate, plus the applicable margin or a Eurodollar rate, based on the one-, two-, three-, or six-month Eurodollar rate, plus the applicable margin. The Second Lien Credit Facility has a maturity date of April 13, 2011. We pay interest on the principal of our First Lien Credit Facility, a portion of which we will repay from the proceeds of this offering, equal to, at our option, an applicable margin for base rate interest at a spread of 2.50% to 3.25%, or an applicable margin for Eurodollar rate interest at a spread of 3.50% to 4.25%. The First Lien Credit Facility has maturity dates of October 13, 2010 and October 13, 2011. The remaining approximately $30.7 million of net proceeds will be used for capital expenditures, for working capital and for other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the remaining net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies complementary to our current business, through mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or otherwise. However, we have no specific agreements or commitments and are not currently engaged in any substantive negotiations with respect to any such transactions.

 

The above use of proceeds assumes that appraisal rights will not be available to or asserted by any material number of our predecessor’s stockholders. If this assumption is incorrect, proceeds from this offering may be used to make appraisal payments and working capital could be materially adversely impacted. We believe that all but one of our stockholders are bound by an investors agreement which contains a waiver of their appraisal rights in connection with a corporate reorganization.

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

On October 13, 2005, we paid a cash dividend of approximately $11.4 million in the aggregate to holders of our predecessor’s Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock in connection with the redemption of our predecessor’s Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock and approximately $16.0 million in the aggregate to holders of our predecessor’s Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock. We have not declared or paid any other dividends. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Our existing credit facilities prohibit us from paying cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may prohibit us from paying any type of dividends. For more information about these restrictions, see “Secured Credit Facility.”

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2006:

 

   

actual, of our predecessor without giving effect to any adjustments resulting from the corporate reorganization or this offering;

 

   

as adjusted, after giving effect to the completion of our corporate reorganization discussed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization”; and

 

   

as further adjusted to give effect to the completion of our corporate reorganization and to the issuance and sale of 9,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

This table should be read with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2006

     Actual(1)

   As
Adjusted(1)(2)


  

As Further

Adjusted(1)(3)


          (unaudited)    (unaudited)
     (In thousands)

Long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 144,750    $ 144,750    $ 52,838

Series C redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 32,609 shares authorized, and 32,609 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued as adjusted or as further adjusted

     14,376          

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 22,100 shares authorized, and 22,100 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted or as further adjusted

     176,322          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

                    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 50,000 shares authorized, and 42,295 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000 shares authorized, as adjusted and as further adjusted; 24,787 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; 33,787 shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted

     4      3      3

Series B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 65,217 shares authorized, and 65,217 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted or as further adjusted

     7          

Series A special junior stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 1,141 shares authorized, and 706 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding as adjusted or as further adjusted

              

Series B special junior stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 366 shares authorized, and 265 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted or as further adjusted

              

Series C special junior stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 4,000 shares authorized, and 220 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted or as further adjusted

              

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     As of September 30, 2006

 
     Actual(1)

    As
Adjusted(1)(2)


   

As Further

Adjusted(1)(3)


 
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Series D-1 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 325 shares authorized, and 325 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted or as further adjusted

                  

Series D-2 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 3,250 shares authorized, and 198 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued, as adjusted or as further adjusted

     5              

Unearned stock compensation

     (201 )     (201 )     (201 )

Additional paid-in capital

           190,711       313,261  

Accumulated deficit

     (209,834 )     (209,834 )     (209,834 )

Accumulated comprehensive income

     1,075       1,075       1,075  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (208,944 )     (18,246 )     104,304  

Total capitalization

   $ 126,504     $ 126,504     $ 157,142  

(1)   The financial data presented in this column are based on the audited financial statements of our predecessor.
(2)   In connection with our corporate reorganization, our predecessor’s Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, and Series D-2 Preferred Stock will be exchanged for shares of our common stock. Our predecessor’s Common Stock, Series B Common Stock, and all classes of Special Junior Stock will be cancelled. The offset of such exchanges and cancellations is included in additional paid in capital.
(3)   A portion of the $122.6 million in proceeds from this offering will be utilized to repay $91.9 million of the outstanding principal amount under our existing credit facilities.

 

Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by $8.4 million, would decrease (increase) long term debt, including current portion, by $6.3 million and would increase (decrease) total capitalization by $2.1 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Our capitalization information represented above excludes: 2,679,339 shares of common stock available for issuance upon the exercise of options we expect to issue before we complete this offering, of which we expect options in respect of 1,289,797 shares to be exercisable.

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. We calculate net tangible book value per share by dividing our net tangible book value, which equals total assets less goodwill, net other intangible assets and total liabilities, by the number of common shares outstanding. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of September 30, 2006 was approximately $(86.4) million, or $(3.49) per share, based upon 24,787,475 shares outstanding after giving effect to the completion of our corporate reorganization. After giving effect to the sale of 9,000,000 shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2006 would have been $36.2 million, or $1.07 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $4.56 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $13.93 per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

           $ 15.00

Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2006, after giving effect to the completion of our corporate reorganization

   $ (3.49 )      

Increase per pre-offering share attributable to sale of common stock in this offering

   $ 4.56        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

           $ 1.07
            

Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors

           $ 13.93
            

 

Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value by $8.4 million or $0.25 per share.

 

The following table shows on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2006, after giving effect to the completion of our corporate reorganization, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for their common stock and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Issued

    Total Consideration

   

Average
Price

Per Share


     Number

   Percent

    Amount

   Percent

   

Existing stockholders

   24,787,475    73 %   $ 123,193,751    48 %   $ 4.97

New investors

   9,000,000    27 %     135,000,000    52 %     15.00
    
  

 

  

     

Total

   33,787,475    100 %   $ 258,193,751    100 %      
    
  

 

  

     

 

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The tables above assume no exercise of stock options that we expect to be outstanding prior to consummation of this offering. Prior to consummation of this offering, we expect to issue options to purchase 1,365,382 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.97 per share to holders of options to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock. Additionally, we expect to issue options to purchase approximately 1,313,957 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the initial offering price to our employees and non-employee directors. Additionally, there will be 2,440,207 additional shares available for future grant under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Exercise of the options with an exercise price of less than the initial public offering price will result in additional dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors.

 

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to 22,120,808 shares, or 65% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the total number of shares held by new investors to 11,666,667 shares, or 35% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 13,416,667 shares, or 40% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

This section presents our historical financial data which are based solely on the financial data of our predecessor. The selected consolidated financial data is qualified by reference to, and should be read carefully in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements.

 

We derived the financial data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 from the audited financial statements of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the financial data as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 from the unaudited restated financial statements of our predecessor not included in this prospectus. The financial data as of September 30, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was from our predecessor’s audited financial statements included in this prospectus. The financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was from our predecessor’s unaudited financial statements included in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial data reflects all adjustments, including usual recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of that information as of and for the periods presented. The results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that you should expect for the full year or in the future.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Year Ended December 31,

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,


 
    2001(1)(2)

    2002(1)

    2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 
    (restated)     (restated)                       (unaudited)        
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues:

  $ 42,229     $ 38,928     $ 69,840     $ 91,449     $ 105,414     $ 78,668     $ 82,549  

Costs and operating expenses:

                                                       

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    32,386       22,924       32,333       43,652       54,800       39,954       45,207  

Sales and marketing

    6,745       4,940       6,883       10,765       9,846       7,305       9,223  

General and administrative

    8,657       5,662       7,090       9,768       9,568       6,235       7,907  

Depreciation and amortization

    13,776       13,267       18,509       27,705       30,206       24,184       17,379  

Lease litigation settlements

                      6,629                    

Asset impairment

    16,329       8,338             1,015       2,140       2,140       2,193  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total costs and operating expenses

    77,893       55,131       64,815       99,534       106,560       79,818       81,909  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

    (35,664 )     (16,203 )     5,025       (8,085 )     (1,146 )     (1,150 )     640  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Interest income

    489       194       121       140       106       89       71  

Interest expense

    (2,801 )     (4,485 )     (3,573 )     (5,374 )     (9,356 )     (6,066 )     (10,764 )

Loss from debt extinguishment

                (342 )     (409 )     (769 )            

Other income (expense)

    9             78       (192 )     166       (7 )     (6 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest and income taxes

    (37,967 )     (20,494 )     1,309       (13,920 )     (10,999 )     (7,134 )     (10,059 )

Minority interest in net income of consolidated partnership

    (2,513 )     (1,878 )     (2,052 )     (380 )                  

Income taxes

                (80 )     (63 )     (69 )     (140 )      
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations

    (40,480 )     (22,372 )     (823 )     (14,363 )     (11,068 )     (7,274 )     (10,059 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (12,058 )     (19,142 )     (2,331 )     891       (206 )     (168 )      
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss

    (52,538 )     (41,514 )     (3,154 )     (13,472 )     (11,274 )     (7,442 )     (10,059 )

Preferred stock accretions and dividends

    (9,787 )     (10,225 )     (15,120 )     (16,938 )     (33,691 )     (13,482 )     (10,054 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (62,325 )   $ (51,739 )   $ (18,274 )   $ (30,410 )   $ (44,965 )   $ (20,924 )   $ (20,113 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) per share-basic and diluted:

                                                       

Continuing operations, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (1.00 )   $ (0.30 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.19 )

Discontinued operations

  $ (0.24 )   $ (0.18 )   $ (0.02 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.00 )   $ (0.00 )   $ (0.00 )

Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (1.24 )   $ (0.48 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.28 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.19 )

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(3)

    50,074       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,554  

Pro forma net loss, attributable to common stockholders

                                  $ (11,274 )           $ (10,059 )

Pro forma (unaudited) loss per share—basic and diluted(4):

                                                       

Continuing operations

                                  $ (0.46 )           $ (0.41 )

Discontinued operations

                                  $ (0.01 )           $  
                                   


         


Net loss

                                  $ (0.47 )           $ (0.41 )
                                   


         


Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

                                    24,260               24,548  

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Balance Sheet Data:

 

    As of December 31,

    As of September 30,
2006


 
    2001(1)

    2002(1)(2)

    2003(1)

    2004

    2005

    Actual

   

Pro Forma

(5)


 
    (restated)     (restated)     (restated)                          
    (In
thousands)
                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,485     $ 5,839     $ 10,664     $ 13,707     $ 10,417     $ 4,027     $ 4,027  

Total assets

    147,085       103,296       132,480       152,250       163,222       155,573       155,573  

Long-term obligations

    44,852       39,883       26,620       65,291       153,602       153,221       153,221  

Redeemable preferred shares

    133,739       143,957       190,129       206,875       180,644       190,698       —    

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (45,650 )     (97,177 )     (115,242 )     (144,866 )     (189,360 )     (208,944 )     (18,246 )

 

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,


 
     2001(1)

    2002(1)

    2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 
     (restated)     (restated)                       (unaudited)        
                       (In thousands)              

Cash Flow from:

                                                        

Operating Activities

   $ (9,899 )   $ (3,239 )   $ 20,725     $ 17,645     $ 25,333     $ 20,691     $ 11,321  

Investing Activities

     (36,081 )     (2,484 )     (44,600 )     (38,530 )     (41,516 )     (37,088 )     (16,770 )

Financing Activities

     45,319       (3,133 )     28,699       23,929       12,875       8,287       (958 )

(1)   Amounts as of and for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 have been restated from the amounts previously reported due to the following:

 

   

We have term loan and revolving debt agreements with a syndicate of banks. During 2001 and 2002, several modifications were made to these debt agreements. In conjunction with the modifications, we incurred certain costs which were deferred and capitalized. We have corrected our financial statements and selected financial data tables to comply with Emerging Issue Task Force 96-19, Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments , and 98-14, Debtor’s Accounting for Changes in Line-of-Credit or Revolving Debt Arrangements , which require an assessment as to whether the modifications of the agreements should be accounted for as debt extinguishments or debt modifications. The unamortized costs related to the original borrowings and the costs incurred at the modification date were reviewed to determine whether they should continue to be capitalized or be expensed in whole or in part. As a result of this review, certain costs incurred that were previously capitalized have now been expensed as general and administrative expenses, certain amounts previously recorded as debt extinguishments have been corrected to capitalize such costs as debt modifications and the associated amortization of debt issuance costs has been corrected. We corrected our financial statements to reflect the appropriate financing costs in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

   

We had included certain charges within discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 when those charges and expenses related to activities that did not meet the criteria for classification as discontinued operations pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , as they did not relate to a component of us. As a result of the previous restatement relating to the presentation of discontinued operations in 2003, certain facilities were reclassified from discontinued operations to continuing operations in 2002 and 2001.

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table shows the effects of the restatement of debt extinguishment costs and the correction of the classification of certain facilities from continuing operations to discontinued operations due to the discontinued operations error identified as part of the restatement of the 2003 financial statements to the corresponding line items of our results of operations, balance sheets, and statements of cash flows for the years indicated (in thousands):

 

Statement of Operations

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2001, as
previously
reported


    2001,
as
restated


    2002, as
previously
reported


    2002,
as
restated


 
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 44,321     $ 42,229     $ 38,928     $ 38,928  

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 39,181     $ 32,386     $ 20,673     $ 22,924  

General and administrative

   $ 8,556     $ 8,657     $ 5,650     $ 5,662  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 17,080     $ 13,776     $ 13,267     $ 13,267  

Asset impairment

   $ 20,368     $ 16,329     $ 8,260     $ 8,338  

Total cost and operating expenses

   $ 91,932     $ 77,893     $ 52,790     $ 55,131  

Operating income (loss)

   $ (47,611 )   $ (35,664 )   $ (13,862 )   $ (16,203 )

Interest expense

   $ (2,786 )   $ (2,801 )   $ (4,355 )   $ (4,485 )

Other income (expense)

   $     $ 9     $     $  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

   $ (49,908 )   $ (37,967 )   $ (18,023 )   $ (20,494 )

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (52,421 )   $ (40,480 )   $ (19,901 )   $ (22,372 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $     $ (12,058 )   $ (21,471 )   $ (19,142 )

Net loss

   $ (52,421 )   $ (52,538 )   $ (41,371 )   $ (41,514 )

Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

   $ (62,208 )   $ (62,325 )   $ (51,597 )   $ (51,739 )

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Balance Sheet

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2001, as
previously
reported


    2001

    2002, as
previously
reported


    2002

    2003, as
previously
reported


    2003

 
           (restated)           (restated)           (restated)  
     (In thousands)  

Total assets

   $ 147,202     $ 147,085     $ 103,555     $ 103,296     $ 133,553     $ 132,480  

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (45,533 )   $ (45,650 )   $ (96,918 )   $ (97,177 )   $ (114,169 )   $ (115,242 )

 

Statement of Cash flows

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2001, as
previously
reported


    2001

    2002, as
previously
reported


    2002

 
           (restated)           (restated)  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                                

Net loss

   $ (52,421 )   $ (52,538 )   $ (41,371 )   $ (41,514 )

Amortization of debt issuance costs

   $ 541     $ 557     $ 642     $ 785  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (9,798 )   $ (9,899 )   $ (3,239 )   $ (3,239 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                                

Debt issuance costs

   $ (3,228 )   $ (3,127 )   $ —       $ —    

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 45,218     $ 45,319     $ (3,133 )   $ (3,133 )

(2)   Upon adoption of FAS 142, on January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized. Only intangible assets with definite lives continue to be amortized.
(3)   The number of weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding for purposes of calculating our earnings per share includes our predecessor’s Common Stock and Series B Common Stock.
(4)   Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares assumed outstanding for the period resulting from the assumed conversion of outstanding preferred stock as discussed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization,” which will occur shortly before the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus.
(5)   Adjusted to reflect the reorganization described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization.”

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and the financial statements of our predecessor and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, based on current expectations and related to future events and our future financial performance, that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many important factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus. All forward-looking statements in this document are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading provider of network neutral interconnection and colocation services primarily to Internet dependent businesses including telecommunications carriers, Internet service providers, online content providers and enterprises. As a network neutral provider, we do not own or operate our own network, and, as a result, our interconnection services enable our customers to exchange network traffic through direct connections with each other or through peering connections with multiple parties. Our colocation services provide space and power for customers’ networking and computing equipment allowing those customers to avoid the costs of building and maintaining their own facilities. We provide our services through 34 facilities in 23 markets, representing the broadest network neutral footprint in North America. Our footprint includes our facility in Palo Alto, one of the first commercial Internet exchanges in the world. Our high network densities, as demonstrated by approximately 17,000 interconnections between our customers, create a network effect, which provides an incentive for our existing customers to remain within our facilities and is a differentiating factor in attracting new customers. This network effect combined with our broad geographic footprint contributes to the growth of our customer base and revenue, which we believe will also increase our operating cash flow due to the fixed nature of certain of our operating costs.

 

Since March 2003, we have completed five acquisitions: our acquisition of the assets of PAIX in 2003, the stock of MeridianTelesis in 2004, the stock of RACO in 2004, the

limited partnership interests of the Site II partnership in 2004 and the stock of LayerOne in 2005. These acquisitions have increased our network densities, expanded our customer base and broadened our geographic footprint. They have required upfront cash payments, additional borrowings under our credit facilities, and additional capital expenditures to improve the infrastructure of the acquired facilities.

 

We do not own the buildings in which our facilities are located. Instead, we have chosen to lease our facilities. An important trend in our business is an increased focus on expansion in our top 10 markets, which are those markets we believe to be most important strategically to our business. We have expanded our presence in these markets by acquiring space from other telecommunications carriers or by building out existing leased space.

 

   

In November 2005, we executed an agreement with a carrier to sublease 9,100 gross square feet of space, with an option to lease an additional 13,900 gross square feet in the same building as an existing facility in New York City. In May 2006, we exercised the option to sublease 6,600 of the 13,900 gross square feet with a commencement date of June 1, 2006. In August 2006, we exercised the balance of the option to sublease the remaining 7,300 gross square feet with a commencement date of August 1, 2006. We

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

have subleased a total of 23,500 gross square feet under this agreement, representing an increase of 36% in our gross square footage in New York City.

 

   

In July 2006, we executed an asset purchase agreement to acquire a colocation facility located in Chicago for $0.3 million in cash and to accept assignment of the facility’s lease. The facility has 13,200 gross square feet and is adjacent to one of our existing facilities in Chicago, representing an increase of 96% in our gross square footage in Chicago.

 

   

In June 2006, we completed the expansion of our Palo Alto facility which included adding 26,300 gross square feet, representing an increase of 67% in our gross square footage in the San Francisco Bay Area.

 

As a result of our capacity expansions, we typically incur lease, utility and personnel related expenses prior to being able to accept customers for, and generate revenue from, the additional capacity. However, as a result of the operating leverage inherent in our business model, we believe incremental revenue from these expansions will increase operating cash flow.

 

We intend to continue to maintain our existing operations and look for opportunities to expand our operations in our top 10 markets. Our ability to maintain existing operations will depend in part on our ability to continue to renew the leases in the markets on favorable terms and to maintain good working relationships with our landlords. While most of our leases provide two five-year renewal options with rent set at then-prevailing market rates, 10 of our leases do not contain renewal options. Renewing these leases at favorable terms will be critical to continuing those operations in the Los Angeles, Atlanta, New York, Philadelphia and Seattle markets. Even those leases which contain renewal options do not assure long-term operations at those facilities.

 

As part of our increased focus on the top 10 markets, we have also exited certain markets that we deem not to be profitable. In connection with our exit from these cities and in other cities where we have experienced losses, we have incurred asset impairment and discontinuation charges. We presently intend to exit the Kansas City market within the next 9 to 12 months. We are also currently considering exiting another market which currently represents less than 1% of our revenues.

 

Another important factor that has impacted our business is the 2005 expiration and nonrenewal of a majority of the contracts with the company that was formerly our largest customer. On December 31, 2005, most of our contracts with this customer expired and were not renewed. This was anticipated as the customer had sold a portion of its business and was liquidating the remaining portion of its business. Our total revenue from this customer was $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and our recurring revenue from the contracts that expired on December 31, 2005 was $5.8 million for such year. The contracts with this customer that did not expire in 2005 were assigned to one of our other customers. These contracts expired on September 30, 2006, and only a portion have been renewed. We expect to recognize $ 2.1 million of recurring revenue from these contracts in 2006.

 

Material Weaknesses in Internal Control

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In connection with the preparation of our 2005 consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005, and during the course of preparing for this offering, our independent registered public accounting firm reported the following control deficiencies, which represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting:

 

   

We did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. Specifically, we had deficiencies in finance and accounting staff with sufficient depth and skill in the application of generally accepted accounting principles and the staffing of finance positions with individuals who did not have the appropriate skills, training and experience to meet the objectives that should be expected of these roles. This material weakness also contributed to the following individual material weaknesses as of December 31, 2005:

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls over the accounting for modifications of our debt. Specifically, our controls were not effective to ensure the accuracy and completeness of the recording of debt issuance costs in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This control deficiency resulted in a restatement to debt issuance costs in our 2003, 2004 and 2005 annual consolidated financial statements and the interim consolidated financial statements for each of the 2005 quarters.

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of depreciation expense and accumulated depreciation. Specifically, our controls related to the preparation and review of the quarterly depreciation computations were not adequate to ensure that changes in the useful lives were appropriately accounted for in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This control deficiency resulted in audit adjustments to depreciation expense and accumulated depreciation in our 2005 annual consolidated financial statements and the interim consolidated financial statements for each of the 2005 quarters.

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls over access to financial applications, programs and data. Specifically, our programmers, certain vendors and certain users with financial, accounting and reporting responsibilities also had access to financial applications, programs and data. Such access was not in compliance with segregation of duties requirements nor independently monitored. A lack of segregation of duties increases the likelihood of undetected misstatements due to error or fraud. Additionally, we did not maintain documented procedures regarding general computer controls, including change controls and related user acceptance testing. This control deficiency resulted in the aforementioned audit adjustment related to depreciation expense to our 2005 annual consolidated financial statements.

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of the accounting for a business combination. Specifically, our controls were not sufficient to ensure accuracy of the fair value allocation made in connection with this transaction. This control deficiency resulted in audit adjustments to our 2005 annual consolidated financial statements and the interim consolidated financial statements for each of the 2005 quarters.

 

   

We did not maintain effective control over the valuation of our long-lived assets. Specifically, effective controls were not in place to ensure the impairment analysis was accurately performed for our long-lived assets. This control deficiency resulted

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

in audit adjustments to our 2005 annual consolidated financial statements and the interim consolidated financial statements for each of the 2005 quarters.

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of revenue. Specifically, our controls over revenue cut-off were not adequate to ensure that revenue was reported in the proper period. This control deficiency resulted in audit adjustments to our 2005 annual consolidated financial statements and the interim consolidated financial statements for each of the 2005 quarters.

 

   

We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy, completeness and presentation and disclosure of stock-based employee compensation expense in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Specifically, we did not maintain effective controls related to the preparation and review of the stock based compensation expense calculation. This control deficiency resulted in a restatement to our 2003, 2004 and 2005 annual consolidated financial statements and the interim consolidated financial statements for each of the 2005 quarters.

 

   

We did not maintain effective control over the accuracy, completeness and presentation and disclosure of discontinued operations. Specifically, effective controls were not in place to ensure items classified within discontinued operations qualified as discontinued operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This control deficiency resulted in a restatement of our 2003, 2004 and 2005 annual consolidated financial statements.

 

   

We did not maintain effective control over the accuracy and presentation and disclosure of income taxes. Specifically, effective controls were not in place to ensure the appropriate calculation and disclosures of income taxes. This control deficiency resulted in audit adjustments to our 2005 annual consolidated financial statements.

 

In instances where adjustments were only required for the 2005 financial statements, the related material weakness existed only in that fiscal year. We have implemented several actions to address the items noted by our independent registered public accounting firm as follows:

 

   

hired a Director of Financial Reporting, responsible for technical accounting issues, SEC reporting and improving internal controls, to work directly for the Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

appointed a financial expert with significant public accounting experience as the Chairman of our Audit Committee;

 

   

hired additional accounting personnel with SEC reporting expertise and public company accounting expertise, including a general accounting manager with SEC reporting experience and a staff accountant with public company experience;

 

   

updated our existing accounting policies to enhance our processes for quarter and year end reporting to improve our revenue cutoff procedures and depreciation computation reviews;

 

   

engaged outside personnel with significant accounting and SEC reporting experience to assist with our technical accounting research, internal financial reporting and SEC reporting until we complete the hiring of our accounting staff;

 

   

created technical accounting policies with authoritative literature applications, operational and review procedures, and disclosure requirements to address the material weaknesses described above related to discontinued operations, long-lived assets, business combinations and debt modifications;

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

documented and implemented additional processes and controls within our information technology department to segregate duties, improve computer controls and improve testing; and

 

We are also taking the following action:

 

   

completing the implementation of our asset inventory system, which will enable us to obtain real time information on all services provided to customers and provide us with the ability to improve our revenue cutoff procedures and revenue assurance.

 

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to complete these actions successfully. Even if we are able to complete these actions successfully, there is no assurance that these measures will address our material weaknesses effectively. In addition, it is possible that we will discover additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Costs related to corrective actions have not been material through September 30, 2006. Future corrective actions for certain control deficiencies require more review and documentation of general accounting procedures. The cost to be incurred to correct these issues are estimated to be less than 1% of our total revenues (or approximately $1.0 million based upon our 2005 annual revenues), with most of the cost associated with additional staff. Corrective actions related to information technology control deficiencies and system implementations are related to on-going initiatives. We made significant progress on these initiatives during 2006 and expect to complete our corrective actions during 2007.

 

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

 

Revenues

 

Our revenues consist of recurring and nonrecurring revenues. We generate recurring revenue from our network neutral interconnection and colocation services. We generate nonrecurring revenue from our TechSmart technical support services and installation services. Installation services are directly related to providing the recurring services. To review our revenue recognition policies for our recurring and nonrecurring revenues, refer to “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” below.

 

We use several primary metrics to analyze our revenues and measure our performance. These metrics include: number of customers; cabinet equivalents billed; percentage of sales from existing versus new customers; number of cross connects between our customers; and utilization rates. Our ability to license our gross square footage within each facility is limited by the space required by our existing power and cooling infrastructure and by the customer requirements for power and cooling. Power and cooling requirements continue to grow on a per unit basis. We carefully monitor the power and cooling usage in each of our facilities and plan to continue to invest in our power and cooling infrastructure in order to maximize the amount of utilizable space of our facilities.

 

     As of

     December 31,
2005


   March 31,
2006


   June 30,
2006


   September 30,
2006


   December 31,
2006 (1)


Number of customers

   785    794    821    832    851

Number of cross connects

   16,405    16,602    16,991    17,417    17,755

Cabinet equivalents billed (2)

   5,075    5,127    5,393    5,526    5,843

Utilization Rate (3)

   66%    65%    64%    64%    66%

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    For the three months ended

 
    December 31,
2005


    March 31,
2006


    June 30,
2006


    September 30,
2006


    December 31,
2006 (1 )


 

Percentage of incremental sales to existing customers

    77.0 %     82.0 %     74.0 %     74.0 %     79.0 %

Churn as a percentage of monthly recurring revenue

    3.9 %     1.8 %     1.2 %     1.7 %     0.9 %

Sales Production: (in thousands)

                                       

Monthly recurring revenue (4)

  $ 610     $ 658     $ 915     $ 828     $ 847  

Non recurring revenue (5)

  $ 835     $ 809     $ 1,148     $ 1,068     $ 1,461  

Total Sales Production

  $ 1,445     $ 1,467     $ 2,063     $ 1,896     $ 2,308  

(1)   While our year end 2006 financial statements have not been finalized, the column reflects our updated operating metrics as of December 31, 2006. These metrics could change in connection with completion of our 2006 financial statements, and any such changes could be material.
(2)   Cabinet equivalents billed is the sum of the actual cabinets billed in each facility plus the total cage square footage billed divided by 20.
(3)   The Utilization Rate is calculated as a percentage, the numerator of which is equal to the total space licensed to our customers and the denominator of which is equal to the total licensable space taking into account existing power and cooling constraints.
(4)   Monthly recurring revenue represents new service agreements entered into by new and existing customers during the given quarter. Revenue from these agreements will recur monthly over the life of the agreement.
(5)   Non recurring revenue represents the one-time installation fees associated with new service agreements. These one-time fees are billed to customers upon completion of the installation service and such revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the agreement.

 

We generate recurring revenues from the following services:

 

Interconnection Services. Our interconnection services include our cross connect and Internet exchange services. Our cross connect services enable our customers to connect directly to a telecommunications carrier, Internet service provider or other customers in our facilities. These services are typically provided for a recurring monthly fee per connection. Our Internet exchange services enable our customers to connect directly to our Internet exchange, which provides for public or private peering with other customers. Our customers license ports to connect to our Internet exchange for a recurring monthly fee per port, based on port capacity. Customers typically sign one year agreements for our Internet exchange services and month-to-month agreements for our cross connect services. We also generate recurring revenues from reselling Internet access, which we do to accommodate certain customers. We contract with certain Internet service providers and then resell their Internet access service to customers typically in 1 megabit per second to 100 megabits per second increments. Customers typically sign a one-year contract for this service and pay us a recurring monthly fee per megabits per second.

 

Colocation.

 

Space. We provide colocation space for a recurring monthly fee for a cabinet or rack, or on a per square foot basis for cage space. Our customers that license cage space typically use between 50 and 500 square feet. Customers sign a service order, governed by the terms and conditions of a master services agreement, typically for one to three years.

 

Power. We provide conditioned power either on a term basis for one to three years or on a month-to-month basis, for a recurring monthly fee under both arrangements. We provide both alternating current and direct current power circuits. Our customers pay for power on a per amp basis, typically in 20 to 30 amp increments.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We generate nonrecurring revenue from the following services:

 

TechSmart Technical Support Services. We provide technical support services to assist customers with installation, circuit testing, power cycling, equipment rebooting and other related services. Our customers pay for these services on an hourly basis or under contractual arrangements for a certain number of hours of technical support per month. We recognize revenue once the services have been provided.

 

Installation Services. We receive one-time installation fees related to our interconnection and colocation services. The complexity of the installation determines the amount of fees that we receive. We typically receive a one-time fee per circuit or port for the installation of our interconnection services. We normally receive a one-time fee per cabinet or rack or per linear foot of cage space for the installation of our colocation services. We typically receive a one-time fee per amp for the installation of power, depending on the size of circuit and amount of voltage provided.

 

The following table presents our revenues and percentage of revenues for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,


 
     2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

                                                            

Colocation

   $ 44,030   63 %   $ 54,125   59 %   $ 61,406   58 %   $ 45,878   58 %   $ 48,039   58 %

Interconnection

   $ 22,535   32 %   $ 32,739   36 %   $ 39,361   37 %   $ 29,374   38 %   $ 30,986   38 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring Total

   $ 66,565   95 %   $ 86,863   95 %   $ 100,767   95 %   $ 75,252   96 %   $ 79,025   96 %

Non Recurring

   $ 3,275   5 %   $ 4,586   5 %   $ 4,647   5 %   $ 3,416   4 %   $ 3,524   4 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

   $ 69,840   100 %   $ 91,449   100 %   $ 105,414   100 %   $ 78,668   100 %   $ 82,549   100 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

 

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues is comprised primarily of lease, utilities, maintenance and repair, personnel related expenses, telecommunications services, security and property taxes. The components of our cost of revenues are mostly fixed in nature and do not vary significantly from period to period. However, certain components of our cost of revenues are variable in nature and are directly related to the growth of our revenues. We expect our utilities expenses to increase in the future on a per unit basis due to an increase in rates from our utility providers and increased usage of power by our customers. Further, we experience seasonality in our utilities expenses based on temperatures and seasonal rate adjustments, which causes the amount of these expenses to fluctuate during each year. As a result of our expansions, we typically incur lease, utilities and personnel related expenses prior to being able to accept customers for, and generate revenue from, the additional capacity. As we continue to expand our facilities in our top 10 markets, we expect cost of revenues to increase.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel related expenses for our sales and marketing employees, including wages, benefits, bonuses and commissions, and the cost of marketing programs such as sales support, trade shows, promotional events and print advertising. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we increase the headcount of our sales staff and increase our marketing and promotional efforts.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses include personnel related expenses as well as travel, corporate communications, rent and insurance expenses, and outside legal, accounting and consulting expenses. Personnel related expenses include wages, benefits and bonuses for our executive management as well as for our accounting, legal, facilities design and construction, information technology and human resources employees. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we incur additional costs associated with being a public company, including higher personnel, legal, insurance and financial reporting expenses as well as costs to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect that these new expenses will be between 1% and 3% of our revenues (or approximately $1.0 million to $3.0 million based upon our 2005 annual revenues).

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation expense includes depreciation of our leasehold improvements, generators, uninterruptible power systems, direct current power plants, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning equipment, furniture and fixtures. Amortization expense is comprised of the amortization of our customer based intangible assets related to the acquisitions of PAIX, RACO, MeridianTelesis and LayerOne.

 

Asset Impairment. Asset impairment expenses represent the write-off of capitalized facility related assets which we have determined to be impaired.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following is a more detailed discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for the periods presented. The year-to-year comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

The following table presents our historical costs and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated.

 

    

Year ended

December 31,


   

Nine months ended

September 30,


 
     2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 

Revenues:

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

Costs and operating expenses:

                              

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   46     48     52     51     55  

Sales and marketing

   10     12     9     9     11  

General and administrative

   10     11     9     8     10  

Depreciation and amortization

   27     30     29     31     21  

Lease litigation settlements

       7              

Asset impairment

       1     2     3     2  
    

 

 

 

 

Total costs and operating expenses

   93 %   109 %   101 %   102 %   99 %
    

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   7 %   (9 )%   (1 )%   (2 )%   1 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005

 

Revenues

($ in thousands)

 

    

Nine Months

Ended
September 30,


           
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Revenues

   $ 78,668    $ 82,549    $ 3,881    5 %

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Revenues. Revenues increased by $3.9 million, or 5%, to $82.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $78.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Recurring revenue increased by $3.8 million from the sale of our services to new and existing customers. This increase was offset by a decrease of $4.7 million due to the expiration of contracts with the company that was formerly our largest customer on December 31, 2005, as discussed above. Excluding the decrease in revenues from this customer, revenues increased by $8.5 million, or 11%. Nonrecurring revenue increased by $0.1 million. This increase is a result of increased technical support services revenue.

 

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

($ in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,


           
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 39,954    $ 45,207    $ 5,253    13 %

 

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased by $5.3 million, or 13%, to $45.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $39.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Cost of revenues increased as a percentage of revenues from 51% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 to 55% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily due to the expansion of our facilities in several markets, including the San Francisco Bay Area and New York City, which increased rent expense by $1.6 million, personnel related expenses by $0.4 million, and utilities expenses by $0.7 million. As a result of our expansions, we typically incur lease, utilities and personnel related expenses prior to being able to accept customers for, and generate revenue from, the additional capacity. In other markets, utilities expense increased by $0.6 million due to an increase in per unit power pricing and an increase in usage by our customers, personnel related expense increased by $0.3 million as a result of an increase in headcount, and general maintenance expenses increased by $0.2 million.

 

Sales and Marketing

($ in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,


           
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Sales and Marketing

   $ 7,305    $ 9,223    $ 1,918    26 %

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 26%, to $9.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $7.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase was due to personnel related expenses primarily related to an increase in commissions and an increase in wage expense related to an increase in headcount.

 

General and Administrative

($ in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,


           
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

   % Change

 

General and Administrative

   $ 6,235    $ 7,907    $ 1,672    27 %

 

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.7 million, or 27%, to $7.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase was primarily due to an increase in professional fees of $1.0 million. Additionally, we added personnel in our billing, accounting, facilities design and construction departments to support the growth in our revenues.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

($ in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,


            
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 24,184    $ 17,379    $ (6,805 )   (28 )%

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $6.8 million, or 28%, to $17.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 as compared to $24.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The decrease was due primarily to certain assets becoming fully depreciated during 2005. Also, in 2005, for one of our facilities in New York City, we were required to depreciate the remaining $3.8 million value of certain improvements over the then remaining lease term which was shorter than the expected economic life of the improvements as a new lease was not reasonably assured at the time of the improvements.

 

Asset Impairment

($ in thousands)

 

    

Nine Months

Ended
September 30,


           
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Asset Impairment

   $ 2,140    $ 2,193    $ 53    2 %

 

Asset Impairment. Asset impairment expense increased by $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2005. We evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets, consisting primarily of the assets in our colocation facilities, whenever certain events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a prolonged industry downturn, a significant loss of customers within a facility, or significant reductions in projected future cash flows. As a result of our asset impairment analysis, we determined that assets in facilities located in Indianapolis, Chicago, and Dallas had become impaired in 2006. The lease for the impaired facility in Chicago expires in February 2007 and we do not intend to renew the lease. We determined that assets of our Kansas City facility had become impaired in the first quarter of 2005.

 

Interest Expense

($ in thousands)

 

    

Nine Months

Ended
September 30,


           
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Interest Expense

   $ 6,066    $ 10,764    $ 4,698    77 %

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $4.7 million, or 77%, to $10.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to $6.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase was due to an increase in our average debt balance, which increased from $85.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 to $144.9 million

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 as a result of the October 13, 2005 refinancing of our senior secured credit facility and due to an increase in our average interest rate from 7.9% in the nine months ended September 30, 2005 to 9.8% in the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Total debt outstanding as of September 30, 2005 was $77.6 million compared to $144.8 million as of September 30, 2006. The additional borrowings were used to redeem our predecessor’s Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock in the amount of $43.9 million and make a preference payment on our predecessor’s Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock in the amount of $16.0 million. The increase in interest expense for the senior credit facility was offset by an increase in the value of our derivative financial instruments. We converted approximately 50% of our outstanding debt to fixed interest rates through the use of derivative financial instruments. These instruments are marked to market value at the end of each quarter, with gains and losses treated as decreases or increases to interest expense. The change in value of the derivatives resulted in a decrease in interest expense of $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

 

Loss from Discontinued Operations

($ in thousands)

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,


            
     2005

   2006

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Loss from Discontinued Operations

   $ 168    $ 0    $ (168 )   (100 )%

 

Loss from Discontinued Operations. During 2005, we assigned the lease, assets, customer contracts and equipment for one of our Chicago facilities to an unrelated third party. The results of operations of this facility through the date of disposition were recorded as discontinued operations.

 

Net Loss

($ in thousands)

 

    

Nine Months

Ended
September 30,


             
     2005

    2006

    $ Change

    % Change

 

Net Loss

   $ (7,442 )   $ (10,059 )   $ (2,617 )   (35 )%

 

Net Loss. Net loss increased by $2.6 million, or 35%, to a loss of $10.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 compared to a loss of $7.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $13.0 million in expenses primarily due to the expansion of our facilities, increased headcount and interest expense related to additional borrowings. This was partially offset by an increase in revenues of $3.9 million from sales to new and existing customers and a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense of $6.8 million as a result of certain assets being fully depreciated during 2005.

 

Net Loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 includes a $2.2 million charge for asset impairments, $1.4 million of non-cash rent expenses as a result of straight-lining escalating rent payments, $0.7 million of professional fees related to lease litigations, $0.2 million charge for stock-based compensation, and $0.4 million of non-capitalizable professional fees associated with preparing for this public offering.

 

Net Loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 includes a $2.1 million charge for asset impairments, $1.5 million of non-cash rent expenses as a result of straight-lining

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

escalating rent payments, $0.2 million of professional fees related to lease litigation, $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense, and $0.2 million of losses from discontinued operations.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Revenues

($ in thousands)

 

    

Year

Ended December 31,


           
     2004

   2005

  

$

Change


   % Change

 

Revenues

   $ 91,449    $ 105,414    $ 13,965    15 %

 

Revenues. Revenues increased by $14.0 million, or 15%, to $105.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $91.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Recurring revenues increased by $13.9 million and nonrecurring revenues increased by $0.1 million. Recurring revenues increased by (i) $5.1 million from sales to new and existing customers, (ii) $7.5 million from the acquisition of LayerOne in January 2005, and (iii) $1.3 million from the acquisition of RACO in March 2004, which is included in revenues for the entire year for 2005 as compared to being included in revenue for nine months in 2004.

 

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

($ in thousands)

 

    

Year

Ended December 31,


           
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 43,652    $ 54,800    $ 11,148    26 %

 

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased by $11.1 million, or 26%, to $54.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Cost of revenues increased as a percentage of revenues from 48% for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 52% for the year ended December 31, 2005 . Cost of revenues increased primarily by (i) $5.2 million for additional rent, utilities and personnel related expenses related to expansions in the San Francisco Bay Area, New York City, Toronto and Buffalo markets, (ii) $0.9 million from an increase in bad debt expense as a result of our largest customer defaulting on its contract and not paying its invoices for October, November and December of 2005, (iii) $3.3 million for LayerOne which was acquired in January 2005, and (iv) $1.0 million for the inclusion of the RACO facilities for the entire year in 2005.

 

Sales and Marketing

($ in thousands)

 

    

Year

Ended December 31,


            
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Sales and Marketing

   $ 10,765    $ 9,846    $ (919 )   (9 )%

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $0.9 million, or 9%, to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease was primarily due to a $1.0 million decrease in sales commissions as a result of a new compensation plan that was implemented as of January 1, 2005.

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

General and Administrative

($ in thousands)

 

    

Year

Ended December 31,


            
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

    % Change

 

General and Administrative

   $ 9,768    $ 9,568    $ (200 )   (2 )%

 

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 2%, to $9.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Headcount increased over the period to support our customer growth. Since many of these employees were added at the end of the year in 2005, this resulted in only a $0.2 million increase in personnel related expenses. Travel expenses also increased $0.2 million. These increases were offset by a reduction of $0.5 million in professional fees. We incurred significant legal expenses in 2004 related to our lease litigation settlements.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 27,705    $ 30,206    $ 2,501    9 %

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $2.5 million, or 9%, to $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Depreciation expense increased by $0.5 million, which included a $1.2 million increase as a result of the assets acquired in the LayerOne and RACO acquisitions, offset by a reduction of $0.7 million for certain assets that became fully depreciated during 2005. Amortization expense increased by $2.0 million as a result of the capitalization of customer based intangible assets related to the LayerOne acquisition in January 2005 and the RACO acquisition in March 2004.

 

Lease Litigation Settlements

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


          
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

    % Change

Lease Litigation Settlements

   $ 6,629    $ 0    $ (6,629 )   (100)%

 

Lease Litigation Settlements. Lease litigation settlements in 2004 include: (i) $4.0 million to settle a lawsuit related to a lease in Austin, (ii) $1.8 million to settle a lawsuit related to a lease in Chicago, (iii) $0.5 million to accrue for estimated costs to settle litigation related to a lease in West Palm Beach, and (iv) $0.3 million to settle a lawsuit related to a lease in Buffalo. All of the above settlements relate to leases executed prior to 2001 for facilities that we never occupied.

 

Asset Impairment

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Asset Impairment

   $ 1,015    $ 2,140    $ 1,125    111 %

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Asset Impairment. Asset impairment expense increased by $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. As a result of our asset impairment analysis, we determined that the assets of our Kansas City facility became impaired in 2005 and the assets of our Phoenix and one of our Chicago facilities became impaired in 2004.

 

Interest Expense

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Interest Expense

   $ 5,374    $ 9,356    $ 3,982    74 %

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $4.0 million, or 74%, to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was due to an increase in our average debt balance, which increased from $64.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 to $100.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and due to an increase in our average interest rate from 7.0% for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 8.4% for the year ended December 31, 2005. Total debt outstanding as of December 31, 2004 was $69.3 million compared to $144.9 million as of December 31, 2005. The increase in debt is primarily related to (i) $43.9 million for the redemption of our predecessor’s Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock, (ii) $16.0 million for the payment of a dividend to the holders of our predecessor’s Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock, and (iii) $22.0 million for the acquisition of LayerOne. There is no material income or expense from our derivative financial instruments for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005.

 

Loss from Debt Extinguishment

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Loss from Debt Extinguishment

   $ 409    $ 769    $ 360    88 %

 

Loss from Debt Extinguishment. Loss from debt extinguishment was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to the write-off of debt issuance costs related to our debt refinancing in March 2004. Loss from debt extinguishment was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 due to the write-off of debt issuance costs related to our debt refinancing in October 2005.

 

Minority Interest in Net Income of Consolidated Partnership

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


            
     2004

   2005

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Minority Interest in Net Income of Consolidated Partnership

   $ 380    $ 0    $ (380 )   (100 )%

 

Minority Interest in Net Income of Consolidated Partnership. Prior to March 2004, we included the results of the Site II partnership in our consolidated results of operations and recorded minority interest to reflect the ownership interest of the other partners in Site II. In March 2004, we acquired the limited partnership interests in the Site II partnership, eliminating the minority interest.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2004

   2005

    $ Change

    % Change

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

   $ 891    $ (206 )   $ (1,097 )   N/A

 

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations. Income (loss) from discontinued operations decreased by $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. In the year ended December 31, 2005 we recognized a loss of approximately $0.2 million due to the disposal of one of our facilities in Chicago. In the year ended December 31, 2004, we recognized income of $0.9 million from the favorable resolution of certain contingencies associated with previously reported discontinued operations.

 

Net Loss

($ in thousands)

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,


            
     2004

    2005

    $ Change

   % Change

 

Net Loss

   $ (13,472 )   $ (11,274 )   $ 2,198    16 %

 

Net Loss. Net loss decreased by approximately $2.2 million, or 16%, to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease was primarily due to increased revenues of $14.0 million from acquisitions and sales to new and existing customers. This was offset by an increase of $18.4 million in expenses primarily due to the expansion of our facilities and acquisitions. Lease litigation settlement expenses were $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, and there were no such expenses for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

Net Loss for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a $2.1 million charge for asset impairments, $1.9 million of non-cash rent expenses as a result of straight-lining escalating rent payments, $0.5 million of professional fees related to lease litigation, $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense, $0.9 million of third party non-capitalizable debt issuance costs and debt extinguishment losses, $0.6 million of professional fees associated with a terminated acquisition, $0.2 million of losses from discontinued operations, and $0.2 million of non-recurring income.

 

Net Loss for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes a $1.0 million charge for asset impairments, $1.6 million of non-cash rent expenses as a result of straight-lining escalating rent payments, $7.3 million of lease litigation settlements and related professional fees, $0.2 million of stock-based compensation expense, $0.5 million of third party non-capitalizable debt issuance costs and debt extinguishment losses, $0.9 million of income from discontinued operations, $0.6 million of expenses associated with an terminated public offering, $0.4 million of losses from minority interest in a consolidated partnership, and $0.2 million of non-recurring expenses.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Revenues

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Revenues

   $ 69,840    $ 91,449    $ 21,609    31 %

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Revenues. Revenues increased by $21.6 million, or 31%, to $91.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $69.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Recurring revenues increased by $20.3 million as a result of acquisitions and customer growth. Recurring revenue increased for the following acquisitions: (i) $6.9 million from the acquisition of PAIX in March 2003, which is included in revenues for the entire year for 2004 as compared to being included for 10 months in 2003; (ii) $6.6 million from the acquisition of RACO in March 2004; and (iii) $2.1 million from the acquisition of MeridianTelesis in January 2004. In addition, recurring revenues increased by $4.7 million from sales to new and existing customer s. Nonrecurring revenues increased by $1.3 million. This increase is the result of providing additional installation and TechSmart services to our customers.

 

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

($ in thousands)

      
 


Year Ended
December 31,


             
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Cost of Revenues, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 32,333    $ 43,652    $ 11,319    35 %

 

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased by $11.3 million, or 35%, to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Cost of revenues increased as a percentage of revenues from 46% for the year ended December 31, 2003 to 48% for the year ended December 31, 2004. Cost of revenues increased primarily for the following acquisitions: (i) $5.5 million for the acquisition of RACO in March 2004, (ii) $2.1 million for the acquisition of PAIX in March 2003, which is included in the full year of 2004 as compared to being included for 10 months in 2003, and (iii) $1.3 million for the acquisition of MeridianTelesis in January 2004. Additionally, cost of revenues increased by $0.8 million for expenses related to a facility acquired in Seattle.

 

Sales and Marketing

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Sales and Marketing

   $ 6,883    $ 10,765    $ 3,882    56 %

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $3.9 million, or 56%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel expenses of $1.8 million. In addition, commissions increased $1.4 million due to additional sales, marketing costs increased by $0.4 million and travel expenses increased by $0.3 million.

 

General and Administrative

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

General and Administrative

   $ 7,090    $ 9,768    $ 2,678    38 %

 

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $2.7 million, or 38%, to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

additional $1.3 million for professional fees as a result of debt refinancing costs that did not qualify for capitalization and legal expenses for lease litigation settlements, an additional $1.0 million of personnel related expense as a result of an increase in headcount and sign-on bonuses, and $0.2 million for travel expenses.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Depreciation and Amortization

   $ 18,509    $ 27,705    $ 9,196    50 %

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $9.2 million, or 50%, to $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Depreciation expense increased by $2.0 million due to the following acquisitions: (i) $1.1 million related to the acquisition of PAIX, which included a full year of results in 2004 compared to 10 months in 2003, (ii) $0.5 million related to the acquisition of MeridianTelesis, and (iii) $0.4 million related to the acquisition of RACO. In addition, depreciation expense increased by $1.9 million due to additional assets placed in service. Amortization expense increased by $5.3 million due to the following acquisitions: (i) $2.2 million related to the acquisition of the limited partnership interests in the Site II limited partnership, (ii) $2.1 million related to the acquisition of RACO in March 2004, (iii) $0.7 million related to the acquisition of MeridianTelesis in January 2004, and (iv) $0.2 million related to the acquisition of PAIX in March 2003, which included a full year of results in 2004 compared to 10 months in 2003.

 

Lease Litigation Settlements

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


         
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

Lease Litigation Settlements

   $ 0    $ 6,629    $ 6,629    N/A

 

Lease Litigation Settlements . Lease litigation settlements in 2004 included: (i) $4.0 million to settle a lawsuit related to a lease in Austin, (ii) $1.8 million to settle a lawsuit related to a lease in Chicago, (iii) $0.5 million to accrue for estimated costs to settle litigation related to a lease in West Palm Beach, and (iv) $0.3 million to settle a lawsuit related to a lease in Buffalo. All of the above settlements relate to leases executed prior to 2001 for facilities that we never occupied.

 

Asset Impairment

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


         
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

Asset Impairment

   $ 0    $ 1,015    $ 1,015    N/A

 

Asset Impairment. Asset impairment expense was $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. We did not record any impairment expense in the year ended December 31, 2003. As a result of our asset impairment analysis, we determined that the assets of our Phoenix and one of our Chicago facilities became impaired in 2004.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Interest Expense

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Interest Expense

   $ 3,573    $ 5,374    $ 1,801    50 %

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased by $1.8 million, or 50%, to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was due to an increase in our average debt balance, which increased from $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $64.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The outstanding debt balance as of December 31, 2003 was $37.3 million compared to $69.3 million as of December 31, 2004. The average interest rate decreased from 7.2% in 2003 to 7.0% in 2004. Additional funds were borrowed during 2004 for the following acquisitions: (i) $13.5 million for RACO, (ii) $13.2 million for the Site II limited partnership, and (iii) $3.8 million for MeridianTelesis. There is no material income or expense from our derivative financial instruments for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

Loss from Debt Extinguishment

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


           
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Loss from Debt Extinguishment

   $ 342    $ 409    $ 67    20 %

 

Loss from Debt Extinguishment. Loss from debt extinguishment was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to the write-off of debt issuance costs related to our debt refinancing in March 2003. Loss from debt extinguishment was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to the write-off of debt issuance costs related to our debt refinancing in March 2004.

 

Minority Interest in Net Income of Consolidated Partnership

($ in thousands)

     Year Ended
December 31,


            
     2003

   2004

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Minority Interest in Net Income of Consolidated Partnership

   $ 2,052    $ 380    $ (1,672 )   (81 )%

 

Minority Interest in Net Income of Consolidated Partnership. Minority interest decreased by $1.7 million, or 81%, for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease was due to our acquisition of the Site II limited partnership interests in March 2004. Prior to March 2004, we included the results of the Site II partnership in our consolidated results of operations and recorded minority interest which represented the ownership interest of other partners in Site II.

 

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

($ in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,


         
     2003

    2004

   $ Change

   % Change

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

   $ (2,331 )   $ 891    $ 3,222    N/A

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations. Income (loss) from discontinued operations increased by $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. In the year ended December 31, 2004, our results included a $0.7 million gain on the disposal of our facility in Columbus and $0.2 million from the disposal of a facility in Charlotte. We incurred a loss of $2.3 million in 2003 from the results of operations from several facilities that were discontinued.

 

Net Loss

($ in thousands)

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,


             
     2003

    2004

    $ Change

    % Change

 

Net Loss

   $ (3,154 )   $ (13,472 )   $ (10,318 )   (327 )%

 

Net Loss. Net loss increased by approximately $10.3 million, or 327%, to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was due to $11.3 million of increased cost of revenues and $9.2 million of increased depreciation and amortization expense, both related primarily to acquisitions. In addition, $6.6 million for lease litigation settlements was incurred during 2004. These expenses were offset in part by increased revenues of $21.6 million from acquisitions and sales to new and existing customers.

 

Net Loss for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes a $1.0 million charge for asset impairments, $1.6 million of non-cash rent expenses as a result of straight-lining escalating rent payments, $7.3 million of lease litigation settlements and related professional fees, $0.2 million of stock-based compensation expense, $0.5 million of third party non-capitalizable debt issuance costs and debt extinguishment losses, $0.9 million of income from discontinued operations, $0.6 million of expenses associated with an terminated public offering, $0.4 million of losses from minority interest in a consolidated partnership, and $0.2 million of non-recurring expenses.

 

Net Loss for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes $0.7 million of non-cash rent expenses as a result of straight-lining escalating rent payments, $0.3 million of professional fees related to lease litigations, $0.2 million of stock-based compensation expense, $2.3 million of losses from discontinued operations, $0.3 million of losses from debt extinguishment, $2.1 million of losses from minority interest in a consolidated partnership, and $0.1 million of non-recurring income.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

($ in Thousands)


  

Year ended

December 31,


   

Nine months ended

September 30,


 
     2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 20,725     $ 17,645     $ 25,333     $ 20,691     $ 11,321  

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (44,600 )   $ (38,530 )   $ (41,516 )   $ (37,088 )   $ (16,770 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 28,699     $ 23,929     $ 12,875     $ 8,287     $ (958 )

 

Sources and Uses of Cash. Our principal sources of cash are our cash generated from our operating activities, our balance of cash and cash equivalents and the $9.8 million available

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to us under our credit facilities. We intend to use approximately $91.9 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding principal under our existing Credit Facilities. This repayment will reduce our future interest expenses and lower our interest rate. We intend to use the remaining approximately $30.7 million of our net proceeds from this offering for capital expenditures, working capital, and for other general corporate purposes. However, this assumes that appraisal rights will not be available to any material number of our predecessor’s stockholders. If this assumption is incorrect, a portion of our remaining net proceeds may be used to make appraisal payments. Our credit facilities limit our ability to make payments in respect of our equity interests, including appraisal payments. If we are required to make such payments we would need to seek an amendment or waiver of our credit facilities. Failure to obtain an amendment or waiver could result in the acceleration of outstanding indebtedness under the credit facilities. The cost of any appraisal proceedings or payments, as well as the inability to borrow under, or the acceleration of, our credit facilities, could result in a material adverse effect on our liquidity. We believe that all but one of our stockholders are bound by an investors agreement which contains a waiver of their appraisal rights in connection with a corporate reorganization.

 

Our principal cash requirements consist of debt service, capital expenditures and working capital. Since 2003, we have generated cash flow from operations, and we expect to continue to generate cash flow from operations for the remainder of 2006 and 2007. We believe our existing cash balance, available borrowings under our existing credit facilities and cash generated by operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated capital expenditure, debt service and working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.

 

Our capital expenditures in 2005 were approximately $17.0 million. Our capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $17.0 million. We expect our 2006 capital expenditures to be consistent with 2005; however, we expect our 2007 capital expenditures to increase significantly as we continue our expansion efforts in our top 10 markets. These investments will increase product availability in these markets which will enable us to increase revenue and potentially reduce our net losses. Once a market achieves positive cash flow from its operations, any new revenues typically generate substantial cash flow at higher operating margins. Although we will have increased costs to operate as a public company and to remediate our internal control deficiencies, we believe that increased cash flow from the sale of new services along with the expected reduction in interest expense should improve our cash flow. Although we cannot assure you that cash flow will improve, we believe that improved cash flow, along with our existing cash and cash available under our revolving credit facility, will be adequate to meet our anticipated needs for at least the next several years. See “Risk Factors—We are continuing to invest in our expansion efforts, but we may not experience sufficient customer demand in the future to realize expected returns on these investments” for a description of risk associated with our growth strategy.

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $11.3 million. This was attributable to a net loss of $10.1 million and depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of $22.4 million and cash used by net operating assets and liabilities of $1.0 million. Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $20.7 million. This was attributable to a net loss of $7.4 million, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of $29.2 million and cash expended for net operating assets and liabilities of $1.1 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $25.3 million. This was attributable to a net loss of $11.3 million, depreciation, amortization and other

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

non-cash charges of $37.9 million and cash used by net operating assets and liabilities of $1.3 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $17.6 million. This was attributable to a net loss of $13.5 million, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of $32.6 million and cash provided by net operating assets and liabilities of $1.5 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $20.7 million. This was attributable to a net loss of $3.2 million, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of $24.6 million and cash used by net operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million.

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $16.8 million compared to $37.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Cash used in investing activities in 2006 was primarily for capital expenditures relating to the expansion of our Palo Alto facility and the installation of additional power and cooling equipment in several of our top 10 markets. Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 included $24.5 million for the acquisition of LayerOne and $12.6 million for capital expenditures to add power and cooling equipment in several markets.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $41.5 million compared to $38.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Cash used in investing activities in 2005 was comprised of $24.5 million for the acquisition of LayerOne and $17.0 million for capital expenditures. Cash used in investing activities in 2004 was comprised of $26.8 million for the acquisitions of RACO, Meridian and the remaining interests in the Site II limited partnership and $11.8 million for capital expenditures.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $38.5 million compared to $44.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Cash used in investing activities in 2004 was comprised of $26.8 million for the acquisitions of RACO, Meridian and the remaining interests in the Site II limited partnership and $11.8 million in capital expenditures. Cash used in investing activities in 2003 was primarily for the acquisition of the assets of PAIX in the amount of $40.7 million and $5.5 million for capital expenditures.

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities.

 

Net cash used in financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $1.0 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $8.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The cash used in financing activities in 2006 was primarily the result of principal repayments under our credit facilities and capitalized costs associated with this initial public offering. The cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was primarily the result of borrowings in the amount of $22.0 million under our credit facilities to fund the acquisition of LayerOne less cash used of $13.7 million for principal repayments under the credit facilities.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $12.9 million compared to $23.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The cash provided by financing activities in 2005 included cash borrowed under our credit facilities in the amount of $167.0 million. This was offset by cash used in financing activities of $91.4 million to repay debt, $43.9 million to redeem our predecessor’s Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock, $16.0 million

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

for a preference payment for our predecessor’s Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock and $2.8 million for financing costs. The cash provided by financing activities in 2004 included cash borrowed under our credit facilities in the amount of $70.0 million. This was offset by cash used in financing activities of $41.8 million to repay debt and $3.5 million for financing costs.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $23.9 million compared to $28.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The cash provided by financing activities in 2003 included net cash proceeds from the issuance of our predecessor’s Series D Preferred Stock in the amount of $31.2 million and cash borrowed under our credit facilities in the amount of $5.0 million. This was offset by cash used in financing activities of $4.5 million to repay debt, $2.4 million for cash distributions to the minority investors of the Site II Limited Partnership and $0.5 million for financing costs.

 

Debt Obligations

 

In January 2001, we entered into a senior secured credit facility agreement under which we were permitted to borrow up to $50.0 million. The credit agreement was amended in 2001 and amended and restated in 2003, in both cases following our noncompliance with certain financial covenants in the credit agreement. In 2004, we amended and restated the credit facility, among other things, to provide for borrowings of up to $110.0 million.

 

On October 13, 2005, we again amended and restated the senior secured credit facility (the “First Lien Credit Facility”). Following the amendment and restatement, the First Lien Credit Facility provides for total borrowings of up to $110.0 million, comprised of a $25.0 million term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A Facility”), a $75.0 million term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B Facility”), and a $10.0 million revolving credit facility (including a $1.0 million letter of credit sub-limit) (the “Revolving Loan Facility”). On that date we also entered into a syndicated junior lien credit facility in the amount of $45.0 million (the “Second Lien Credit Facility,” and together with the First Lien Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”).

 

The Credit Facilities are secured by the stock and assets of our subsidiaries. We pay interest on borrowings under the Credit Facilities at either a base rate or a Eurodollar rate plus the applicable margin, at our option. We also pay a fee on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Loan Facility. Repayments of principal under the Term Loan A Facility and the Term Loan B Facility are due in scheduled quarterly installments of varying percentages, with all remaining amounts due and payable on October 13, 2010 and October 13, 2011, respectively. All outstanding amounts under the Revolving Loan Facility will be due and payable on October 13, 2010 and all outstanding amounts under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility will be due and payable on April 13, 2011. Mandatory prepayments under the Credit Facilities are required in the events of issuance of debt or equity, asset sales, receipt of casualty or condemnation proceeds, and excess cash flow.

 

We intend to use approximately $91.9 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding principal under our existing Credit Facilities. We do not intend to use any of the proceeds from this offering to repay accrued interest under our Credit Facilities, which we intend to pay with working capital. The remaining approximately $30.7 million of net proceeds will be used for capital expenditures, for working capital and for other general corporate purposes. However, this assumes that appraisal rights will not be available to any material number of our predecessor’s stockholders. If this assumption is incorrect, a portion of our remaining net proceeds may be used to make appraisal payments. In addition, we may use a portion of the remaining net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies complementary to our current business, through mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or otherwise. However, we have no specific agreements or commitments and are

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

not currently engaged in any substantive negotiations with respect to any such transactions. On January 24, 2007, we amended the Credit Facilities such that we will be permitted to repay the entire Second Lien Credit Facility and only a portion of the First Lien Credit Facility with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering.

 

We were in violation of the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant in our existing Credit Facilities as of March 31, 2006. We were required to achieve a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.00 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The actual ratio was 0.91 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. On April 28, 2006, the lenders agreed to waive such covenant violation and amended the fixed charge coverage from 1.00 to 0.90 for the second and third quarters of 2006. We were in violation of the amended fixed charge coverage ratio, and also in violation of the leverage ratio covenant and interest coverage ratio covenant, in our existing Credit Facilities as of September 30, 2006. We were required to achieve a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 0.90, a leverage ratio of not more than 4.50 to 1.00 and an interest coverage ratio of not less than 2.40 to 1.00 for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The actual fixed charge coverage ratio was 0.86, the actual leverage ratio was 4.71 to 1.00, and the actual interest coverage ratio was 2.34 to 1.00 for the three months ended September 30, 2006. On November 27, 2006, the lenders agreed to waive such covenants and amended the fixed charge coverage ratio from 0.90 to 0.85, the leverage ratio from 4.50 to 1.00 to 4.75 to 1.00, and the interest coverage ratio from 2.40 to 1.00 to 2.05 to 1.00, in each case for the fourth quarter of 2006. All such covenant ratios are amended through 2007. We were in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Facilities as of September 30, 2006, following the waiver and amendment of the Credit Facilities on November 27, 2006. For more information about our existing Credit Facilities, see “Secured Credit Facility”.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2006, our minimum payments for long-term debt and other obligations for the next five years and thereafter:

 

($ in thousands)


   Total

   Less
than 1
year


   1-3
years


   3-5 years

   More
than 5
years


Long-Term Debt

   $ 144,750    $ 2,375    $ 20,625    $ 76,750    $ 45,000

Interest Expense*

     68,656      15,379      28,860      21,521      2,896

Operating lease obligations

     181,523      19,228      36,571      23,975      101,749
    

  

  

  

  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 394,929    $ 36,982    $ 86,056    $ 122,246    $ 149,645
    

  

  

  

  


*   Future interest expense is based on a projected 3-month LIBOR of 5.37% for September through December 2006, then 5.62% thereafter. Interest expense was calculated by multiplying the outstanding balance by the interest rate for the given time period.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which were established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Interest Rate. We are required by our Credit Facilities to manage the interest rate risk on our debt portfolio. In March 2005, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement on a notional

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

amount of $15.0 million with a commencement date of July 2006 and a maturity date of July 2007. If the three-month LIBOR rate is lower than 4.48%, we will make cash payments at a rate of 4.48%. If the three-month LIBOR rate is higher than 4.48%, we will receive cash payments for the difference between actual three-month LIBOR and 4.48%. In November 2005, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement on a notional amount of $70.0 million with a commencement date of February 2006 and maturity date of February 2009. If the three-month LIBOR rate is lower than 4.758%, we will make cash payments at a rate of 4.758%. If the three-month LIBOR rate is higher than 4.758%, we will receive cash payments for the difference between actual three-month LIBOR and 4.758%. Both of these swaps required zero upfront payment. As of September 30, 2006, the three-month LIBOR rate is 5.37%, which is higher than our contracted rate for both swaps. We will receive cash payments at the end of each quarterly period for these swaps unless LIBOR decreases below the contracted LIBOR rates. We believe any increase in the commercial lending rate or the Federal Funds rate would not materially affect our financial position or results of operations. A 1% increase or decrease in interest rates will increase or decrease annual interest expense by approximately $0.7 million. We do not believe this would materially affect our financial position or results of operations.

 

Foreign Currency. We have a facility located in Toronto, Ontario. We primarily receive payment for services provided at this facility in Canadian currency and pay the direct expenses of our Toronto facility in Canadian currency, which mitigates our exposure to currency exchange rate risk. We have determined that the impact of a near-term 10% appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. dollar would have an insignificant effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. We do not maintain any derivative instruments to mitigate our exposure to translation and transaction risk. Our foreign exchange transaction gains and losses are included in our results of operations, and were not material for all periods presented.

 

Fair Value. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as our investments consist primarily of short-term U.S. Treasury securities. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes; however, this does not preclude our adoption of specific hedging strategies in the future.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and assumptions that can have a significant impact on our financial position and results of operations. The application of our critical accounting policies requires an evaluation of a number of complex criteria and significant accounting judgments by us. In applying those policies, our management uses its judgment to determine the appropriate assumptions to be used in the determination of certain estimates. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions, judgments or conditions, and these differences could be material.

 

Critical accounting policies are defined as those policies that require significant judgments and assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time of the estimate and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. See Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We generate recurring revenue from providing interconnection and colocation services. More than 90% of our revenues are provided from these recurring revenues. Our remaining revenues are nonrecurring and consist of technical support and installation services.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Colocation services are governed by the terms and conditions of a master service agreement. Customers typically execute agreements for one to three year terms. We bill customers on a monthly or quarterly basis and recognize the revenue on a straight line basis over the life of the agreement. Installation services for such long-term agreements, defined as greater than one month, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the agreement, which we believe approximates the term of the customer relationship.

 

Interconnection services are generally provided on either a month-to-month or one year term under an arrangement separate from those services provided under colocation services. Port services are typically sold on a one year term and revenue is recognized in a manner similar to colocation services. Cross connect services are typically sold on a month-to-month basis. These interconnection services are considered as a separate earnings process that is provided and completed on a month-to-month basis. We bill customers on a monthly basis and recognize the revenue in the period the service is provided. Installation service revenue for these cross connect services is recognized in the period when the installation is complete. The earning process from cross connect installation is culminated in the month the installation is complete.

 

Technical support services are provided on a time and materials basis and are billed and recognized in the period provided. Cash advances are recorded as unearned revenue in the consolidated balance sheets and are recognized in the period the services are provided.

 

Revenue is recognized only when the service has been provided and when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the receivable is reasonably assured. We regularly assess collectibility of accounts receivable from customers based on a number of factors, including prior history with the customer and the credit status of the customer. If we determine that collection of revenue from a customer is not reasonably assured, we do not recognize revenue until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. We also maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable for which management believes such receivables are uncollectible. Management analyzes accounts receivable, bankruptcy filings, historical bad debts, customer credit-worthiness and changes in customer payment patterns when evaluating revenue recognition and the adequacy of our reserves. A specific bad debt reserve is accrued for specifically identifiable receivables that become uncollectible. A general reserve is established for all other accounts receivable based on the age of the invoices. Delinquent account balances are written-off after a determination that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

 

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost. We commence depreciation when the assets are placed in service. Equipment and furniture are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of five to seven years. Useful lives are estimated based on the specific equipment, its intended use and our historical experience with the life expectancy of such equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the term of the related lease (including renewal periods which are reasonably assured) or the estimated life of the asset. Expenditures for improvements that significantly add to productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. At the time property is retired, or otherwise disposed of, the asset and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. Repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred.

 

If management were to determine that the actual useful lives of our property and equipment placed into service is less than originally anticipated, or if any of our property and equipment was deemed to have incurred an impairment, additional depreciation, or an impairment charge would be required, which would decrease net income in the period in which such determination was made. Conversely, if management were to determine that the actual

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

useful lives of our property and equipment placed into service was greater than originally anticipated, less depreciation may be required, which would increase net income in the period in which such determination was made.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. We account for the impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with FAS 144. We evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets, consisting primarily of the assets in our colocation facilities, whenever certain events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a prolonged industry downturn, a significant loss of customers within a facility or significant reductions in projected future cash flows. We prepare this analysis by assessing the future undiscounted net cash flows generated by each colocation facility over their respective useful lives and comparing this against the carrying value of that colocation facility. If the total of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, we write down such assets based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Significant judgments and assumptions are required in the forecast of future operating results used in the preparation of the estimated future cash flows, including future levels of sales, long-term forecasts of the amounts and timing of overall market growth, discount rates and terminal growth rates.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. We account for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets under FAS 142. This statement requires an impairment only approach to accounting for goodwill. The FAS 142 goodwill impairment model is a two-step process. First, it requires a comparison of the book value of net assets to the fair value of the related operations that have goodwill. If the fair value is determined to be less than book value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment. In this process, a fair value for goodwill is estimated, based in part on the fair value of the operations used in the first step, and is compared to its carrying value. The shortfall of the fair value below carrying value represents the amount of goodwill impairment. FAS 142 requires goodwill to be tested for impairment annually at the same time every year and when an event occurs or circumstances change such that it is reasonably possible that impairment may exist.

 

To estimate fair value, for purposes of completing the first step of the FAS 142 analysis, we use a market-based analysis or a discounted cash flow analysis. Significant judgments and estimates are required in the forecast of future operating results used in the preparation of the estimated future cash flows, including future level of sales, long-term forecasts of the amounts and timing of overall market growth, discount rates and terminal growth rates. Changes in judgment could cause us to either pass or fail the first step test and could result in the impairment or lack of impairment of goodwill.

 

Other intangible assets consist of customer-based assets recorded through acquisitions and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated periods of benefit, ranging from two to twelve years. No residual value is estimated for these assets. FAS 142 requires these assets to be reevaluated whenever circumstances indicate that revised estimates of useful lives or impairment may be warranted.

 

Other intangible assets also include the costs related to the issuance of debt, and such costs are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt.

 

Contingent Liabilities. Management estimates the amount of contingent liabilities based on the best information available at the time of determination. For litigation claims, when management with consultation from legal counsel can reasonably estimate the range of loss and an unfavorable outcome is probable, a contingent liability is recorded. As additional information becomes available, we assess the potential liability related to our pending litigation

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and revise our estimates. Revisions in our estimates of the potential liabilities could materially impact our results of operation and financial position.

 

Accounting for Income Taxes. We account for income taxes under the provisions of Statement of FAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established to reduce tax assets to the amounts more likely than not to be realized.

 

We currently have provided for a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets. We have considered future taxable income in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. Based on the available objective evidence, management does not believe that the net deferred tax assets will be realizable. Should we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the foreseeable future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase income in the period such determination was made.

 

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. The determination of income taxes also involves estimating the impact of additional taxes resulting from tax examinations and uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations. Accruals for tax contingencies require management to estimate the actual outcome of any such audits and the impact of uncertainties. Actual results could vary from these estimates.

 

Stock-Based Compensation. On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions for stock-based compensation required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment (“FAS 123R”). We are required to use the prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparative purposes. Under the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors based on the fair value of the award using an option-pricing model and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

 

Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, we accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), as allowed under Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and we continue to apply APB 25 for options granted prior to January 1, 2006. Stock-based awards to non-employees are accounted for under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services .

 

We currently use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards is based on a number of complex and subjective assumptions. These assumptions include the fair value of the underlying stock, the expected term of options, the risk-free interest rate; and expected dividends. If factors change and we employ different assumptions for estimating stock-based compensation expense in future periods, or if we decide to use a different valuation model in the future, the expense in future periods may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period, which could materially affect our operating results, net income or loss and net income or loss per share.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In connection with the reorganization discussed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Corporate Reorganization,” we plan to modify our outstanding Series D-2 Preferred Stock Options in a modification that will be accounted for using the provisions of FAS 123R. The modification will be a fair value replacement of outstanding Series D-2 Preferred Stock Options with new options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, and is expected to occur shortly before the closing of this offering. The new options will allow the purchase of our common stock on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the predecessor stock option. The strike price and number of options will be modified only to maintain the fair value of the options before and after the modification. We may incur stock-based compensation expense for the modified options, which will be accounted for under FAS 123(R).

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—A Replacement of APB Opinion 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (“FAS 154”). The new standard changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. Among other changes, FAS 154 requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the new accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to do so. FAS 154 also provides that (1) a change in the method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for as a change in estimate (prospectively) that was effected by a change in accounting principle and (2) a correction of errors in previously reported financial statements should be termed a “restatement.” FAS 154 applies to accounting changes and error corrections that are made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We adopted FAS 154 with no material impact on our financial statements.

 

In June 2005, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force reached a consensus on Issue No. 05-6, Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination (“EITF 05-6”). This guidance requires that leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination or purchased subsequent to the inception of a lease be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals that are reasonably assured at the date of the business combination or asset purchase. The guidance is applicable only to leasehold improvements that are purchased or acquired in reporting periods beginning after June 29, 2005. We adopted EITF 05-6 with no material effect on our financial statements.

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those years. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SECURED CREDIT FACILITY

 

In January 2001, we entered into a senior secured credit facility under which we were permitted to borrow up to $50.0 million. The credit agreement was amended in 2001 and amended and restated in 2003, in both cases following our noncompliance with certain financial covenants in the credit agreement. The 2003 amendment also reduced the total amount we could borrow to $41.0 million with an additional $5.0 million available under a revolving credit facility. In 2004, we amended and restated the credit facility, among other things, to provide for borrowings of up to $110.0 million.

 

On October 13, 2005, we again amended and restated the senior secured credit facility (the “First Lien Credit Facility”). Following the amendment and restatement, the First Lien Credit Facility provides for total borrowings of up to $110.0 million, which is comprised of a $25.0 million term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A Facility”), a $75.0 million term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B Facility”), and a $10.0 million revolving credit facility (including a $1.0 million letter of credit sublimit)(the “Revolving Loan Facility”). On that date we also entered into a syndicated junior lien term loan facility in the amount of $45.0 million (the “Second Lien Credit Facility,” and together with the First Lien Credit Facility, the “Credit Facilities”).

 

The Credit Facilities are secured by the stock and assets of our subsidiaries. We pay interest on borrowings under the Credit Facilities at either a base rate or a Eurodollar rate, at our option. Any base rate interest we pay is equal to the greater of the administrative agent’s prime rate or 0.50% above the federal funds rate, plus a spread of 2.50% to 3.00% for loans made under the Term Loan A Facility and Revolving Loan Facility, a spread of 3.00% to 3.25% for loans made under the Term Loan B Facility, and a spread of 6.25% for loans made under the Second Lien Credit Facility. Any Eurodollar rate interest we pay is based on the one, two, three, or six month Eurodollar rate plus a spread of 3.50% to 4.00% for the loans made under the Revolving Loan Facility and the Term Loan A Facility, a spread of 4.00% to 4.25% for loans made under the Term Loan B Facility, and a spread of 7.25% for loans made under the Second Lien Credit Facility. The interest spread, if applicable, is determined by our consolidated leverage ratio. We also pay an unused commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Loan Facility.

 

All borrowings under the Term Loan A Facility, the Term Loan B Facility, and the Second Lien Credit Facility occurred on October 13, 2005. Borrowings are available under the Revolving Loan Facility until October 13, 2010. Repayments of principal under the Term Loan A Facility and the Term Loan B Facility are due in scheduled quarterly installments of varying percentages, with all remaining amounts due and payable on October 13, 2010 in the case of the Term Loan A Facility and October 13, 2011 in the case of the Term Loan B Facility. All outstanding amounts under the Revolving Loan Facility will be due and payable on October 13, 2010, and all outstanding amounts under the Second Lien Credit Facility will be due and payable on April 13, 2011. Mandatory prepayments under the Credit Facilities are required in the events of issuance of debt or equity, asset sales, receipt of casualty or condemnation proceeds, and excess cash flow. Any such mandatory prepayments are applied to the Term Loan A Facility, then to the Term Loan B Facility, then to the Revolving Loan Facility, and finally to the Second Lien Credit Facility.

 

Both of the Credit Facilities require compliance with a consolidated leverage ratio covenant. The First Lien Credit Facility also requires compliance with several additional financial covenants, including a first lien consolidated leverage ratio, a consolidated interest coverage ratio, and a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio. The Credit Facilities also require compliance with certain operating covenants, which limit, among other things, our incurrence of additional indebtedness and our ability to make dividend payments. We were in violation of the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant as of March 31, 2006. We were required to achieve a fixed

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.00 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. The actual ratio was 0.91 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. On April 28, 2006, the lenders agreed to waive such covenant violation and amended the fixed charge coverage ratio from 1.00 to 0.90 for the second and third quarters of 2006. We were in violation of the amended fixed charge coverage ratio covenant and also in violation of the leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio covenants as of September 30, 2006. We were required to achieve a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 0.90, a leverage ratio of not more than 4.50 to 1.00 and an interest coverage ratio of not less than 2.40 to 1.00 for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The actual fixed charge coverage ratio was 0.86, the actual leverage ratio was 4.71 to 1.00, and the actual interest coverage ratio was 2.34 to 1.00 for the three months ended September 30, 2006. On November 27, 2006, the lenders agreed to waive such covenants and amended the fixed charge coverage ratio from 0.90 to 0.85, the leverage ratio from 4.50 to 1.00 to 4.75 to 1.00, and the interest coverage ratio from 2.40 to 1.00 to 2.05 to 1.00, in each case for the fourth quarter of 2006. All such covenant ratios are amended through 2007. We were in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Facilities as of September 30, 2006, following the waiver and amendment of the Credit Facilities on November 27, 2006.

 

As of September 30, 2006, no principal amount of debt was outstanding under our Revolving Loan Facility (with $0.2 million in stated amount of letters of credit issued thereunder), $24.8 million in principal amount was outstanding under the Term Loan A Facility, $75.0 million in principal amount was outstanding under the Term Loan B Facility, and $45.0 million in principal amount was outstanding under the Second Lien Credit Facility.

 

We intend to use approximately $91.9 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding principal under our existing Credit Facilities. We do not intend to use any of the proceeds from this offering to repay accrued interest under our Credit Facilities, which we intend to pay with working capital. We currently intend to use the remaining approximately $30.7 million of net proceeds for capital expenditures, for working capital and for other general corporate purposes. However, this assumes that appraisal rights will not be available to any material number of our predecessor’s stockholders. If this assumption is incorrect, a portion of our remaining net proceeds may be used to make appraisal payments. Our credit facilities limit our ability to make payments in respect of our equity interests, including appraisal payments. If we are required to make such payments we would need to seek an amendment or waiver of our credit facilities. Failure to obtain an amendment or waiver could result in the acceleration of outstanding indebtedness under the credit facilities. The cost of any appraisal proceedings or payments, as well as the inability to borrow under, or the acceleration of, our credit facilities, could result in a material adverse effect on our liquidity. In addition, we may use a portion of the remaining net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies complementary to our current business, through mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or otherwise. However, we have no specific agreements or commitments and are not currently engaged in any substantive negotiations with respect to any such transactions. On January 24, 2007, we amended the Credit Facilities such that we will be permitted to repay the entire Second Lien Credit Facility and only a portion of the First Lien Credit Facility with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

 

Company Overview

 

We are a leading provider of network neutral interconnection and colocation services primarily to Internet dependent businesses including telecommunications carriers, Internet service providers, online content providers and enterprises. As a network neutral provider, we do not own or operate our own network, and, as a result, our interconnection services enable our customers to exchange network traffic through direct connections with each other or through peering connections with multiple parties. Our colocation services provide space and power for customers’ networking and computing equipment allowing those customers to avoid the costs of building and maintaining their own facilities. We provide our services through 34 facilities in 23 markets, representing the broadest network neutral footprint in North America. Our footprint includes our facility in Palo Alto, one of the first commercial Internet exchanges in the world. Our high network densities, as demonstrated by approximately 17,000 interconnections between our customers, create a network effect, which provides an incentive for our existing customers to remain within our facilities and is a differentiating factor in attracting new customers. This network effect combined with our broad geographic footprint contributes to the growth of our customer base and revenue, which we believe will also increase our operating cash flow due to the fixed nature of certain of our operating costs.

 

We generate revenue by providing the following to our customers:

 

    connections to carriers or other customers;

 

    connections to the Internet exchange;

 

    space to house networking or Internet equipment;

 

    power and cooling to support the equipment; and

 

    technical support.

 

A typical customer would use all of the above services.

 

Our network neutral business model is a primary differentiating factor in the market. We do not own or operate our own network, and as a result, our customers are able to connect directly to their choice of telecommunications service providers in an open and competitive marketplace. These service providers include tier 1 network service providers, Internet service providers, tier 2 providers and international telecommunications carriers. We believe that the ability to connect directly with telecommunications service providers and each other enables our customers to reduce network transit costs, to improve the performance of their services and to reduce their time to market.

 

We offer interconnection services, which include cross connect and Internet exchange services, and colocation services, which include space and power for our customers’ networking and computing equipment. Our diverse customer base includes some of the world’s largest network service providers, metropolitan service operators, Internet service providers, online content providers and enterprise customers. Our North America based telecommunications carrier and Internet service provider customers include AboveNet Communications, AOL and Qwest and our international carrier customers include BT, ChungHwa Telecom, Singapore Telecommunications, Telecom Italia and VSNL. Our online content provider customers include DirecTV, Electronic Arts, Google, LimeLight Networks, Yahoo! and YouTube. Our enterprise customers consist of Internet dependent businesses, including Amazon.com and Factset, and other enterprises such as GlaxoSmithKline, Hewlett Packard, Microsoft and VeriSign. See “Business—Our Customers” for more details about our customers.

 

We believe our broad geographic footprint represents a competitive advantage in that we have facilities in 14 of the 15 largest metropolitan service areas in the United States and is the

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

broadest of any of our network neutral competitors. Our presence in these markets enables us to serve customers in locations where Internet traffic is most concentrated and to serve customers who require a broad geographic footprint. As of September 30, 2006, of our top 100 customers, 73 utilize our services in multiple markets.

 

Although we have been unable to achieve profitability, since our founding in 1998, we have increased our revenue through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. We believe our customer base of over 830 customers as of September 30, 2006 provides a platform for organic growth. Sales to existing customers in the first nine months of 2006 comprised approximately 76% of new sales. Since March 2003, we have completed five acquisitions and integrated 12 facilities into our operations. These acquisitions have increased our network densities, expanded our customer base and broadened our geographic footprint.

 

Several favorable trends in our industry are driving demand for our network neutral interconnection and colocation services. These trends include growth in Internet traffic driven by, among other things, increasing broadband penetration and a proliferation of broadband intensive applications, an increasing need for advanced networking technology provided through reliable and secure infrastructure and a growing awareness of business continuity and disaster recovery planning. We believe that our competitive strengths (including our network neutral business model, our high network densities, our broad network neutral geographic footprint, our robust facilities and operational excellence and our engineering and networking expertise) position us well to capitalize on the growing demand for our services. See “—Our Competitive Strengths” for more information regarding our competitive strengths.

 

Industry Overview

 

Monthly Internet traffic in the U.S. is projected to grow at a 34.4% compound annual growth rate from 2005 to 2008 according to the Telecommunications Industry Association. Growth in Internet traffic is being driven by increasing broadband penetration, the proliferation of bandwidth intensive services and the maturity of online business models, among other factors. Broadband penetration increases as the price of broadband Internet access decreases and consumers experience the benefits of broadband access (e.g., faster speeds and “always-on” connectivity). Gartner projects that broadband penetration will increase from 34.3% of U.S. households in 2005 to 53.5% in 2009. Increasing broadband penetration is enabling the proliferation of bandwidth intensive services, including Voice-over-Internet protocol, online gaming, streaming video and audio and Internet protocol television.

 

The various networks that constitute the Internet initially connected with each other at public network access points. The network access points were established by non-profit organizations and government entities, but eventually became owned and managed by telecommunications carriers. As Internet traffic increased, the network access points were unable to scale due to underinvestment by the telecommunications carriers that owned them. Therefore, certain network service providers left the network access points and began to connect directly by establishing fiber optic links between their facilities. However, these links were expensive to build, maintain and upgrade, and eventually led to the creation of commercial, network neutral Internet exchanges, and network neutral interconnection and colocation facilities.

 

Interconnection Services

 

Interconnection services enable businesses to exchange network traffic through direct connections with each other or through peering connections with multiple businesses. Direct connections are provided through a variety of media including fiber optic, Ethernet or coaxial cabling . Peering connections are provided over a shared switch fabric at an Internet exchange facility.

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Growth in Internet traffic is leading to increasing demand for interconnection services, as network service providers, Internet service providers and other Internet dependent businesses require additional connectivity to efficiently exchange increasing amounts of network traffic. Online content providers and providers of other bandwidth intensive services, in particular, require high densities of interconnections and scalability of a service provider’s interconnection infrastructure in order to optimize their services. For these businesses, direct interconnection with each other as well as with multiple network service providers within a facility reduces transit costs, increases the performance of their services and reduces their time to market.

 

Colocation Services

 

Growth in Internet traffic is also leading to increasing demand for colocation services. A colocation facility is typically located in close proximity to telecommunications service providers and houses networking and computing equipment such as switches, routers, fiber optic transmission gear and servers for businesses that need to connect with each other and the Internet. The highly controlled environment required for this equipment is characterized by redundant power infrastructure, reinforced floors, sophisticated security and monitoring, and reliable heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems. Due to the high cost of building and maintaining colocation facilities, businesses often outsource these services to colocation service providers.

 

There are two primary types of colocation services: network neutral and network specific.

 

Network Neutral Colocation. Network neutral colocation services allow customers to locate their equipment in a facility which offers interconnection to multiple telecommunications service providers. Neutrality enables customers to select the most cost effective and reliable network service providers and Internet service providers at each colocation facility.

 

Network Specific Colocation. Network specific colocation services are typically offered by service providers who own or manage networks. These service providers typically encourage or require customers to utilize these networks.

 

Industry Trends

 

Several industry trends are leading to increasing demand for high quality network neutral interconnection and colocation services.

 

Growth in Internet Traffic. Growth in Internet traffic is being driven by increasing broadband penetration, the proliferation of bandwidth intensive services and the maturity of online business models, among other factors. International Data Corporation projects that from 2005 to 2009, the number of U.S. residential Voice-over-Internet protocol and Internet protocol television subscribers will grow at a 64.3% and 131.3% compound annual growth rate, respectively. International Data Corporation projects that total digital game downloads will increase from 1.2 billion in 2005 to 3.3 billion in 2009, representing a 28.7% compound annual growth rate. Gartner predicts U.S. broadband penetration to increase from 34.3% in 2005 to 53.5% in 2009, representing an 11.7% compound annual growth. Internet traffic is expected to grow from 548 petabytes in 2005 to 1,330 in 2008, representing a compound annual growth rate of 34.4% according to TIA Telecommunications Market Review and Forecast. We believe the growth in demand for these bandwidth intensive services represents a significant opportunity for providers of network neutral interconnection and colocation services.

 

Stabilizing Supply of Network Neutral Interconnection and Colocation Capacity. From 2001 to 2004, the network neutral interconnection and colocation industry underwent a period of consolidation and rationalization. This significantly reduced the amount of capacity in

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

many markets, including larger markets such as the San Francisco Bay Area, New York City and the Northern Virginia Area. The reduced capacity, along with increasing demand for network neutral interconnection and colocation services, has led to a stabilization in the pricing environment.

 

Increasing Power and Cooling Requirements. Networking and computing equipment manufacturers are continuously reducing the size of the equipment they manufacture while increasing the speed at which this equipment can receive, process and transmit data. However, reduced size has generally not translated into reduced energy consumption or heat generation, although it has allowed customers to place more equipment in a given area. As a result, customers of colocation services are requiring more power and cooling infrastructure for their networking and computing equipment. We believe that only those interconnection and colocation service providers that have the capital, expertise and experience to scale their infrastructure will be able to meet customers’ increasing power and cooling requirements.

 

Adoption of Advanced Networking Technology. As broadband penetration increases and telecommunications carriers upgrade to next generation digital networks, new Internet-based services are being developed for both consumers and businesses. These services typically require more bandwidth and feature networking technologies, such as 10 Gigabit switching, that enable more efficient interconnections through higher packet transfer rates. We believe that network neutral interconnection service providers who are able to deploy advanced networking technology within their facilities will benefit from this trend.

 

Growing awareness of business continuity and disaster recovery planning. We believe a growing awareness of business continuity and disaster recovery planning is leading businesses to store an increasing amount of data in secure, off-site facilities that enable them to access this data in real-time. Interconnection and colocation service providers address this need through the use of highly secure and redundant facilities.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our key competitive strengths position us well to capitalize on the growing demand for our services. These competitive strengths include the following:

 

    Network Neutral Business Model. We do not own or operate our own network, and therefore we do not compete with telecommunications service providers including network service providers and Internet service providers. As such, our customers are able to connect directly to their choice of multiple network service providers and Internet service providers in an open and competitive marketplace. We believe this enables our customers to reduce network transit costs, improve the performance of their services and reduce their time to market.

 

    High Network Densities. We have approximately 17,000 interconnections between our customers. These interconnections represent among the highest network densities in our industry, as measured by interconnections per cabinet. We believe our high network densities create a network effect, which provides an incentive for existing customers to remain within our facilities and for new customers to join them.

 

    Broad Network Neutral Geographic Footprint. Our geographic footprint includes 34 facilities in 23 markets in North America. This footprint includes facilities in 14 of the 15 largest metropolitan service areas in the U.S., more than any of our network neutral competitors. Our presence in these markets enables us to serve customers in locations where Internet traffic is most concentrated and to serve customers who require a broad geographic footprint.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Robust Facilities and Operational Excellence . We believe our ability to meet high service levels is attributable primarily to the quality of our facilities and the capabilities of our operations personnel. Our facilities and operations personnel address our customers’ infrastructure needs, including security, cooling and redundant power. As a result, we are able to provide a 99.999% uptime guarantee as part of our service level agreements with our customers.

 

    Engineering and Networking Expertise. We have gained significant engineering and networking expertise throughout our history, including through our ownership and operation of PAIX, one of the first Internet exchanges. This expertise enables us to design and architect facilities which proactively address the evolving needs of our customers. We are also able to incrementally scale our infrastructure, including by connecting our facilities within a metro market.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to be the leading provider of network neutral interconnection and colocation services in North America. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

    Focus on our Top 10 Markets. We derive the majority of our revenue from our top 10 markets, which are New York City, the Northern Virginia Area, the San Francisco Bay Area, Seattle, Dallas, Philadelphia, Toronto, Atlanta, Chicago and Los Angeles. Our top 10 markets are those markets which we believe to be most important strategically to our business. These markets are experiencing the most rapid Internet traffic and customer growth. Since January 2005, we have increased our gross square footage in these markets by 27% and have augmented the power and cooling infrastructure in many of these facilities. We intend to continue to expand capacity in our top 10 markets to meet the increasing needs of our existing customers and to serve new customers.

 

    Leverage Network Densities. By increasing network densities within our facilities, we are able to further enhance our value proposition to our customers. We target customers in bandwidth intensive segments such as online gaming, Voice-over-Internet protocol, Internet protocol television and others that capitalize on digital convergence. These customers require facilities with high network densities to optimize their business models and enhance the experiences of their end users. To facilitate higher network densities, we intend to continue to invest in our network infrastructure, including additional deployment of 10 Gigabit peering solutions. We believe that leveraging our network densities will enable us to continue to attract and retain customers who derive the greatest value from our interconnection services.

 

    Strengthen Existing Customer Relationships and Reach New Customers . We are working to strengthen relationships with our largest customers and deepen relationships with our broader customer base. We are also working to develop relationships with customers in emerging, bandwidth intensive segments and investing in new sales channels that will incorporate our services as part of a broader communications solution. We are using a combination of our national account sales managers, an inside sales group and relationships with systems integrators to implement this strategy.

 

    Pursue Selective Acquisitions. Our acquisitions have increased our network densities, expanded our customer base and broadened our geographic footprint. We have demonstrated the ability to identify strategic acquisitions, to improve the infrastructure of acquired facilities and to increase their revenues. We believe that industry consolidation opportunities remain, and we intend to continue to pursue selective acquisitions.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Services

 

We provide network neutral interconnection and colocation services and certain other services to our customers.

 

Interconnection Services

 

Our interconnection services provide our customers with two primary options to exchange network traffic: through direct connections with each other, utilizing our cross connect services, or through peering connections with multiple customers, utilizing our Internet exchange services.

 

Cross Connect Services. Cross connect services enable one-to-one interconnections between customers within a facility, reducing network costs and network latency. These services allow customers to connect their networks through a direct physical connection in a meet-me room. Cross connect services are offered through a variety of media including fiber optic, Ethernet or coaxial cabling, for an initial installation fee and a recurring monthly fee per connection.

 

Internet Exchange Services. Internet exchange services enable one-to-many interconnections between customers over a shared switch fabric within a facility, further reducing network costs and network latency. We offer these services in eight of our markets including the San Francisco Bay Area, New York City, Seattle, Dallas, Atlanta and the Northern Virginia Area. We provide Internet exchange services at port capacities ranging from 100 megabits per second to 10 gigabits per second for an initial installation fee and a recurring monthly fee, based on port capacity.

 

SingleCNXT. Our SingleCNXT service is the resale of Internet access through Internet service providers who connect directly with customers in our facilities. We offer SingleCNXT as an accommodation to certain customers that desire a single point of contact for colocation and Internet access services. We provide SingleCNXT for an initial installation fee and a recurring monthly fee based on the amount of bandwidth committed or used.

 

Colocation Services

 

Our facilities provide our customers with a reliable, secure and climate controlled environment for their networking and computing equipment. Our colocation services include flexible space options, redundant power and cooling systems, physical security, other sophisticated systems for fire suppression and water leak detection and technical support. Each facility is staffed with highly trained and experienced technicians.

 

Colocation Space. Our colocation space includes secure cabinets, racks and cages. We provide colocation space for an initial installation fee and a recurring monthly fee per cabinet or rack, or for a cage per square foot of space.

 

Power. We provide both alternating current and direct current power circuits at various amperages. These power circuits are backed up by both batteries and electric generators. We provide power for an initial installation fee and a recurring monthly fee based on size and type of circuit.

 

Other Services

 

TechSmart ® Technical Support Services. TechSmart ® technical support services are provided by our technicians, who are available 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. These

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

services include remote hands, equipment installation and maintenance, cabling, circuit testing, tape swaps, equipment rebooting and power cycling. We charge customers for these services on an hourly basis or under contractual arrangements for a certain number of hours of technical support per month.

 

Our Customers

 

Our customers include telecommunications service providers, online content providers and enterprises. Our telecommunications service provider customers include tier 1 network service providers, metropolitan service operators, Internet service providers, tier 2 providers and international telecommunications carriers. Our online content provider customers consist of businesses that deliver content and content based services over the Internet. Our enterprise customers include businesses that are dependent on the Internet, as well as units or divisions of those businesses that are dependent on the Internet. For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, no customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue. As of September 30, 2006, we had over 830 customers.

 

The table below is a representative list of our customers. The telecommunications service providers listed below represent approximately 10% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The online content providers listed below represent approximately 5.5% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The enterprises customers listed below represent approximately 4.6% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

 

Selected customers include:

 

Telecommunications

Service Providers


  

Online Content

Providers


  

Enterprises


AboveNet

AOL

BT

ChungHwa Telecom

Cox Communications

Qwest

Singapore Telecom

Telecom Italia

T-Systems

VSNL

  

A9.com

Akamai

DirecTV

Electronic Arts

Google

Kanoodle.com

LimeLight Networks

Photobucket.com

Yahoo!

YouTube

  

Amazon.com

Factset

GlaxoSmithKline

Hewlett Packard

Prophet Financial Systems

Microsoft

SI International

Syniverse

VeriSign

Virgin Radio

 

The majority of our customer agreements are structured as master or umbrella service agreements that contain all of the general terms and conditions including, but not limited to, payment terms, termination provisions, confidentiality, notice provisions, indemnity provisions and limitation of liability. The master agreements also incorporate a “Policies and Procedures” document that contains additional customer requirements including, but not limited to, installation, insurance and security. The terms of the master agreements automatically renew for as long as there are underlying service orders for service. The master agreements do not have any specific services or associated prices or terms of specific services as those terms are all set forth in separate service orders. The service order sets forth the type of service, the length of the service term and the monthly or one-time charge for the services. Space, power and ports are generally sold for one to three year terms. Certain products, such as cross connects, are typically sold on a month-to-month basis.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Sales. We use a multi-channel approach to sales. Our sales organization includes senior managers and sales representatives, who are organized into three sales groups: national

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

account management, inside sales and indirect sales. Our national account management group focuses on strengthening relationships with our largest customers and penetrating new target accounts. Our inside sales group is responsible for deepening relationships with customers that are not covered by our national account management group. This group is the primary source of new customer leads. Our indirect sales group is responsible for developing and managing relationships with third party sales partners. These partners sell our services as part of a broader communications solution.

 

Marketing. Our marketing organization is focused on leading and supporting our sales efforts through a comprehensive approach, including creating service strategies and implementing channel marketing initiatives. We support new service development and delivery by providing updates on the competitive landscape including pricing, evolving customer needs, technological advancements and industry trends. We actively promote our brand in North America through targeted public relations campaigns, sponsorship of key industry forums and participation in relevant industry conferences where we can access key customer decision makers. Our channel marketing effort is responsible for developing demand generation campaigns and for creating selling tools and collateral for targeted sales campaigns.

 

Our Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters are located in Tampa, Florida. We lease space for our facilities in buildings with a significant concentration of telecommunications carriers or buildings located near the primary telecommunications central offices within a particular market. This proximity to telecommunications carriers significantly reduces the cost and complexity of connecting their networks to our facilities. We currently operate 34 facilities in 23 markets with approximately 699,900 total gross square feet. The amount of gross square footage in each of our markets ranges from 6,800 to 87,800. The amount of gross square footage for our top 10 markets by revenue ranges from 17,900 to 87,800 square feet. The following table shows the number and gross square footage of our facilities in our top 10 markets and the number of our facilities in our other markets:

 

Market


   Number of Our
Facilities


   Gross Square Footage

Top 10 Markets

         

New York City*

   3    87,800

San Francisco Bay Area*

   2    65,300

Northern Virginia Area*

   3    63,600

Seattle*

   2    49,000

Dallas*

   3    43,700

Philadelphia*

   2    41,400

Toronto

   1    29,900

Atlanta*

   1    28,000

Chicago

   2    26,800

Los Angeles

   1    17,900

Top 10 Markets Total

   20    453,400

Other Markets**

   14    241,400
    
  

Total

       34    694,800
    
  
 
  *   Denotes market where we also provide Internet exchange services.
  **   Boston, Buffalo, Cleveland, Denver, Detroit, Indianapolis, Kansas City, Miami (2 facilities), Nashville, Phoenix, Pittsburgh, St. Louis and Tampa.

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Below is a table containing the material terms of all our leases in our top 10 markets.

 

Lease Terms - Top 10 Markets

Location


  

Lease Expiration Date


   Approx.
Sq. Ft.


  

Annual Rent

(In Thousands)


   Renewal
Option


New York City

   Ranges from 2/2008 to 8/2015    87,821    $   4,071    (1)

San Francisco Bay Area

   Ranges from 8/2009 to 5/2025    65,319    $ 2,403    (3)

Northern Virginia Area

   Ranges from 8/2009 to 12/2016    63,638    $ 2,494    (2)

Seattle

   Ranges from 8/2009 to 4/2014    48,959    $ 2,017    (4)

Dallas

   Ranges from 6/2009 to 9/2015    43,678    $ 1,322    (5)

Philadelphia

   Ranges from 1/2008 to 10/2010    41,353    $ 765    (6)

Toronto

   Ranges from 4/2011 to 11/2014    29,906    $ 2,352    (7)

Atlanta

   Ranges from 11/2009 to 2/2010    27,998    $ 627    (8)

Chicago

   Ranges from 2/2007 to 11/2013    26,839    $ 457    (9)

Los Angeles

   2/2009                    17,927    $ 215    None

(1)   Of our leased space in New York City, approximately 16,853 square feet is subject to a lease renewal option and approximately 70,968 square feet is not subject to a lease renewal option.
(2)   Of our leased space in Northern Virginia, approximately 38,062 square feet is subject to a lease renewal option, and approximately 25,576 square feet is not subject to a lease renewal option.
(3)   Of our leased space in the San Francisco Bay Area, approximately 20,000 square feet is subject to a lease renewal option, and approximately 45,319 square feet is not subject to a lease renewal option.
(4)   Of our leased space in Seattle, approximately 37,565 square feet is subject to a lease renewal option, and approximately 11,394 square feet is not subject to a lease renewal option.
(5)   All of our leased space in Dallas is subject to a lease renewal option.
(6)   Of our leased space in Philadelphia, approximately 20,540 square feet is subject to a lease renewal option, and approximately 20,813 square feet is not subject to a lease renewal option.
(7)   All of our leased space in Toronto is subject to a lease renewal option.
(8)   Of our leased space in Atlanta, approximately 11,834 square feet is subject to a lease renewal option, and approximately 16,164 square feet is not subject to a lease renewal option.
(9)   Of our leased space in Chicago, a lease for approximately 5,141 square feet will terminate in February 2007 and will not be renewed, approximately 12,571 square feet is subject to a lease renewal option, and approximately 9,127 square feet is not subject to a lease renewal option.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Competition

 

The market for our services is highly competitive and we compete primarily based on network density, quality of service, location and price. We are unable to estimate our market share in total or within a particular market because many of our current competitors are privately-held, or are divisions of publicly-held companies that do not segregate information specific to our industry in their publicly available disclosure. As a result, we are unable to provide market share information for our industry. Even if we were able to provide current market share information for our industry, such information may become inaccurate after a short period of time due to other entities’ exit from, and entrance into, our market. Our competitors include the following service providers:

 

Network Neutral Interconnection and Colocation Service Providers. These competitors, including Equinix and Terremark, offer services that are similar to ours, including cross connect services, Internet Exchange Services and colocation services.

 

U.S.-based Telecommunications Carriers. These telecommunications carriers, which include at&t and Level 3, typically provide interconnection services through a single owned network and generally require bandwidth capacity minimums as part of their pricing structures. We believe these competitors operate colocation facilities primarily to help sell their core telecommunications and Internet access services. They are generally regional or national, with widespread brand recognition and significant financial resources.

 

Managed Service Providers, Web Hosting Companies and Internet Service Providers. Managed service providers, such as AboveNet, InterNAP and Savvis, generally require that customers purchase their Internet access and managed services directly from them. Some web hosting companies and Internet service providers, such as NaviSite, also provide colocation services as part of their offerings.

 

Unlike some of our competitors, we do not own or operate our own network, we do not own the buildings in which we operate our business and we do not currently provide managed services such as data storage, web hosting services, network connectivity and information technology support services to our customers. In addition, relative to us, some of our competitors possess longer operating histories, greater financial resources (which enable, or may enable, such competitors to adopt aggressive pricing policies), a greater presence in our markets and other markets around the world, a greater ability to differentiate their respective facilities and services and greater brand name recognition. For further discussion of these competitive challenges, along with others, that we face, please see “Risk Factors—We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors” and “Risk Factors—Our brand is not as well known as that of some of our competitors. Failure to develop and maintain brand recognition could harm our ability to compete effectively.”

 

Intellectual Property

 

We consider certain of our processes, systems, methodologies, databases, software and trademarks to be proprietary. We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, trademark and other laws, license agreements and nondisclosure, noncompetition and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights.

 

We consider our trademarks “SWITCH AND DATA,” “PAIX,” “TECHSMART,” “MetroPAIX” and “SINGLECNXT” to be materially important to our business and the registered trademarks are renewable for their statutory terms.

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Government Regulation

 

We are currently regulated by the Federal Communications Commission and the Canadian Radio Television and Telecommunications Commission regarding our provision of International Private Line Interexchange Services between Buffalo, New York and Toronto, Ontario. We are also regulated by the New York State Department of Public Service regarding the provision of Intrastate Private Line Interexchange Services between Buffalo and New York City.

 

These private line circuits are used as a convenience to our customers to provide long distance cross connects that would not otherwise be available for these customers to interconnect their networks through our facilities. As a Private Line Interexchange Service Provider, we currently file quarterly reports (FCC Form 499-Q) and annual reports (FCC Form 499-A) with the Federal Communications Commission reporting the total revenues generated by our International Private Line Interexchange Services between Buffalo and Toronto. Based upon the 2005 FCC Form 499-A Annual Report, total revenues for International Private Line Interexchange Services totaled $0.7 million, which represents 0.7% of our total revenues for 2005.

 

Due to changing technology and applications of that technology, it is uncertain whether and how existing laws or regulations or new laws or regulations will be applied by the Federal Communications Commission and other regulatory agencies to other currently unregulated services we offer, or to new services or products that we may offer in the future.

 

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2006, we employed 261 persons in the United States and 11 in Canada. Of the total employees, 62 were employed in engineering and central operations, 64 were employed in sales and marketing and 44 were employed in management, finance and IT. Additionally, we had 102 employees at our facilities.

 

We believe our relations with our employees are good. Our employees are not represented by a labor union and are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are currently involved in three lawsuits with former landlords or property owners relating to our non-occupancy of plaintiffs’ facilities and subsequent withholding of rent payments. We intend to vigorously defend our position in each of these lawsuits. However, we cannot assure you that we will ultimately be successful in these matters.

 

In May 2002, Joseph H. Suppers, Jr. filed suit in the Circuit Court of the Fifteenth Judicial District Palm Beach County, Florida against our subsidiary, Switch & Data FL Four LLC, certain other of our subsidiaries and us. In addition to claims of breach of a lease in connection with a lease entered into for a colocation facility in West Palm Beach, Florida, the complaint alleges fraudulent misrepresentation. Plaintiffs are seeking damages of approximately $9.0 million for lost rents, $3.1 million for lost profits, $16.0 million for lost business opportunities, $0.8 million for transaction costs related to a forced sale of the building and $0.8 million for attorney’s fees. Based upon currently available information, management believes that the amount of any liability with respect to this action will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

 

On May 31, 2006, we and our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, LLC, were served with a lawsuit alleging our failure to execute a lease in October 2000 for a building in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Plaintiffs are claiming the rent and associated lease charges due for the entire term of the lease (10 years) of $3.7 million. Plaintiffs are also claiming $0.75 million loss

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

on the sale of the building and $0.15 million for attorney’s fees. Based upon currently available information, management is currently unable to assess the amount of any liability with respect to this action, which may materially affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

 

One additional suit filed on October 26, 2001, Continental Poydras Corporation vs. Switch and Data LA One, LLC and our predecessor, is pending in New Orleans, Louisiana. Plaintiff is seeking approximately $3.2 million for lost rent, $0.35 million for restorative expenses and $0.02 million for paid lease commissions. This case is currently inactive.

 

Two of our stockholders filed a lawsuit against us in a Delaware state court on January 29, 2007. This lawsuit seeks a declaratory judgment that those of our predecessor’s stockholders who did not sign our predecessor’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement are entitled to appraisal rights with respect to our corporate reorganization. It also sought a preliminary injunction against our corporate reorganization and this offering until the appraisal rights issue was resolved. The plaintiffs sought expedited consideration for the preliminary injunction. On February 2, 2007, the Delaware court denied the plaintiff’s motion for expedited consideration. This denial was based upon our agreement that the plaintiffs, and any other holder of our predecessor’s capital stock who has not signed our predecessor’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement, may participate in the offering as a selling stockholder and not waive any right to an appraisal remedy (if any such right exists), even if such stockholder has previously consented in writing to the corporate reorganization. Although the motion to expedite has been denied, thereby mooting the motion for preliminary injunction, the lawsuit remains outstanding.

 

We believe that all stockholders have waived their appraisal rights, with one possible exception for a stockholder who did not sign our predecessor’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement, or any of the prior versions of the investors agreement, but who did enter into a settlement agreement that included a draft of the fourth amended and restated investors agreement as an exhibit with our predecessor on March 14, 2003. If it is determined that additional stockholders are entitled to an appraisal remedy and such stockholders avail themselves of such rights, we could become obligated to make substantial cash payments to such stockholders.

 

In addition to the matters described above, we are presently involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business operations, including employment matters and contractual disputes that we do not believe, based on information currently available to us, will materially adversely affect our financial position or results of operations.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

 

Name


   Age

  

Positions and Offices Held


Keith Olsen

   50   

Chief Executive Officer, President, Director

William Luby

   47   

Chairman of the Board of Directors

George Pollock, Jr.

   39   

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

William Roach

   63   

Senior Vice President of Sales

Charles Browning

   60   

Vice President of Operations

George Kelly

   57   

Director

Kathleen Earley

   55   

Director

Arthur Matin

   50   

Director

M. Alex White

   54   

Director

Ali Marashi

   38   

Vice President of Engineering and Chief Information Officer

Ernest Sampera

   47   

Senior Vice President of Marketing

 

Mr. Luby and Ms. Earley are Class I directors. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2007, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. Messrs. Kelly and Matin are Class II directors. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2008, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. Messrs. Olsen and White are Class III directors. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 2009, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Keith Olsen, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Olsen was appointed as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors in February 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Olsen served as Vice President of at&t, where he was responsible for indirect sales and global sales channel management from May 1993 to February 2004. From 1986 to 1993, Mr. Olsen served as Vice President of Graphnet, Inc., a provider of integrated data messaging technology and services. Mr. Olsen holds a bachelor’s degree from the State University of New York, Geneseo.

 

William Luby, Chairman. Mr. Luby was appointed as the Chairman of our board of directors in February 1999. Since October 1996, Mr. Luby has served as the Managing Partner of Seaport Capital and its predecessor companies. Mr. Luby currently serves as a director of SirsiDynix, Elias Arts, Manadalay Baseball and several other privately held companies. Mr. Luby holds a bachelor’s degree from Trinity College and an MBA from The Fuqua School of Business at Duke University.

 

George Pollock, Jr., Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Pollock has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2001 and as Senior Vice President since January 2003. From August 1999 to May 2001, Mr. Pollock served as our Vice President of Finance. Prior to joining us, Mr. Pollock served as Chief Financial Officer of the Merchant Banking Division of Communications Equity Associates (CEA), an international investment and merchant bank specializing in the media, communications and Internet industries, from January 1997 to August 1999. Mr. Pollock holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in accounting from the University of Florida.

 

William Roach, Senior Vice President of Sales.  Mr. Roach has served as Senior Vice President of Sales since November 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Roach served as Interim Chief Executive Officer of SonicWall, Inc., a provider of integrated Internet security appliances, from

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

May 2002 to October 2003. From July 1999 until November 2001, Mr. Roach served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer of PCTEL, Inc., a provider of wireless connectivity products and test tools to cellular carriers, wireless Internet providers, personal computer original equipment manufacturers and wireless equipment manufacturers. Prior to his service at PCTEL, Inc., Mr. Roach held a variety of executive level business and sales positions at Maxtor Corporation, Wyle Corporation, Quantum Corporation and Intel Corporation. During his 13 year tenure at Intel, Mr. Roach held a variety of positions in general management, sales and marketing. Mr. Roach holds a bachelor’s degree from Purdue University.

 

Charles Browning, Vice President of Operations. Mr. Browning has served as Vice President of Operations since December 2000. Prior to being our Vice President of Operations, Mr. Browning served as our Director of Operations from March of 2000 to November of 2000. Before joining us, Mr. Browning served as Director, Americas Telecom Solutions for TCSI Corporation from 1999 to 2000, as Vice President, North American Operations—Communications Market Sector Group from 1997 to 1998 and Principal, Communications Market Sector from 1995 to 1997 for Unisys Corporation, and Managing Director, Manhattan Operations for NYNEX Corporation from 1991 to 1995. Mr. Browning holds a bachelor’s degree from the State University of New York.

 

George Kelly, Director. Mr. Kelly has served as a member of our board of directors since February 1999. Since June 1990, Mr. Kelly has served as Chairman of The CapStreet Group. Mr. Kelly currently serves as a director of Jackson Products, Inc., Sprint Industrial Holdings, LLC, Warren Alloy, Inc. and several other privately held companies. Mr. Kelly holds a bachelor’s degree from Union College and an MBA from the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

 

Kathleen Earley, Director.  Ms. Earley has been a member of our board of directors since September 2003. Since November 2004, Ms. Earley has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of TriZetto, a healthcare technology provider. From 1994 to 2001, Ms. Earley served as Senior Vice President of Enterprise Networking and Chief Marketing Officer of at&t. She currently serves as a director of Vignette Corporation and Digital Realty Trust. Ms. Earley holds a bachelor’s degree and an MBA from the University of California, Berkeley.

 

Arthur Matin, Director. Mr. Matin has been a member of our board of directors since November 2003. Since January 2007, Mr. Matin has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of TouchTunes Music Corporation, a supplier of digital-downloading jukeboxes and music services to North America’s coin-machine operators and distributors. From March 2006 to September 2006, Mr. Matin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Softricity, Inc., a provider of application virtualization and on-demand delivery services. From March 2004 to July 2005, Mr. Matin served as the Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales for Veritas Software Corporation, a provider of storage and security software. From November 2001 to February 2004, Mr. Matin served as President of McAfee Security for Network Associates, Inc., a supplier of network security and management software. From January 2000 to November 2001, Mr. Matin served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing of CrossWorlds Software, Inc., a provider of enterprise application integration software. Prior to joining CrossWorlds Software, Inc., Mr. Matin managed U.S. and international sales operations at IBM for 19 years, most recently as Vice President of the Industrial Sector for the Americas.

 

M. Alex White, Director . Mr. White has been a member of our board of directors since October 2006. Since February 2005, Mr. White has independently consulted with various companies regarding finance and accounting matters. From 1977 through January 2005, Mr. White was a practicing certified public accountant, and beginning in 1987, a partner with Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. White’s practice focused on public companies, including initial and secondary public offerings, annual and periodic public reporting, board and audit committee

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

presentations and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance. Mr. White currently serves as a director of Coast Financial Holdings, Inc. and is Chairman of its Audit Committee.

 

Ali Marashi, Vice President of Engineering and Chief Information Officer. Mr. Marashi has served as Vice President of Engineering and Chief Information Officer since August 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Marashi served as Chief Technology Officer of Internap Network Services, where he was responsible for technology direction and development, network operations and carrier relations from March 2000 to June 2005. From July 1997 to March 2000, Mr. Marashi served as Network Engineer for Networks and Distributed Computing at the University of Washington. Mr. Marashi holds a bachelor’s degree from the University of Washington.

 

Ernest Sampera, Senior Vice President of Marketing. Mr. Sampera has served as Senior Vice President of Marketing since August 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sampera served as Vice President of Channel Marketing for at&t Business Services, where he was responsible for centralizing at&t’s Business Sales Channel Marketing business unit from 2000 to 2003. Prior to at&t, Mr. Sampera held executive sales, marketing and management information systems positions with IBM, UNISYS and the American Medical Association. Mr. Sampera holds a bachelor’s degree in finance from the University of Akron.

 

Board of Directors

 

Currently, there are six members of our board of directors. According to the existing investors agreement between our predecessor and its existing stockholders, holders of our predecessor’s Series D-1 preferred stock have the right to elect four directors, and the holders of all of our predecessor’s capital stock collectively, except for holders of our predecessor’s Series C redeemable preferred stock, have the right to elect three directors. Holders of our predecessor’s Series D-1 preferred stock designated George Kelly, William Luby and M. Alex White to our predecessor’s board of directors and holders of all of our capital stock collectively, except for holders of our predecessor’s Series C redeemable preferred stock and Series D redeemable preferred stock, designated Kathleen Earley, Keith Olsen and Arthur Matin. A vacancy currently exists with respect to one of the four directors the holders of our Series D-1 preferred stock are entitled to elect. The existing investors agreement will be amended and restated in connection with our corporate reorganization such that the right to elect board members, as referenced above, will no longer exist. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of six members, a majority of whom will be independent under Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The board may also establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and regulations and our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our Audit Committee consists of M. Alex White, Arthur Matin and George Kelly. Mr. White acts as the chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. White and Mr. Matin are “independent” as defined under and required by the federal securities laws and The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, and our board of directors has determined that Mr. White is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by Item 401(h) of the Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Within one year of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend that the Audit Committee will be fully independent as required by the federal securities laws, and The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. The Audit Committee has direct

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. In addition, approval of the Audit Committee is required prior to our entering into any related-party transaction. It is also responsible for “whistle-blowing” procedures and certain other compliance matters.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our Compensation Committee consists of Arthur Matin, William Luby and George Kelly, each of whom is independent within the meaning of Rule 4200(a)(15) of The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. Mr. Matin acts as the chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews, and makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding, the compensation and benefits of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans and establishes and reviews policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our employees and consultants.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee establishes procedures for the nominating process, recommends candidates for election to our board and nominates officers for election by our board. This Committee’s purpose is also to encourage and enhance communication among independent directors.

 

The current members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are Arthur Matin, Kathleen Earley, M. Alex White, George Kelly and William Luby, each of whom is independent within the meaning of Rule 4200(a)(15) of The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. Mr. Luby acts as the chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. As set forth in the general guidelines established pursuant to its charter, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee strives for directors who will (a) bring to our board a variety of experience and backgrounds, (b) bring substantial senior management experience, financial expertise and such other skills that would enhance the board’s effectiveness, and (c) represent the balanced, best interests of our stockholders as a whole. In selecting nominees, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee assesses independence, character and integrity, potential conflicts of interest, experience, and the willingness to devote sufficient time to carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee has the authority to retain a search firm to be used to identify director candidates and to approve the search firm’s fees and other retention terms.

 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominees for the board that are proposed by our stockholders. The same identifying and evaluating procedures will apply to all candidates for director nomination, including candidates submitted by stockholders. Any stockholder who wishes to recommend a prospective nominee for the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee’s consideration may do so by providing the candidate’s name and qualifications in writing to Secretary, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., 1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650, Tampa, Florida 33607. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee’s responsibilities are more fully set forth in a written charter that was adopted by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and by the board.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

The members of our Compensation Committee do not have any interlocking relationships as defined under SEC regulations.

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Primary Objective of Compensation

 

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain and motivate our executive officers in a manner that is tied to the achievement of our overall operating and financial goals. One of our primary goals is to increase our overall equity value. With this goal in mind, our compensation program provides our management with the incentive to increase our revenues and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA. In addition, we intend for our compensation program to (i) compensate our executives on a level that is competitive with companies comparable to us, (ii) align the economic interests of our executive officers as closely as possible with our stockholders, and (iii) maintain a level of internal consistency and equity by paying higher amounts of compensation to our more senior executive officers.

 

Specifically, our executive compensation program in 2006 consisted of two primary elements: base salary and annual cash performance bonuses (which are disclosed in the “Summary Compensation Table” under the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column). In addition, while we did not grant any stock option awards in 2006 due to our impending public offering, stock option awards have at times historically been an element of our compensation program, and we expect they will be an element of our post-offering compensation program as a public company. In addition to these primary elements, we have provided, and will continue to provide, our executive officers with certain benefits, such as healthcare plans, that are available to all employees.

 

We currently believe that it is in the best interests of our stockholders and our executive officers that our compensation program, and each of its elements, remain fairly simple and straightforward. This relative simplicity should reduce the time and cost involved in setting our compensation policies and calculating the payments under such policies, along with increasing the transparency of, and thus furthering our investors’ understanding of, such policies.

 

While our compensation committee reviews the total compensation paid to each of our executive officers, we view each element of our compensation program to be distinct. In other words, a significant amount of compensation paid to an executive in the form of one element will not necessarily cause us to reduce another element of the executive’s compensation. We determine the appropriate levels of our total compensation, and each compensation element, based on several factors, such as an informal benchmarking of our compensation levels to those paid by comparable companies, our overall performance, each individual executive officer’s performance, the desire to maintain internal equity and consistency among our executive officers and other considerations that we deem to be relevant. We have not currently adopted any formal or informal policy for allocating compensation between long-term and short-term, between cash and non-cash or among the different forms of non-cash compensation.

 

Currently, our compensation committee is responsible for reviewing the overall goals and objectives of our executive compensation programs, as well as our compensation elements and plans, and making any changes to such goals, objectives and plans. In addition, our compensation committee is responsible for evaluating the performance of each of our executive officers, approving the compensation level of each of our executive officers, establishing criteria for granting stock options to our executive officers and other employees and approving such stock option grants. Our compensation committee is expected to perform each of these tasks annually, and may, in its discretion, solicit the input of any of our executive officers, any of our other employees or any other independent consultant or advisor.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Compensation Components

 

Base Salary.  The base salaries paid to our executive officers are established based on the scope of their responsibilities, taking into account the compensation paid by other companies with which we believe we compete for executives. Some of these base salaries are mandated by employment agreements with our executive officers (for a description of these agreements, please see the section below titled “Employment Agreements”). We believe that our base salaries are an important element of our executive compensation program because they provide our executive officers with a steady income stream that is not contingent upon our overall performance. We annually review our base salaries, and may adjust them from time to time based on market trends, along with the applicable executive officer’s responsibilities, performance and experience.

 

Annual Bonus.  We utilize annual incentive cash bonuses to reward each of our named executive officers (except, as discussed below, William Roach) when we achieve certain company-level financial objectives and the applicable executive officer achieves certain individual performance objectives (each set of objectives is measured on an annual basis). Our company-level financial objectives involve our achievement of certain revenue and adjusted EBITDA target goals. Upon our achievement of these targets, (i) our bonus pool is funded, with the level of funding of the bonus pool dependent on our levels of revenue and adjusted EBITDA above those targets, and (ii) from this bonus pool, we pay each of our executive officers a bonus equal to a percentage of each of their respective annual salaries, with the percentages particular to each individual executive officer and also dependent on our levels of revenue and adjusted EBITDA. As disclosed in the footnote to the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column to the “Summary Compensation Table”, we are currently unable to calculate our 2006 cash bonuses, although a range of the amounts of these bonuses is disclosed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table”.

 

Our annual cash bonuses, as opposed to our equity grants, are designed to more immediately reward our executive officers for their performance during the most recent year. We believe that the immediacy of these cash bonuses, in contrast to our equity grants which vest over a period of time, provides a significant incentive to our executives towards achieving their respective individual objectives, and thus our company-level objectives. Thus, we believe our cash bonuses are an important motivating factor for our executive officers, in addition to being a significant factor in attracting and retaining our executive officers.

 

We feel it is more appropriate to tie the annual bonus of William Roach, our Senior Vice President of Sales, to his revenue-generating efforts rather than to the company-level financial objectives used to determine the bonus pool for our other named executive officers. For this reason, we pay him an annual sales commission rather than the bonus discussed above for other named executive officers. Unlike our other named executive officers, Mr. Roach’s sales commission “bonus” is included in the “Summary Compensation Table” under the “Salary” column rather than the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column.

 

Long-Term Incentive Program.  In prior years, we have awarded certain equity grants to our executive officers, and we plan to continue to award equity grants in the future. We did not award any equity grants in 2006 due to our impending public offering. Our prior equity incentive plans, along with the plan that we expect to adopt in the near future, are described below. In connection with this offering and as part of 2007 compensation, we intend to grant stock options, which will vest ratably over four years based on continued employment, to our executives.

 

We believe that equity grants provide our executive officers with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and closely align the interests of our executive

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

officers and our stockholders. In addition, the vesting feature of our equity grants should aid officer retention because this feature provides an incentive to our executive officers to remain in our employ during the vesting period. In determining the size of equity grants to our executive officers, our compensation committee considers our company-level performance, the applicable executive officer’s performance, comparative share ownership of our competitors, the amount of equity previously awarded to the applicable executive officer, the vesting of such awards and the recommendations of management and any other consultants or advisors that our compensation committee may choose to consult.

 

We currently do not have any formal plan requiring us to grant, or not to grant, equity compensation on specified dates. Because we have been a private company, we have not previously awarded equity grants in connection with the release, or the withholding, of material non-public information. After we become a public company, we intend to ensure that we do not award equity grants in connection with the release, or the withholding, of material non-public information, and that the grant value of all equity awards is equal to the fair market value on the date of grant.

 

We do not currently have any equity ownership guidelines for our executive officers.

 

2007 Stock Incentive Plan. On January 24, 2007, we adopted a 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Eligible participants in the 2007 Incentive Plan will include our employees, consultants and nonemployee directors. The 2007 Incentive Plan will provide for the granting of both incentive and nonqualified stock options, as well as restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards. The 2007 Incentive Plan will have a total of 3,754,164 shares reserved for grant. Each outstanding award issued under the 2007 Incentive Plan will be subject to a time-based or performance-based vesting schedule determined at the time of grant. Generally, the exercise price of options granted under the 2007 Incentive Plan will be required to be at least equal to the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the date of grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, the exercise price of any incentive stock option granted will be required to equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date and the maximum term of the option will be required to not exceed five years. The term of all other options under the 2007 Incentive Plan will be required to not exceed ten years.

 

Treatment of Outstanding Options under Predecessor’s 2001 and 2003 Stock Incentive Plans. Upon the consummation of our corporate reorganization, the outstanding options to purchase our predecessor’s common stock, which were granted under our predecessor’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, will be cancelled and will no longer be outstanding. Outstanding options granted under our predecessor’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 preferred stock will be replaced by new options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our common stock on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the predecessor stock option. The strike price and number of options will be modified only to maintain the fair value of the options before and after the modification. We may incur stock-based compensation expense related to these modified options, which will be accounted for under FAS 123(R).

 

Severance and Change of Control Arrangements. As discussed in more detail in the “Employment Agreements” section below, our executive officers are entitled to certain benefits upon the termination of their respective employment agreements. The severance agreements are intended to mitigate some of the risk that our executive officers may bear in working for a developing company such as ours.

 

Other Compensation.  Our executive officers currently are entitled to participate in our health, life and disability insurance plans and our 401(k) plan to the same extent that our employees are entitled to participate.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

2006 Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table summarizes, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, the compensation paid to or earned by our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our four other executive officers serving in such capacity as of December 31, 2006.

 

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name & Principal Position


   Year

   Salary ($)

   

Option

awards
($)


  

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($) (1)


   All Other
Compensation ($)


   Total
($)


 

Keith Olsen

Director, CEO & President

   2006    350,000     60,376    —      7,914    418,290  (2)

George Pollock, Jr.

Senior Vice President & CFO

   2006    219,615     3,672    —      7,675    230,962 (3)

William Roach

Senior Vice President of Sales

   2006    269,868 (4)   120,522    —      1,188    391,578  

Ernest Sampera

Senior Vice President of Marketing

   2006    189,616     —      —      7,791    197,407 (5)

Charles Browning

Vice President of Operations

   2006    202,615     1,102    —      8,780    212,497 (6)

Ali Marashi

Vice President of Engineering

and Chief Information Officer

   2006    200,000     —      —      162    200,162 (7)

(1)   The Company Bonus Plan is funded upon the achievement of certain levels of revenue and adjusted EBITDA. We are currently unable to provide the definitive amounts for this column (although a range of these amounts is disclosed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table”) until we have finalized our financial information for 2006. Upon our final calculation of these amounts (which we currently expect to be determined by February 28, 2007), we will provide them in an amended Registration Statement filed at a later date, or if the Registration Statement has become effective prior to our making the final calculation of these amounts, in a Current Report on Form 8-K.
(2)   Assuming we reach the targets discussed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table”, then the amount of the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column for Mr. Olsen will range from $200,000 to $400,000, and Mr. Olsen’s total compensation for 2006 will range from $618,290 to $818,290.
(3)   Assuming we reach the targets discussed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table”, then the amount of the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column for Mr. Pollock will range from $110,000 to $220,000, and Mr. Pollock’s total compensation for 2006 will range from $340,962 to $450,962.
(4)   Includes $69,861 paid to Mr. Roach in the form of sales commissions.
(5)   Assuming we reach the targets discussed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table”, then the amount of the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column for Mr. Sampera will range from $95,000 to $190,000, and Mr. Sampera’s total compensation for 2006 will range from $292,407 to $387,407.
(6)   Assuming we reach the targets discussed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table”, then the amount of the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column for Mr. Browning will range from $101,500 to $203,000, and Mr. Browning’s total compensation for 2006 will range from $313,997 to $415,497.
(7)   Assuming we reach the targets discussed in the “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table”, then the amount of the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column for Mr. Marashi will range from $100,000 to $200,000, and Mr. Marashi’s total compensation for 2006 will range from $300,162 to $400,162.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

GRANTS OF PLAN BASED AWARDS TABLE

 

          Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards


Name


   Grant Date

   Threshold ($)

   Target ($)

   Maximum ($)

Keith Olsen

Director, CEO & President

   3/2/2006    —      200,000    400,000

George Pollock, Jr.

Senior Vice President & CFO

   3/2/2006    —      110,000    220,000

William Roach

Senior Vice President of Sales

   3/2/2006    —      —      —  

Ernest Sampera

Senior Vice President of Marketing

   3/2/2006    —      95,000    190,000

Charles Browning

Vice President of Operations

   3/2/2006    —      101,500    203,000

Ali Marashi

Vice President of Engineering

and Chief Information Officer

   3/2/2006    —      100,000    200,000

 

Our Non-Equity Incentive Plan is funded by our achievement of certain revenue and EBITDA goals. Revenue and EBITDA are each weighted 50%. If we reach 100% of both our revenue and EBITDA targets, then the bonus pool is funded at 100% of its budgeted amount. If our achievement, however, is above or below either of the revenue or EBITDA targets then the calculation of the bonus pool is based on a performance grid. For achievement above the targets, the bonus pool can be funded up to 200% of its budgeted amount. If our actual revenue is below 95% of the revenue target or if our actual EBITDA is below 90% of the EBITDA target, then the bonus pool will not be funded. For calendar year 2006, the pool will be 52% of target. No allocation of the pool for 2006 has yet been made.

 

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

There were no option grants to any executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

 

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Option Exercises and Year-End Option Values

 

The following table sets forth information for each of the named executive officers regarding the number of shares subject to both exercisable and unexercisable stock options as of December 31, 2006. We have prepared this table as if our corporate reorganization had already occurred at the time that options were exercised and at the time the option grants were made.

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT

FISCAL YEAR END TABLE

 

     Option Awards

Name


   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable


   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable


   Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)


    Option
Exercise
Price ($)


   Option
Expiration
Date


Keith Olsen

Director, CEO & President

   904,058    —      —       3.87    3/31/2014

George Pollock, Jr.

Senior Vice President & CFO

   —      —      —       —      —  

William Roach

Senior Vice President of Sales

   —      —      62,589 (1)   0.01    11/17/2013

Ernest Sampera

Senior Vice

President of Marketing

   80,471    —      62,589 (2)   3.87    7/21/2014

Charles Browning

Vice President of Operations

   —      —      —       —      —  

Ali Marashi

Vice President of Engineering

and Chief Information Officer

   —      —      —       —      —  

 

(1)   These unvested options will vest in quarterly installments of 15,651 options, the next of which will be on February 17, 2007 and the last of which will be on November 17, 2007.
(2)   These unvested options will vest in quarterly installments of 8,941 options, the first of which occurred on January 21, 2007 and the last of which will be on July 21, 2008.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

OPTION EXERCISES TABLE

 

     Option Awards

Name


  

Number

of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)


   Value Realized
on Exercise ($)


Keith Olsen

Director, CEO & President

   —        —  

George Pollock, Jr.

Senior Vice President & CFO

   31,294    $ 468,770

William Roach

Senior Vice President of Sales

   125,178    $ 1,875,082

Ernest Sampera

Senior Vice President of Marketing

   —        —  

Charles Browning

Vice President of Operations

   32,861    $ 492,236

Ali Marashi

Vice President of Engineering and Chief Information Officer

   —        —  

 

Pension Benefits

 

None of our named executives participate in or have account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us. The compensation committee, may elect to adopt qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans if the compensation committee determines that doing so is in our best interests.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

None of our named executives participate in or have account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us. The compensation committee may elect to provide our officers and other employees with non-qualified defined contribution or deferred compensation benefits if the compensation committee determines that doing so is in our best interests.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name


   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)


 

Kathleen Earley

   32,500 (1)

George Kelly

   —    

William Luby

   —    

Arthur Matin

   35,000 (2)

Keith Olsen

   —    

M. Alex White

   13,750 (3)

(1)   We paid our directors, other than Messrs. Kelly, Luby and Olsen, an annual fee of $30,000 pro-rated over the period from January 2006 through September 2006, and an annual fee of $40,000 pro-rated over the period from October 2006 through December 2006.

 

(2)   We paid our directors, other than Messrs. Kelly, Luby and Olsen, an annual fee of $30,000 pro-rated over the period from January 2006 through September 2006, and an annual fee of $40,000 pro-rated over the period from October 2006 through December 2006. In addition, we paid Mr. Matin an additional $2,500 for serving as the chairman of our Audit Committee from January 2006 to September 2006.

 

(3)   We paid our directors, other than Messrs. Kelly, Luby and Olsen, an annual fee of $30,000 pro-rated over the period from January 2006 through September 2006, and an annual fee of $40,000 pro-rated over the period from October 2006 through December 2006. Mr. White has served on our Board of Directors since October 2006. In addition, we paid Mr. White an additional $3,750 for serving as the chairman of our Audit Committee from October 2006 through December 2006.

 

Director Compensation

 

As of October 1, 2006, we pay an annual fee of $40,000 to the following directors: Kathleen Earley, M. Alex White and Arthur Matin. We currently do not pay an annual fee to our other directors: William Luby, George Kelly and Keith Olsen. Upon the closing of this offering, we will pay an annual fee of $40,000 to all of our non-employee directors which includes: Kathleen Earley, Arthur Matin, George Kelly, William Luby and M. Alex White. Additionally, the chairman of our Audit Committee will receive an additional annual fee of $15,000, and the chairpersons of our Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will each receive an additional annual fee of $10,000. We will also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable expenses they incur in attending board or committee meetings. We have in the past granted directors options to purchase shares of our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will grant options to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock to each of our non-employee directors, and these options shall have an exercise price equal to the initial offering price and shall be immediately vested. Additionally, Ms. Earley, Mr. White and Mr. Matin will receive an additional grant of 25,000 options, with an exercise price equal to the initial offering price and vesting over a four year period, prior to the completion of this offering.

 

Employment Agreements

 

On February 16, 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with Keith Olsen whereby Mr. Olsen agreed to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement had an initial term ending on December 31, 2006 and automatically extends for additional one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of termination at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the initial term of the agreement or any extension thereof. The employment agreement provides for an initial base salary of $350,000 per year subject to periodic review and may be increased, but not decreased, in our discretion. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Olsen shall be eligible for an annual bonus targeted at $200,000, subject to our achievement of certain performance goals, and that he shall be entitled to receive or participate in our employee benefits plans, policies and arrangements, including

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

fringe benefits, on a basis that is no less favorable than those provided to other senior executives. The employment agreement may be terminated by us with or without cause and by Mr. Olsen with or without good reason. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, a change of control constitutes good reason. If the employment agreement is terminated for good reason by Mr. Olsen or without cause by us, Mr. Olsen will be entitled to receive: (i) his base salary for a period of twelve months after such termination, (ii) the amount of his prior year’s bonus, if any, in twelve equal monthly installments and (iii) as permitted by the applicable benefit plan or policy, a continuation of benefits that were in effect as of the termination of the agreement. The employment agreement further provides that if the employment agreement is terminated for good reason by Mr. Olsen or without cause by us, and if Mr. Olsen is not employed as a corporate officer with comparable compensation as of the first anniversary date of Mr. Olsen’s termination, Mr. Olsen shall be entitled to a special monthly compensation equal to one-twelfth of his base salary, beginning the thirteenth month following termination until the earlier of (i) Mr. Olsen finding comparable employment and (ii) the end of the 24 th month following termination of employment. The employment agreement provides that, during his term of employment with us, and for a period of twelve months following any termination of employment with us, Mr. Olsen may not participate, directly or indirectly, in any capacity whatsoever, in any business in those states in which we are presently doing business or intend to do business within twelve months that is directly competitive with that conducted by us or our affiliates, except that Mr. Olsen shall not be prohibited from owning 5% or less of the equity securities of any publicly held competitive operation so long as he does not serve as an employee, officer, director or consultant to such business . In addition, Mr. Olsen may not solicit our employees or customers for a period of twelve months following the expiration or termination of his employment with us. Assuming Mr. Olsen’s employment was terminated without cause by us on December 31, 2006, and Mr. Olsen is employed as a corporate officer with comparable compensation as of the first anniversary date of Mr. Olsen’s termination, we would pay to Mr. Olsen (i) $350,000 over the twelve month period following the termination date, (ii) $141,000 (the amount of his 2005 annual bonus) in twelve equal monthly installments, and (iii) continue his health benefits over the twelve month period following the termination date, at a cost of $11,040. Assuming Mr. Olsen continued to not be employed as a corporate officer with comparable compensation, we would pay Mr. Olsen an additional $350,000 over the twelve month period following the first anniversary date of his termination.

 

Pursuant to the employment agreement and two incentive stock incentive agreements each dated February 16, 2004, we granted stock options to Mr. Olsen to purchase 126,389 shares of Series D-2 Preferred Stock, at an exercise price of $27.69 per share, pursuant to the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. Upon the consummation of our corporate reorganization, outstanding options under our predecessor’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock will be replaced by new options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our common stock (for a further discussion of this conversion, please see the section titled “—Treatment of Outstanding Options under Predecessor’s 2001 and 2003 Stock Incentive Plans”). Therefore, under the terms of our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and our impending corporate reorganization, Mr. Olsen currently possesses 904,058 vested stock options with an exercise price of $3.87 per share.

 

The options may be exercised only while Mr. Olsen is an employee and will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon Mr. Olsen’s employment terminating, with exceptions in the event of disability, death or termination not for cause. The options will also terminate if they are not exercised within 10 years from the grant of the options.

 

On June 14, 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with George Pollock, Jr. whereby Mr. Pollock agreed to serve as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. The employment agreement has an initial term ending on June 13, 2007 and

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

automatically extends for additional one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of termination at least 45 days prior to the expiration of the initial term of the agreement or any extension thereof. The employment agreement provides for a base salary of $210,000 per year. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Pollock shall be eligible for an annual bonus targeted at 50% of his base salary, subject to our achievement of certain performance goals. Mr. Pollock is also entitled to participate in our health benefit plan and 401(k) plan. The employment agreement may be terminated by us with or without cause and by Mr. Pollock for good reason at any time. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, a change of control constitutes good reason. If the agreement is terminated for good reason by Mr. Pollock or without cause by us, Mr. Pollock will be entitled to receive his base salary over the twelve month period following the termination date plus the pro rated bonus amount for that calendar year plus medical insurance premiums for a period of twelve months after such termination. Assuming Mr. Pollock’s employment was terminated without cause by us on December 31, 2006, we would pay to Mr. Pollock (i) $210,000 over the twelve month period following the termination date, (ii) his 2006 annual bonus as determined pursuant to the section above titled “Compensation Discussion & Analysis—Compensation Components—Annual Bonus”, and (iii) continuing health benefits over the twelve month period following the termination date, at a cost of $11,040.

 

We granted stock options to Mr. Pollock, pursuant to an incentive stock option agreement dated June 11, 2001, to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.90 per share, pursuant to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. These options vested on January 1, 2005. The options may be exercised only while Mr. Pollock is an employee and will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon Mr. Pollock’s employment terminating, with exceptions in the event of disability, death or termination not for cause. The options will also terminate if they are not exercised within 10 years from the grant of the options. To date, Mr. Pollock has not exercised any of his vested stock options that he received pursuant to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. See “—Treatment of Outstanding Options under Predecessor’s 2001 and 2003 Stock Incentive Plans” for information about treatment of these options in our corporate reorganization. In addition, we granted stock options to Mr. Pollock, pursuant to an incentive stock option agreement dated June 11, 2003, to purchase 35,000 shares of Series D-2 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, pursuant to the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. All of these options vested on March 14, 2006. Mr. Pollock has exercised all of the vested stock options that he received pursuant to the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

On July 21, 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with Ernest Sampera whereby Mr. Sampera agreed to serve as our Senior Vice President of Marketing. The employment agreement had an initial term ending on July 19, 2006 and automatically extends for additional one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of termination at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the initial term of the agreement or any extension thereof. The employment agreement provides for a base salary of $180,000 per year. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Sampera shall be eligible for an annual bonus targeted at 50% of his current base salary, subject to our achievement of certain performance goals. Mr. Sampera is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans. The employment agreement may be terminated by us with or without cause and by Mr. Sampera for good reason at any time. If the employment agreement is terminated for good reason by Mr. Sampera or without cause by us, Mr. Sampera will be entitled to receive his base salary for a period of twelve months after such termination plus the amount of the prior year’s bonus, if any, and, as permitted by the applicable benefit plan or policy, a continuation of benefits that were in effect as of the termination of the employment agreement. If Mr. Sampera is terminated without cause or for good reason upon a change of control, he shall be entitled to receive payment of his base salary over the twelve month period following the termination date plus his prior year’s bonus (if any) in twelve equal monthly installments, as well a continuation of benefits for twelve months.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Assuming Mr. Sampera’s employment was terminated without cause by us on December 31, 2006, we would pay to Mr. Sampera (i) $180,000 over the twelve month period following the termination date, (ii) the amount of his 2005 annual bonus of $75,000 in twelve equal monthly installments, and (iii) continue his health benefits over the twelve month period following the termination date, at a cost of $11,040.

 

Pursuant to the employment agreement and an incentive stock option agreement dated July 21, 2004, we granted stock options to Mr. Sampera on July 21, 2004 to purchase 20,000 shares of Series D-2 Preferred Stock, at an exercise price of $27.69 per share, pursuant to the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. Upon the consummation of our corporate reorganization, outstanding options under our predecessor’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock will be replaced by new options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our common stock (for a further discussion of this conversion, please see the section titled “—Treatment of Outstanding Options under Predecessor’s 2001 and 2003 Stock Incentive Plans”). Therefore, under the terms of our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and our impending corporate reorganization, Mr. Sampera currently possesses 80,471 vested stock options with an exercise price of $3.87 per share, while an additional 62,589 options remained unvested as of October 21, 2006. The unvested options will vest in quarterly installments of 8,941 options, the first of which was on January 21, 2007 and the last of which will be on July 21, 2008.

 

The options may be exercised only while Mr. Sampera is an employee and will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon Mr. Sampera’s employment terminating, with exceptions in the event of disability, death or termination not for cause. The options will also terminate if they are not exercised within 10 years from the grant of the options. To date, Mr. Sampera has not exercised any of his vested stock options that he received pursuant to the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. See “—Treatment of Outstanding Options under Predecessor’s 2001 and 2003 Stock Incentive Plans” for information about treatment of these options in our corporate reorganization.

 

The employment agreements for Messrs. Pollock and Sampera provide that during their term of employment with us and for a period of twelve months following any termination of employment with us, neither Mr. Pollock nor Mr. Sampera may participate anywhere in the United States, directly or indirectly, in any capacity whatsoever, in any business that is competitive with that conducted by us, except that Messrs. Pollock and Sampera shall not be prohibited from owning 1% or less of the equity securities of any publicly held competitive operation so long as they do not serve as an employee, officer, director or consultant to such business. In addition, Messrs. Pollock and Sampera may not solicit our employees or customers for a period of twelve months following the expiration or termination of their employment with us.

 

We entered into an employment agreement with William Roach effective as of July 1, 2006. The employment agreement has a stated term ending on December 31, 2007 and shall automatically be extended for a period of one year unless either party gives written notice to the other party on or before December 1 of the preceding year. The employment agreement provides that during the term, Mr. Roach shall be entitled to a base salary of $16,667 per month plus variable compensation based upon management objectives and invoiced revenues. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Roach shall not be entitled to a bonus unless he is specifically included by the Board in a particular bonus program. Mr. Roach is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans as may be in effect from time to time for other similarly situated employees, including vacations and sick leave. The employment agreement may be terminated by us with or without cause and by Mr. Roach for good reason at any time during the term of the agreement. If the employment agreement is terminated for good reason

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

by Mr. Roach or without cause by us, Mr. Roach shall be entitled to receive his base salary for a period of six months after such termination. Assuming Mr. Roach’s employment was terminated without cause by us on December 31, 2006, we would pay $100,000 to Mr. Roach over the six month period following the termination date.

 

Pursuant to an incentive stock option agreement dated November 17, 2003, we granted stock options to Mr. Roach to purchase 35,000 shares of Series D-2 Preferred Stock, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, pursuant to the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. Upon the consummation of our corporate reorganization, outstanding options under our predecessor’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock will be replaced by new options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our common stock (for a further discussion of this conversion, please see the section titled “—Treatment of Outstanding Options under Predecessor’s 2001 and 2003 Stock Incentive Plans”). Therefore, under the terms of our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and our impending corporate reorganization, Mr. Roach currently possesses 62,589 vested options, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, which will vest in quarterly installments of 15,651 options, the next of which will be on February 17, 2007 and the last of which will be on November 17, 2007.

 

The options may be exercised only while Mr. Roach is an employee and will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon Mr. Roach’s employment terminating, with exceptions in the event of disability, death or termination not for cause. The options will also terminate if they are not exercised within 10 years from the grant of the options.

 

On August 8, 2005, we extended, and Ali Marashi accepted, an offer of employment whereby Mr. Marashi agreed to serve as our Vice President, Engineering/CIO. Pursuant to the terms of the offer, Mr. Marashi is entitled to a base salary of $200,000 per year, payable bi-weekly, and is eligible for an annual bonus targeted at 50% of his annual base salary. Mr. Marashi is also entitled to participate in our health benefit plan and 401(k) plan. The employment offer letter is silent as to the term of the arrangement and the circumstances under which employment may be terminated.

 

In addition, in the offer letter to Mr. Marashi dated August 8, 2005, we agreed to grant, at an unspecified future date, 10,500 options to Mr. Marashi at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. When granted, the options are to be exercisable ratably over a four-year period. The details of the options are to be contained in an option agreement to be entered into in connection with such grant. To date, no option agreement has been prepared or executed. We intend to grant the options and enter into a formal option agreement evidencing the grant on a future date.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock before and after the completion of this offering, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, for:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each selling stockholder.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the SEC and includes shares over which the indicated beneficial owner exercises voting and/or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe the beneficial owners of the common stock listed below, based on information furnished by them, have sole voting and investment power with respect to the number of shares listed opposite their names.

 

The numbers of shares and percentages set forth on the table below are based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15 per share, the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus. As described in the footnotes to the table, the number of shares received by each stockholder in our corporate reorganization will vary based on the actual initial public offering price. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization.”

 

A total of 2,666,667 shares of our common stock will be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering (4,416,667 if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full). As described in the footnotes to the table below, The CapStreet Group, Seaport Capital and Tudor Ventures will collectively sell between approximately 1,993,566 shares and 2,114,499 shares of our common stock (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option), which is between 75% and 79% of the total shares that will be sold by the selling stockholders. Other stockholders will sell the remainder of the 2,666,667 shares. Other stockholders who have provided information to us confirming that they will be selling stockholders have been included in the table below. The identity of the remainder of the selling stockholders and number of shares to be sold by each of these selling stockholders is not yet known, but we do not expect the number of shares to be sold by any such selling stockholder to exceed 1% of the total number of shares being sold in this offering.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each stockholder is Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., 1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650, Tampa, Florida 33607.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Shares Beneficially
Owned Before
the Offering (1)


    Shares Being
Offered(3)


   Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering(1)


 

Name


   Number

   Percent(2)

       Number

   Percent

 

Keith Olsen(4)

   904,058    4 %   —      904,058    3 %

William Luby(5)(6)

   6,810,097    27 %                

George Pollock, Jr.

   250,354    1 %   —      250,354    *  

William Roach(7)

   203,416    *     —      203,416    *  

Charles Browning

   75,106    *     —      75,106    *  

George Kelly(8)(9)

   8,521,364    34 %                

Kathleen Earley(10)

   69,556    *     —      69,556    *  

Arthur Matin(11)

   69,556    *     —      69,556    *  

M. Alex White(12)

   5,000    *     —      5,000    *  

Ali Marashi

   —      —       —      —      —    

Ernest Sampera(13)

   89,412    *     —      89,412    *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

   16,997,919    66 %                

The CapStreet Group(7)(14)

   8,516,364    34 %                

Seaport Capital(5)(15)

   6,805,097    27 %                

Tudor Ventures(16)(17)

   2,057,841    8 %                

Jeff Christman(18)

   1,869    *                  

Daniel Lavin(19)

   13,568    *                  

Robert Marmon(20)

   376,286    2 %                

John A. Pendergrast(21)

   934    *                  

The Peter Rieman and Deborah Rieman Living Trust Agreement(22)

   478,423    2 %                

Marc Shapiro(23)

   19,089    *                  

A.G. Edwards Private Equity Partners QP, L.P. and A.G. Edwards Private Equity Partners, L.P., jointly(24)

   763,461    3 %                

BancBoston Ventures, Inc.(25)

   997,968    4 %                

MidOcean Capital Investors, L.P.(26)

   510,204    2 %                

Private Equity Portfolio Fund II, LLC(27)

   176,112    *                  

THK Private Equities (28)

   1,162,250    5 %                

Unionbancal Equities, Inc. (29)

   127,551                       

Frances Armour (30)

   5,923    *                  

James Armour (31)

   5,923    *                  

Vernon Kelly Armour (32)

   15,968    *                  

John F. Howell, Jr.(33)

   3,259    *                  

Brian Kelly(34)

   3,194    *                  

Christine Kelly(35)

   3,194    *                  

Robert Kelly(36)

   3,194    *                  

Robert A. Marmon & Toby A. Marmon JT-TEN(37)

   149,500    *                  

Sari Miller(38)

   4,346    *                  

Andrew Schonzeit(39)

   13,836    *                  

*   less than 1%.

 

(1)  

If a stockholder holds options or other securities that are exercisable or otherwise convertible into our common stock within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, we treat the shares of common stock underlying those securities as owned by that stockholder and as outstanding shares when we calculate the stockholder’s percentage ownership of our common stock. However, we do not consider that common stock to be outstanding when we calculate the percentage ownership of any other stockholder. The shares shown in the table will be issued in our corporate reorganization in exchange for shares of capital stock of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. Our board of directors has authorized a pool of options to purchase 1,313,957 shares of common stock that will be allocated to our employees and non-employee directors by our Compensation Committee immediately prior to this offering. Such options will be granted with an exercise price equal to the public offering price. A total of 25,000 of such options that will be allocated to non-employee directors are treated as outstanding because they will be exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. Although the total number of 24,787,475 shares to be issued in the reorganization is fixed, the relative numbers to be issued with respect to each class of stock will be determined in part based upon the initial public offering price. Consequently, if that price is other than $15.00, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, the number of shares owned by each stockholder in the

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

above table will change, but we do not expect the change to be material. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization.”

 

(2)   The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the completion of this offering is based on 24,787,475 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2006, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, and any shares of common stock subject to options of a particular stockholder that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days.

 

(3)   Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase 1,750,000 shares of common stock. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the CapStreet Group, Seaport Capital and Tudor Ventures will sell                 , and              additional shares, respectively, and will beneficially own         %,         % and         % of our common stock, respectively, after this offering. Other selling stockholders will also sell additional shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

 

(4)   Includes 904,058 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

(5)   The “Shares Beneficially Owned Before the Offering” by “Seaport Capital” include 4,011,196 shares (16.2%) owned of record by Seaport Capital Partners II, L.P. (“Seaport Partners”), 84,880 shares (0.3%) owned of record by Seaport Investments, LLC (“Seaport Investments”), 2,070,343 shares (8.4%) owned of record by CEA Capital Partners USA, LP (“CEA”) and 638,679 shares (2.6%) owned of record by CEA Capital Partners USA CI, LP (“CEA CI”). The “Shares Being Offered” include              shares for Seaport Partners,                  shares for Seaport Investments,              shares for CEA and                  shares for CEA CI. The “Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering” include              shares (        %) owned of record by Seaport Partners,                  shares (        %) owned of record by Seaport Investments,                  shares (        %) owned of record by CEA and              shares (        %) owned of record by CEA CI. The general partner of Seaport Partners is CEA Investment Partners II, LLC. CEA Investment Partners II, LLC is controlled by Seaport Associates, LLC, which is controlled by William Luby and James Collis. Seaport Investments is controlled by Mr. Luby and Mr. Collis. CEA and CEA CI are each controlled by CEA Investment Partners, L.P. which is controlled by CEA Capital Corp. CEA Capital Corp. is controlled by J. Patrick Michaels, Jr. Mr. Luby, Mr. Collis and Mr. Michaels each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. Each entity has an address of c/o Seaport Capital, 199 Water Street, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10038.

 

(6)   Includes 5,000 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.
(7)   Includes 15,651 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

 

(8)   The “Shares Beneficially Owned Before the Offering” by “The CapStreet Group” include 6,015,426 shares (24.3%) owned of record by CapStreet II, L.P. (“CapStreet II”), 736,672 shares (3.0%) owned of record by CapStreet Parallel II, L.P. (“CapStreet Parallel”), 1,763,683 shares (7.1%) owned of record by CapStreet Co-Investment II-A, L.P. (“CapStreet Co-Investment” and collectively with CapStreet Parallel, the “CapStreet Entities”) and 583 shares (less than 1%) owned of record by The CapStreet Group, LLC. The “Shares Being Offered” include                  shares for CapStreet II,              shares for CapStreet Parallel,              shares for CapStreet Co-Investment and              shares for The CapStreet Group, LLC. The “Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering” include              shares (        %) owned of record by CapStreet II,              shares (        %) owned of record by CapStreet Parallel,              shares (        %) owned of record by CapStreet Co-Investment and                  shares (        %) owned of record by The CapStreet Group, LLC. The CapStreet Group, LLC, is (i) the general partner of CapStreet GP, II, L.P. which is the general partner of CapStreet II, and (ii) the general partner of each of the CapStreet Entities. Mr. Kelly, as a Managing Director of The CapStreet Group, LLC, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares. Mr. Kelly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Each entity has an address of 600 Travis Street, Suite 6110, Houston, Texas 77002.

 

(9)   Includes 5,000 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

(10)   Includes 69,556 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

(11)   Includes 69,556 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

(12)   Includes 5,000 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

(13)   Includes 89,412 options that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

(14)   Assuming an initial public offering price at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect The CapStreet Group to sell a minimum of approximately 976,906 shares of common stock and a maximum of approximately 1,036,166 shares of common stock in this offering, and, as a result, will beneficially own between approximately 7,480,198 (or 22%) and 7,539,458 (or 22%) shares of our common stock after this offering. The number of shares that will be sold by The CapStreet Group is dependent upon the number of shares of common stock requested to be sold by our other stockholders, which is not currently known, as well as the initial public offering price. The minimum and maximum number of shares set forth in this footnote (17) do not include shares that may be sold by The CapStreet Group in the event that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option as described in footnote (3).

 

(15)  

Assuming an initial public offering price at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect Seaport Capital to sell a minimum of approximately 780,607 shares of common stock and a maximum of

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

approximately 827,960 shares of common stock in this offering, and, as a result, will beneficially own between approximately 5,977,137 (or 18%) and 6,024,490 (or 18%) shares of our common stock after this offering. The number of shares that will be sold by Seaport Capital is dependent upon the number of shares of common stock requested to be sold by our other stockholders, which is not currently known, as well as the initial public offering price. The minimum and maximum number of shares set forth in this footnote (15) do not include shares that may be sold by Seaport Capital in the event that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option as described in footnote (3).

 

(16)   The “Shares Beneficially Owned Before the Offering” by “Tudor Ventures” include 1,852,336 shares (7.5%) owned of record by Tudor Ventures II L.P. (“Ventures”), 204,575 shares (0.8%) owned of record by The Raptor Global Portfolio Ltd. (“Raptor”) and 929 shares (0.0%) owned of record by The Altar Rock Fund L.P. (“Altar”). The “Shares Being Offered” include                  shares for Ventures,              shares for Raptor and                  shares for Altar. The “Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering” include                  shares (        %) owned of record by Ventures,              shares (        %) owned of record by Raptor and                  shares (        %) owned of record by Altar. Tudor Investment Corporation (“TIC”) is the investment adviser to Ventures and Raptor and is also the general partner of Altar. Paul Tudor Jones, II (“Jones”) is the controlling stockholder of TIC. Each of TIC and Jones disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Ventures, Raptor and Altar, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Each entity has an address of c/o Tudor Investment Corporation, 50 Rowes Warf, 6th Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

(17)   Assuming an initial public offering price at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect Tudor Ventures to sell a minimum of approximately 236,053 shares of common stock and a maximum of approximately 250,373 shares of common stock in this offering, and, as a result, will beneficially own between approximately 1,807,468 (or 5%) and 1,821,788 (or 5%) shares of our common stock after this offering. The number of shares that will be sold by Tudor Ventures is dependent upon the number of shares of common stock requested to be sold by our other stockholders, which is not currently known as well as the initial public offering price. The minimum and maximum number of shares set forth in this footnote, (20) do not include shares that may be sold by Seaport Capital in the event that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option as described in footnote (3).

 

(18)   The address for this stockholder is 3411 Richmond Avenue, Suite 750, Houston, TX 77046.

 

(19)

 

The address for this stockholder is 1177 6 th Avenue, New York, NY 10036.

 

(20)   The address for this stockholder is 339 North Latches Lane, Merion Station, PA 19066.

 

(21)   The address for this stockholder is c/o Legg Mason Wood Walker Inc., 1111 Bagby, Suite 1400, Houston, TX 77002.

 

(22)   The address for this stockholder is 3500 Woodside Road, Woodside, CA 94062.

 

(23)

 

The address for this stockholder is c/o Chase Manhattan Bank, 270 Park Avenue, 9 th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

(24)   The address for this stockholder is One North Jefferson, St. Louis, MO 63103.

 

(25)

 

The address for this stockholder is c/o Bank of America, 100 Federal Street., 19 th Floor, Boston, MA 02116.

 

(26)

 

The address for this stockholder is c/o Frank Schiff, 320 Park Avenue, 17 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(27)   The address for this stockholder is c/o Bank of America Capital, 100 Federal Street, MA-5-100-18-01, Boston, MA 02110.

 

(28)   The address for this stockholder is c/o Ted Kruttschnitt, 411 Borel Avenue, Suite 610, San Mateo, CA 94402.

 

(29)

 

The address for this stockholder is 445 S. Figueroa Street, 21 st Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

 

(30)   The address for this stockholder is c/o William Blair & Co., 222 West Adams, Chicago, IL 60606.

 

(31)   The address for this stockholder is c/o William Blair & Co., 222 West Adams, Chicago, IL 60606.

 

(32)   The address for this stockholder is c/o William Blair & Co., 222 West Adams, Chicago, IL 60606.

 

(33)   The address for this stockholder is c/o 5075 Westheimer, Suite 1175, Houston, TX 77056.

 

(34)   The address for this stockholder is c/o George Kelly, The CapStreet Group, 600 Travis, Suite 6110, Houston, TX 77002.

 

(35)   The address for this stockholder is c/o George Kelly, The CapStreet Group, 600 Travis, Suite 6110, Houston, TX 77002.

 

(36)   The address for this stockholder is c/o George Kelly, The CapStreet Group, 600 Travis, Suite 6110, Houston, TX 77002.

 

(37)   The address for this stockholder is 339 N. Latches Lane, Merion Station, PA 19066.

 

(38)   The address for this stockholder is 400 West End Avenue, New York, NY 10024.

 

(39)

 

The address for this stockholder is 255 West 88 th Street, Apt. 2C, New York, NY 10025.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Corporate Reorganization

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. currently has nine classes of capital stock outstanding—Common Stock; Series B Common Stock; Series A Special Junior Stock; Series B Special Junior Stock; Series C Special Junior Stock; Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock; Series D-1 Preferred Stock; and Series D-2 Preferred Stock. These classes generally differ with respect to their relative priority to distributions and other rights. Each class of capital stock has voting rights, other than Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock. The Series A Special Junior Stock, Series B Special Junior Stock and Series C Special Junior Stock were issued to certain employees pursuant to compensation arrangements established by the board of directors of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. Before we complete this offering, we will complete a series of transactions to reorganize our corporate structure and to terminate or amend agreements with or among our existing stockholders. These transactions are as follows:

 

    Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is currently the parent holding company that indirectly owns all of the entities through which we operate our business, will be merged into a newly formed, wholly owned Delaware corporation named Switch and Data, Inc. This corporation will be the surviving corporation of the merger, which will be effective shortly before the closing of this offering. In connection with the merger, Switch and Data, Inc. will change its name to Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. Stockholders of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., will receive an aggregate of 24,787,475 shares of common stock of Switch and Data, Inc. in exchange for their shares of capital stock of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. The number of shares into which shares of each class of stock of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., will be converted in the merger will depend, in part, on the value of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. at the time of the merger, which will be determined in part by reference to the initial public offering price of our shares of common stock. The public offering price will not affect the aggregate number of shares into which the shares will be converted. Consequently, the relative ownership of our common stock as reflected in the table under “Principal and Selling Stockholders” is subject to change based on the final initial public offering price of our shares of common stock. Shares of our common stock will be allocated as follows:

 

     Conversion based on an offering price of

     $14.00

   $15.00

   $16.00

•  Series D-1 Preferred Stock

   15,110,672    15,110,672    15,110,672

•  Series D-2 Preferred Stock

   1,540,287    1,540,287    1,540,287

•  Series C Redeemable
Preferred Stock

   2,902,978    2,709,446    2,540,106

•  Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

   5,233,538    5,427,070    5,596,410

•  Common Stock

   —      —      —  

•  Series B Common Stock

   —      —      —  

•  Series A Special Junior Stock

   —      —      —  

•  Series B Special Junior Stock

   —      —      —  

•  Series C Special Junior Stock

   —      —      —  
    
  
  

Total

   24,787,475    24,787,475    24,787,475

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The allocations above approximate the manner in which our assets would be distributed to stockholders in liquidation as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

 

The investors agreement under which existing stockholders of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. have first offer rights, tag along rights, preemptive rights, and the right to elect directors, and which contains certain restrictions on our operations, will be amended such that only certain registration rights will remain in effect, as described further below in this prospectus under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Amended and Restated Investors Agreement.”

 

George Kelly, William Luby, George Pollock, Jr., William Roach and Charles Browning, each of whom is either an officer or director, are either direct or beneficial owners of the capital stock of our predecessor and will be entitled, in their capacities as either direct or beneficial owners, to vote, along with other stockholders of our predecessor, for or against the corporate reorganization. Such officers and directors will receive, either directly or beneficially, in the aggregate, 15,834,687 shares of our common stock in exchange for their shares of capital stock of our predecessor (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Any outstanding options held by any of our officers and directors to purchase our predecessor’s common stock which were granted under our predecessor’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, will be cancelled and will no longer be outstanding. Outstanding options held by any of our officers and directors granted under our predecessor’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our predecessor’s Series D-2 preferred stock will be replaced by new options under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to purchase our common stock on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the predecessor stock option.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following summarizes important provisions of our capital stock and describes the material provisions of our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, each of which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary is qualified by our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.

 

On the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200 million shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 25 million shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following is a summary description of our capital stock. Our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide further information about our capital stock.

 

Common Stock

 

Immediately following our corporate reorganization, there will be 24,787,475 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by approximately 144 stockholders. There will be 33,787,475 shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock to the public in this offering.

 

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Switch and Data, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued on completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

On the closing of this offering, 25 million shares of preferred stock will be authorized and no shares will be outstanding. Our board of directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue the preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Switch and Data without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of the Amended Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware Law

 

Provisions of our amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws are intended to enhance continuity and stability in our board of directors and in our policies, but may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and making it more difficult to remove incumbent management, even if such transactions could be beneficial to the interests of stockholders. A summary description of these provisions follows:

 

Classified Board

 

Pursuant to our amended certificate of incorporation, we will have a staggered board of directors. Our amended certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is divided into three classes. The term of the first class of directors expires at our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders, the term of the second class of directors expires at our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders and the term of the third class of directors expires at our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders. At each of our annual meetings of stockholders, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at the meeting of stockholders will be elected for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders.

 

Authority to Issue Preferred Stock

 

Our amended certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors, without stockholder approval, to establish and to issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock, each series having the voting rights, dividend rates, liquidation, redemption, conversion and other rights as may be fixed by the board of directors which may prevent a takeover.

 

Other Provisions of Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws

 

Our amended certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may only be removed for cause and upon the affirmative vote of 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote. Pursuant to our amended and restated by-laws, and except as otherwise required by law, stockholders do not have a right to call special meetings. The amended and restated by-laws also contain advance notice requirements by stockholders for director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings. These provisions of the amended certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of Switch and Data.

 

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of Switch and Data. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

 

Delaware Law

 

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), an anti-takeover law applicable to us, restricts certain business combinations with interested stockholders in certain

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

situations. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnity

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of directors’ fiduciary duty of care. Although Section 102(b) does not change directors’ duty of care, it enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. Our amended certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to us or our stockholders (in their capacity as directors but not in their capacity as officers) to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b). Specifically, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of a director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders,

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,

 

    for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL, or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

To the maximum extent permitted by law, our amended and restated by-laws provide for mandatory indemnification of directors and officers and permit indemnification of our employees and agents against all expense, liability and loss to which they may become subject or which they may incur as a result of being or having been our director, officer, employee or agent. In addition, we must advance or reimburse directors and officers, and may advance or reimburse employees and agents for expenses incurred by them as a result of indemnifiable claims.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

Nasdaq Global Market

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SDXC”, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. Furthermore, since some shares of common stock will not be available for sale shortly after this offering because of the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 33,787,475 shares of our common stock assuming no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, the 11,666,667 (13,416,667 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option) shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless those shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”). The remaining 22,120,808 (20,370,808 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option) shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of these remaining securities:

 

   

a portion of shares which are not subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below may be sold immediately after completion of this registration statement pursuant to Rule 144 in the event our stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of sales of stock of our predecessor; however, we do not currently expect that our stockholders will be able to tack their respective holding periods and, as a result, these stockholders are not expected to be able to rely on Rule 144 for sales for a period of at least one year following the completion of our corporate reorganization;

 

   

additional shares which are not subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering in the event our stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of shares of stock of our predecessor; however, we do not currently expect that our stockholders will be able to tack their respective holding periods and, as a result, these stockholders are not expected to be able to rely on Rule 144 for sales for a period of at least one year following the completion of our corporate reorganization;

 

   

the majority of the shares subject to the lock-up period described below may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 upon expiration of such 180-day lock-up period (subject to extension in certain circumstances) in the event our stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of our predecessor; however, we do not currently expect that our stockholders will be able to tack their respective holding periods and, as a result, these stockholders are not expected to be able to rely on Rule 144 for sales for a period of at least one year following the completion of our corporate reorganization; and

 

   

additional shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 701 beginning 90 days after the effective date of this registration statement (or, if applicable, upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period (subject to extension in certain circumstances) described below) in the event shares received in our corporate reorganization in exchange for shares received from our predecessor by employees, consultants or advisors in connection with a qualified compensatory plan or other written agreement are eligible for resale in reliance on Rule 701; however, these stockholders may not be able to rely on Rule 701 for sales of these shares and, as a result, these shares would be eligible for future sale as described in one of the prior three bullets, as applicable.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 337,875 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. We do not currently expect that our stockholders will be able to tack their respective holding periods of shares of stock of our predecessor and, as a result, these stockholders are not expected to be able to rely on Rule 144 for sales for a period of at least one year following the completion of our corporate reorganization.

 

Rule 144(k)

 

Shares of our common stock not held by our affiliates during the 90 days preceding the date of this prospectus may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering pursuant to Rule 144(k) in the event our stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods shares of stock of our predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. However, we do not currently expect that our stockholders will be able to tack their respective holding periods, and as a result, will not be able to be made pursuant to Rule 144(k) until two years following the completion of our corporate reorganization. In general, under Rule 144(k), a person may sell shares of common stock acquired from us without regard to manner of sale, the availability of public information or volume, if:

 

   

the person is not an affiliate of us and has not been an affiliate of us at any time during the three months preceding such a sale; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner that is permitted to be tacked pursuant to Rule 144.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who received shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement would be eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with many of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. Our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, would be able to resell these shares under Rule 701 without compliance with the holding period contained in Rule 144, but would have to comply with certain other restrictions, including the volume limitations, included in Rule 144. Shares received in our corporate reorganization in exchange for shares received from our predecessor by employees, consultants

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

or advisors in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement may not be eligible for resale in reliance on Rule 701. As a result, these stockholders may not be able to rely on Rule 701 and, in order to sell such shares in the public market would need to either register such sale or qualify for an exemption under Rule 144 or Rule 144(k) as described above. We do not currently intend to request a “no action” letter or other interpretation from the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the eligibility of Rule 701 following our corporate reorganization.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our officers, directors and other existing stockholders and option holders beneficially owning an aggregate of more than 90% of our common stock following our corporate reorganization have signed lock-up agreements under which they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions is one to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. waive, in writing, such an extension. Any securities acquired by our officers, directors and stockholders in the open market are not subject to these “lock-up” restrictions. In addition, transfers or dispositions by our officers, directors and stockholders can be made prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period:

 

    to family members; and

 

    to any trust;

 

in each case, so long as the transferee of such shares agrees to be bound by the lock-up agreement and no filing by any party (donor, donors transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on Form 5 made after the expiration of the “lock-up” period).

 

Amended and Restated Investors Agreement

 

We intend to enter into a fifth amended and restated investors agreement, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, with certain of our existing stockholders. The holders of our predecessor’s Series D-1 Preferred Stock that are party to the fifth amended and restated investors agreement will have the right to require us, subject to certain terms and conditions, to register their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, at any time following expiration of the lock-up period described above under “—Lock-up Agreements”. In addition, if we propose to register any of our capital stock under the Securities Act, holders of our predecessor’s Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to customary “piggyback” registration rights which

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

will entitle such stockholders to include their shares of common stock in a registration of our securities for sale by us or by other security holders. The registration rights provided for under the fifth amended and restated investors agreement are subject to customary exceptions and qualifications and compliance with certain registration procedures.

 

Stock Options

 

As of the closing of this offering, options to purchase a total of 2,679,339 shares of common stock will be outstanding under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, of which options to purchase 1,289,797 shares will be exercisable. Upon the closing of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement to register for resale the 5,119,546 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. That registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, at least 1,349,738 shares of common stock will be subject to vested options. Accordingly, shares issued upon the exercise of stock options granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which are being registered under that registration statement, will, giving effect to vesting provisions and, with respect to our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144, in accordance with the applicable restrictions, including volume limitations contained in Rule 144, be eligible for resale in the public market from time to time immediately after the lock-up agreements referred to above expire.

 

Effect of Sales of Shares

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant numbers of shares of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through an offering of our equity securities.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock that may be relevant to holders who hold shares of our common stock as capital assets. This discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect or proposed on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations. This discussion is for general information only and does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws (such as certain financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, retirement plans, dealers in securities, brokers, expatriates, or persons who have acquired our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment). This discussion does not address the U.S. state and local or non-U.S. tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

As used in this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is a U.S. person. A U.S. person means a person that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, entity taxable as a corporation, or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof or therein, including the District of Columbia (other than a partnership that is not treated as a U.S. person under applicable Treasury regulations);

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source thereof; or

 

   

a trust with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or certain electing trusts that were in existence on August 19, 1996 and were treated as domestic trusts on that date.

 

The term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a U.S. person.

 

An individual may, subject to certain exceptions, be deemed to be a resident of the United States for a calendar year by reason of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in such calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending with such current calendar year (counting for such purposes all of the days present in such current calendar year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding calendar year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding calendar year).

 

If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, we suggest that you consult your tax advisor.

 

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax considerations applicable to them relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state or local tax laws or non-U.S. tax laws, any changes in applicable tax laws and any pending or proposed legislation or regulations.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S. Holders

 

Dividends

 

Any dividend on our common stock paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be included in income by a U.S. holder of common stock when received. Any such dividend will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction, if received by a qualifying corporate U.S. holder that meets the holding period and other requirements for the dividends-received deduction.

 

Legislation enacted in 2003 reduces to 15% the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate for certain dividends received by individuals, so long as certain holding period requirements are met. Unless continuing legislation is enacted, dividends received by individuals after December 31, 2010 will not benefit from this reduction in U.S. federal income tax rates and will thereafter be taxed as ordinary income subject to the U.S. holder’s applicable federal income tax rate.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition

 

Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Legislation enacted in 2003 also generally reduces to 15% the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on capital gains recognized by individuals on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Unless continuing legislation is enacted, sales, exchanges or other dispositions of our common stock by individuals after December 31, 2010 will not benefit from this reduction in U.S. Federal income tax rates.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

 

In general, payments made to a U.S. holder on or with respect to our common stock will be subject to information reporting. Certain U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding tax (at a rate equal to 28% from 2003 through 2010 and 31% after 2010) on payments made on or with respect to our common stock if such U.S. holder fails to supply a correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable U.S. information reporting or certification requirements. Certain persons are exempt from backup withholding including, in certain circumstances, corporations and financial institutions. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required procedures are followed.

 

Non-U.S. Holders

 

Dividends

 

We or a withholding agent will have to withhold U.S. federal withholding tax from the gross amount of any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder at a rate of 30%, unless (a) an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and a non-U.S. holder claiming the benefit of such treaty provides to us or such agent proper Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) documentation, or (b) the dividends are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and the non-U.S. holder provides to us or such agent proper IRS documentation. In the latter case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such dividends in the same manner as a U.S. citizen or

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

corporation, as applicable, unless otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty. Additionally, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation could be subject to a branch profits tax on effectively connected dividend income at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty). In addition, where dividends are paid to a non-U.S. holder that is a partnership or other pass-through entity, persons holding an interest in the entity may need to provide certification claiming an exemption or reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, such non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess amount withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition

 

Generally, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) such non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, (b) the gain is effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such sale, exchange or disposition or the period that such non-U.S. holder held our common stock (which we do not believe that we have been, are currently or are likely to be) and certain other conditions are met. If the first exception applies, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which capital gains allocable to U.S. sources (including gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock) exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources. If the second or third exception applies, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as a U.S. citizen or corporation, as applicable, unless otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty, and a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation could also be subject to a branch profits tax on such gain at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of his or her death generally will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

Current U.S. federal tax law provides for reductions in U.S. federal estate tax through 2009 and the elimination of such estate tax entirely in 2010. Under this law, such estate tax would be fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the reductions, in 2011, unless further legislation is enacted.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

 

Information reporting may apply to payments made to a non-U.S. holder on or with respect to our common stock. Backup withholding tax (at a rate equal to 28% from 2003 through 2010 and 31% after 2010) may also apply to payments made to a non-U.S. holder on or with respect to our common stock, unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its status as a non-U.S. holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, and certain other conditions are satisfied. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required procedures are followed.

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated             , 2007, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

 

Underwriter


   Number of
Shares


Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

    

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

    

CIBC World Markets Corp.

    

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

    

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

    

Lazard Capital Markets LLC

    

Merriman Curhan Ford & Co.

    
    

Total

   11,666,667
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.

 

The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to 1,750,000 additional shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

 

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $             per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $             per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

 

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders, will pay:

 

    Per Share

  Total

    Without
 Over-allotment 


  With
 Over-allotment 


  Without
 Over-allotment 


  With
 Over-allotment 


Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

  $                $                $                $             

Expenses payable by us

  $                $     $     $  

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholder

  $     $     $     $  

 

The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

 

We and our officers, our directors, the selling stockholders and certain other existing stockholders and option holders, who together will own an aggregate of more than 90% of our common stock following our corporate reorganization, have agreed that we and they will not

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc waive, in writing, such an extension. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. have advised us that they have no present intent to waive the 180 day lock-up period and that they will only release shares of our common stock subject to a lock-up agreement in circumstances to be determined on a case by case basis. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. will consider such factors as the likelihood of a material market effect from the sale of released shares, the market price for the shares relative to the original offering price, the hardship of any person requesting a waiver and the desirability of fostering an orderly market for the shares when considering requests to release shares from lock-up agreements.

 

Any securities acquired by our officers, directors and stockholders in the open market are not subject to these “lock-up” restrictions. In addition, transfers or dispositions by our officers, directors and stockholders can be made prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period to family members and to any trust, in each case so long as the transferee of such shares agrees to be bound by the lock-up restriction and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on Form 5 made after the expiration of the “lock-up” period).

 

The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 583,334 shares of our common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

 

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and the qualified independent underwriter, in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter, against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters or the qualified independent underwriter, in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter, may be required to make in that respect.

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, the underwriters and the qualified independent underwriter, in its capacity as qualified independent

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

underwriter. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the future prospects of our company and our industry in general, sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information of our company in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, comparable sales, market prices of our securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those of our company.

 

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

    In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

 

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each Underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time,

 

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43 million and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50 million, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or

 

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Shares to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

 

Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of the FSMA does not apply to the company; and

 

(b) it has complied with, and will comply with, all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notice to Investors in Germany

 

Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware of the fact that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act (Werpaper-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, the “Act”) of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to this offering. In particular, each underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees that it has not engaged and has agreed that it will not engage in a public offering (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our shares of common stock otherwise than in accordance with this offering.

 

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. For example, an affiliate of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is an agent and lender under our existing credit facilities and certain other underwriters or their affiliates are or may become lenders under our existing credit facilities and, as such, will receive a portion of the proceeds of this initial public offering. In addition, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have minority interests in certain of the selling stockholders in this offering. As a result of these payments and interests, underwriters or their affiliates may receive more than 10% of the net proceeds in this offering, not including underwriting compensation, and may be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 2710(h) of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules. Rule 2720 requires that the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Jefferies & Company, Inc. has served in that capacity and performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Lazard Freres & Co. LLC referred this transaction to Lazard Capital Markets LLC and will receive a referral fee from Lazard Capital Markets LLC in connection therewith.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Holland & Knight LLP, Tampa, Florida. The underwriters are being represented in connection with this offering by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered certified public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The balance sheet of Switch and Data, Inc., as of July 31, 2006 included in this prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered certified public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC for the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. When we complete this offering, we will also be required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We anticipate making these documents publicly available free of charge on our website at www.switchanddata.com as soon as practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus. Our website address is included here only as an inactive technical reference.

 

You can also read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

 

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Financial Statements

    

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005

   F-39
Switch and Data, Inc.     

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

   F-40

Financial Statements

    

Balance Sheet

   F-41

Notes to Financial Statement

   F-42

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 and the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

        Tampa, Florida

 

December 19, 2006

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005

and September 30, 2006

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

    December 31,

   

September 30,

2006


   

Pro forma

Switch and
Data, Inc.

September 30,
2006


 
    2004

    2005

     
                     

(unaudited)

(NOTE 1)

 

Assets

                               

Current assets

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,707     $ 10,417     $ 4,027     $ 4,027  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts of approximately $419, $736 and $513, respectively

    5,625       6,927       8,007       8,007  

Prepaids and other assets

    1,291       1,070       1,464       1,464  
   


 


 


 


Total current assets

    20,623       18,414       13,498       13,498  

Property and equipment, net

    66,717       64,763       66,543       66,543  

Derivative asset

          101       524       524  

Goodwill

    26,273       36,023       36,023       36,023  

Other intangible assets, net

    33,911       38,231       32,121       32,121  

Other long-term assets, net

    4,726       5,690       6,864       6,864  
   


 


 


 


Total assets

  $ 152,250     $ 163,222     $ 155,573     $ 155,573  
   


 


 


 


Liabilities, Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

                               

Current liabilities

                               

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 11,083     $ 15,345     $ 15,457     $ 15,457  

Current portion of unearned revenue

    1,188       1,064       1,563       1,563  

Current portion of deferred rent

    162       230       317       317  

Current portion of customer security deposits

    929       916       886       886  

Current portion of long-term debt

    11,588       781       2,375       2,375  
   


 


 


 


Total current liabilities

    24,950       18,336       20,598       20,598  

Derivative liability

    39       8              

Unearned revenue, less current portion

    528       560       746       746  

Deferred rent, less current portion

    6,611       8,596       9,906       9,906  

Customer security deposits, less current portion

    401       282       194       194  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    57,712       144,156       142,375       142,375  
   


 


 


 


Total liabilities

    90,241       171,938       173,819       173,819  

Series D redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 33 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004, 12% cumulative preference, $39,998 liquidation preference at December 31, 2004

    39,052                    

Series C redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 32,609 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, 12.5% cumulative preference, $51,898, $38,492 and $39,921 liquidation preference at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

    14,376       14,376       14,376        

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 22,100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, 8% cumulative preference, $153,757, $166,268 and $176,322 liquidation preference at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

    153,447       166,268       176,322        

Commitments and contingencies

                               

Stockholders’ deficit

                               

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 50,000 shares; issued and outstanding 42,569 shares as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and 42,295 shares as of September 30, 2006; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

    4       4       4        

Common stock of Switch and Data, Inc., $0.0001 par value, authorized 200,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006; 24,787 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

                      3  

Series B common stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 65,217 shares; issued and outstanding 65,217 shares as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

    7       7       7        

Special junior stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 6,902 shares; issued and outstanding 1,191 shares as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

                       

Series D-1 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 325 shares; issued and outstanding 325 shares as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

                       

Series D-2 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 3,250 shares; issued and outstanding 119 shares, 156 shares and 198 shares as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006 pro forma (unaudited)

    2       2       5        

Preferred stock of Switch and Data, Inc., $0.0001 par value, authorized 25,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2006

                       

Unearned stock compensation

    (506 )     (403 )     (201 )     (201 )

Additional paid in capital

                      190,711  

Accumulated deficit

    (144,992 )     (189,721 )     (209,834 )     (209,834 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    619       751       1,075       1,075  
   


 


 


 


Total stockholders’ deficit

    (144,866 )     (189,360 )     (208,944 )     (18,246 )
   


 


 


 


Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 152,250     $ 163,222     $ 155,573     $ 155,573  
   


 


 


 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

    For the years ended
December 31,


    For the nine months
ended September 30,


 
    2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 
                      (unaudited)        

Revenues

  $ 69,840     $ 91,449     $ 105,414     $ 78,668     $ 82,549  

Costs and operating expenses:

                                       

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    32,333       43,652       54,800       39,954       45,207  

Sales and marketing

    6,883       10,765       9,846       7,305       9,223  

General and administrative

    7,090       9,768       9,568       6,235       7,907  

Depreciation and amortization

    18,509       27,705       30,206       24,184       17,379  

Lease litigation settlement

          6,629                    

Asset impairment

          1,015       2,140       2,140       2,193  
   


 


 


 


 


Total costs and operating expenses

    64,815       99,534       106,560       79,818       81,909  
   


 


 


 


 


Operating income (loss)

    5,025       (8,085 )     (1,146 )     (1,150 )     640  
   


 


 


 


 


Interest income

    121       140       106       89       71  

Interest expense

    (3,573 )     (5,374 )     (9,356 )     (6,066 )     (10,764 )

Loss from debt extinguishment

    (342 )     (409 )     (769 )            

Other income (expense), net

    78       (192 )     166       (7 )     (6 )
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest and income taxes

    1,309       (13,920 )     (10,999 )     (7,134 )     (10,059 )

Minority interest in net income of consolidated partnership

    (2,052 )     (380 )                  

Provision for income taxes

    (80 )     (63 )     (69 )     (140 )      
   


 


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations

    (823 )     (14,363 )     (11,068 )     (7,274 )     (10,059 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (2,331 )     891       (206 )     (168 )      
   


 


 


 


 


Net loss

    (3,154 )     (13,472 )     (11,274 )     (7,442 )     (10,059 )

Preferred stock accretions and dividends

    (15,120 )     (16,938 )     (33,691 )     (13,482 )     (10,054 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (18,274 )   $ (30,410 )   $ (44,965 )   $ (20,924 )   $ (20,113 )
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) per share—basic and diluted:

                                       

Continuing operations, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.15 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.19 )

Discontinued operations

  $ (0.02 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.00 )   $ (0.00 )   $  
   


 


 


 


 


Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.17 )   $ (0.28 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.19 )
   


 


 


 


 


Weighted average shares outstanding

    107,787       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,554  

Pro forma (unaudited) loss per share—basic and diluted (NOTE 1):

                                       

Continuing operations

                  $ (0.46 )           $ (0.41 )

Discontinued operations

                  $ (0.01 )           $  
                   


         


Net loss

                  $ (0.47 )           $ (0.41 )
                   


         


Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic

                    24,260               24,548  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

    Common Stock

 

Series B

Common
Stock


 

Special
Junior

Stock


 

Series D-1 and D-2

Preferred Stock


 

Additional

Paid-In

Capital


   

Unearned

Comp-

ensation


   

Accumulated

Other

Compre-

hensive

Income


 

Accumul-

ated

Deficit


   

Total

Stockholders’

Deficit


 
    Shares

  Amount

  Units

  Amount

  Units

  Amount

    Units  

    Amount  

         

Balance as of January 1, 2003

  42,569   $ 4   65,217   $ 7   1,191   $     $   $ 26,062     $     $ 67   $ (123,317 )     $(97,177 )

Accretion of Series B convertible preferred stock

                            (11,654 )                     (11,654 )

Accretion of Series D redeemable preferred stock

                            (3,466 )                     (3,466 )

Issuance of Series D-1 and D-2 preferred shares

                    334   $                            

Issuance of stock options, net of forfeitures

                            976       (976 )                

Amortization of unearned compensation

                                  209                 209  

Comprehensive loss

                                                                             

Net loss

                                            (3,154 )     (3,154 )

Currency translation adjustments

                                                   
                                                                         


Comprehensive loss

                                                                          (3,154 )
   
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 


 


 

 


 


Balance as of December 31, 2003

  42,569   $ 4   65,217   $ 7   1,191   $   334   $   $ 11,918     $ (767 )   $ 67   $ (126,471 )   $ (115,242 )

Accretion of Series B convertible preferred stock

                            (7,199 )               (5,020 )     (12,219 )

Accretion of Series D redeemable preferred stock

                            (4,719 )                     (4,719 )

Issuance of Series D-2 preferred shares

                    110     2                           2  

Stock option forfeitures

                                  29           (29 )      

Amortization of unearned compensation

                                  232                 232  

Comprehensive loss

                                                                             

Net loss

                                            (13,472 )     (13,472 )

Currency translation adjustments

                                        552           552  
                                                                         


Comprehensive loss

                                                                          (12,920 )
   
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 


 


 

 


 


Balance as of December 31, 2004

  42,569   $ 4   65,217   $ 7   1,191   $   444   $ 2         $ (506 )   $ 619   $ (144,992 )   $ (144,866 )

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

    Common Stock

 

Series B

Common Stock


 

Special Junior

Stock


 

Series D-1 and D-2

Preferred Stock


 

Additional

Paid-In

Capital


 

Unearned

Comp-

ensation


   

Accumulated

Other

Compre-

hensive

Income


 

Accumul-

ated

Deficit


   

Total

Stockholders’

Deficit


 
    Shares

    Amount

  Units

  Amount

  Units

  Amount

    Units  

    Amount  

         

Balance as of December 31, 2004

  42,569     $ 4   65,217   $ 7   1,191   $   444   $ 2   $   $ (506 )   $ 619   $ (144,992 )     (144,866 )

Accretion of Series B convertible preferred stock

                                            (12,821 )     (12,821 )

Accretion of Series D redeemable preferred stock

                                            (4,870 )     (4,870 )

Issuance of Series D-2 preferred shares

                      37                              

Issuance of stock options, net of forfeitures

                                  (236 )         236        

Amortization of unearned compensation

                                  339                 339  

Accretion of series C preference payment

                                              (16,000 )     (16,000 )

Comprehensive loss

                                                                             

Net loss

                                            (11,274 )     (11,274 )

Currency translation adjustments

                                        132           132  
                                                                         


Comprehensive loss

                                                                          (11,142 )
   

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

 


 

 


 


Balance as of December 31, 2005

  42,569     $ 4   65,217   $ 7   1,191   $   481   $ 2   $   $ (403 )   $ 751   $ (189,721 )   $ (189,360 )

Accretion of Series B convertible preferred stock

                                            (10,054 )     (10,054 )

Issuance of Series D-2 preferred shares

                      42     3                         3  

Stock compensation

                                  202                 202  

Purchase and retirement of stock

  (274 )                                                

Comprehensive loss

                                                                             

Net loss

                                            (10,059 )     (10,059 )

Currency translation adjustments

                                        324           324  
                                                                         


Comprehensive loss

                                                                          (9,735 )
   

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

 


 

 


 


Balance as of September 30, 2006

  42,295     $ 4   65,217   $ 7   1,191   $   523   $ 5   $   $ (201 )   $ 1,075   $ (209,834 )   $ (208,944 )
   

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

 


 

 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

    For the years ended
December 31,


    For the nine
months ended
September 30,


 
    2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 
                      (unaudited)        

Cash flows from operating activities

                                       

Net loss

  $ (3,154 )   $ (13,472 )   $ (11,274 )   $ (7,442 )   $ (10,059 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

                                       

Depreciation

    17,457       21,032       21,521       17,630       11,379  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    863       989       1,100       881       630  

Amortization of other intangible assets

    1,386       6,673       8,686       6,553       6,000  

Minority interest in net income of consolidated partnership

    2,052       380                    

Stock compensation expense

    209       232       339       265       202  

Realized gain on foreign currency

                (68 )     (24 )      

Loss on debt extinguishment

    342       409       769              

Provision for bad debts

    537       555       1,483       363       889  

Deferred rent

    675       1,579       1,943       1,495       1,376  

Change in fair value of derivative asset and derivative liability

    (127 )     (248 )     (131 )     (78 )     (431 )

Asset impairment

          1,015       2,140       2,140       2,193  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    1,231       21       99       6       181  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired amounts

                                       

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

    (933 )     (1,433 )     (1,468 )     642       (1,943 )

(Increase) decrease in prepaids and other assets

    72       (212 )     222       (93 )     (393 )

(Increase) decrease in other long-term assets

    453       (254 )     301       (387 )     12  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    569       2,075       484       (581 )     613  

Increase (decrease) in unearned revenue

    (907 )     (1,696 )     (813 )     (679 )     672  
   


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

    20,725       17,645       25,333       20,691       11,321  
   


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities

                                       

Purchase of property and equipment

    (5,539 )     (11,791 )     (16,996 )     (12,568 )     (17,006 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    576                         236  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (40,742 )     (26,839 )     (24,520 )     (24,520 )      

Decrease in restricted cash

    1,105       100                    
   


 


 


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

    (44,600 )     (38,530 )     (41,516 )     (37,088 )     (16,770 )
   


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities

                                       

Principal payments under short-term debt

          (3,776 )                  

Principal payments under long-term debt

    (4,500 )     (38,034 )     (91,363 )     (13,663 )     (188 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    5,000       70,000       167,000       22,000        

Proceeds from issuance and sale of Series D redeemable and Series D-1 preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    43,904       (190 )                 3  

Repurchase of Series D redeemable preferred stock

    (12,740 )           (43,922 )            

Payment of Series C redeemable preferred stock liquidation preference

                (16,000 )            

Distributions to minority interest holders in consolidated partnership

    (2,381 )     (585 )                  

Principal payments under capital lease

    (132 )                        

Public offering costs

                            (636 )

Debt issuance costs

    (452 )     (3,486 )     (2,840 )     (50 )     (137 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    28,699       23,929       12,875       8,287       (958 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    4,824       3,044       (3,308 )     (8,110 )     (6,407 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    1       (1 )     18       21       17  

Cash and cash equivalents

                                       

Beginning of the period

    5,839       10,664       13,707       13,707       10,417  
   


 


 


 


 


End of the period

  $ 10,664     $ 13,707     $ 10,417     $ 5,618     $ 4,027  
   


 


 


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                                       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 2,862     $ 4,393     $ 7,098     $ 4,975     $ 11,019  

Cash paid for taxes

  $     $     $ 88     $     $ 14  

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

                                       

Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable

  $ 965     $ 658     $ 3,537     $ 817     $ 1,993  

Issuance of note payable for acquisition

  $     $ 3,776     $              

Issuance of note payable for accreted dividends on preferred stock

  $ 106     $     $              

Liabilities assumed in connection with acquisitions

  $ 206     $ 1,895     $ 1,456     $ 1,456        

Public offering costs included in accounts payable

  $     $     $     $     $ 1,042  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

1.    Organization

 

Description of Business

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries (hereafter “the Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in March 2000. The initial parent company, Switch & Data Facilities Company, LLC (“LLC”), was formed in March of 1998 as a Delaware Limited Liability Company. In March 2000, the members of the LLC exchanged their interests for shares in the Company. The Company is a leading provider of network neutral interconnection and colocation services primarily to Internet dependent businesses including telecommunications carriers, Internet service providers, online content providers and enterprises. As of September 30, 2006, the Company provides services through 34 facilities in 23 markets.

 

Reorganization Merger (Unaudited)

 

Shortly before the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement, a reorganization merger will occur whereby Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. will merge with and into its wholly owned subsidiary Switch and Data, Inc. Upon such merger, the holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. will receive common shares in Switch and Data Inc. equal to their respective liquidation preferences contemplated by the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement dated March 13, 2003, as amended. Holders of Series D-2 Preferred Stock Options of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. are expected to receive common stock options of Switch and Data, Inc. of equal fair value at the date of the merger. The existing Common Stock, Series B Common Stock, Special Junior Stock and common stock options of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. are expected to be cancelled by operation of the merger agreement and holders of those instruments are not expected to receive any consideration for their ownership interests.

 

The merger will be reflected in the accompanying financial statements as a fair value exchange at the date of the merger with the difference between the fair value of the equity instruments and their respective book values being recorded as a deemed dividend. The estimated fair value of the shares issued of $388,644 results in $3 par value of common stock and $388,641 of additional paid-in capital. The difference between the fair value of the shares issued the respective book values of the preferred shares has been recorded as a deemed dividend to the preferred shareholders of $197,930, resulting in net additional paid-in capital of $190,711. The unaudited pro forma information in the accompanying balance sheets and statements of operations assumes the consummation of the merger agreement as described.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares giving retroactive effect to any changes in the Company’s capital structure in connection with the reorganization merger discussed above which includes: i) the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock into common stock of the surviving corporation in the merger; ii) the elimination of accretion and dividends on existing preferred shares; and iii) the cancellation of the shares of existing common stock.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiaries and a controlled partnership. The partnership was consolidated by the Company because it exercised unilateral control over the activities of the partnership pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement. The Company purchased all minority ownership interests in the partnership in February 2004. All significant intercompany balances and transactions were eliminated in consolidation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market instruments.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at original cost. The Company commences depreciation when the assets are placed in service. Equipment and furniture are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of five to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the term of the related lease (including renewal periods which are reasonably assured) or the estimated life of the asset. Expenditures for improvements that significantly add to productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. At the time property is retired, or otherwise disposed of, the asset and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. Repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Prepaid maintenance contracts for property and equipment are amortized over the appropriate service period.

 

Capitalization of Interest

 

The Company capitalizes interest on projects that qualify for interest capitalization under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 34, Capitalization of Interest Costs , as amended (“FAS 34”). Capitalized interest is included within construction in progress and is depreciated over the useful life of the assets once the project is complete.

 

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Term Assets

 

Goodwill represents the purchase price, including acquisition related costs, in excess of the fair values of identifiable tangible and intangible acquired assets and liabilities in business combinations accounted for as purchases. The Company accounts for its goodwill and other intangible assets under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“FAS 142”). Under FAS 142 goodwill is not amortized, but it is tested for impairment at least annually. Each year, during the third quarter, the Company tests for impairment of goodwill according to a two-step approach. In the first step, the Company tests for impairment of goodwill by estimating the fair values of each facility using the present value of future cash flows approach. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the implied fair value of the goodwill is estimated as the fair value of the facility in the first step less the fair values of all other net tangible and intangible assets of the facility. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair market value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. Goodwill of a facility is also tested for impairment, between annual tests, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a facility below its carrying value. The Company completed its review of goodwill reported for each facility during each of 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and no impairment was recorded.

 

Other intangible assets consist of contract-based and customer-based assets recorded through acquisitions or other purchases and are unique to the acquired facility. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated periods of benefit or the lease term of the acquired facility, ranging from two to twelve years. No residual value is estimated for these assets. Assets are reevaluated whenever circumstances indicate that revised estimates of useful lives or impairment may be warranted.

 

Other long-term assets consist of security deposits, costs related to the issuance of debt, and public offering costs. Costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Public offering costs will be offset against the gross proceeds of the offering.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company reviews all long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset. Impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Derivative instruments are recorded in the balance sheet as either assets or liabilities, measured at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The Company utilizes interest rate derivatives to convert a portion of its floating rate debt to fixed rate debt and did not qualify to apply hedge accounting. The interest rate differentials to be paid or received under such derivatives and the changes in the fair value of the instruments are recognized over the life of the agreements are recorded as adjustments to interest expense. The principle objectives of the derivative instruments are to minimize the risks and reduce the expenses associated with financing activities. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

Customer Security Deposits

 

The Company collects security deposits from certain customers based on a credit review of the customer. Security deposits are classified as short term when the underlying customer contract is scheduled to renew within the next twelve months or the customer contract has a month to month term.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at exchange rates as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange in effect during the year. The resulting cumulative translation adjustments have been recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit in other comprehensive income.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions for stock-based compensation required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment (“FAS 123R”). The Company is required to utilize the prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparative purposes. Under the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123R, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors based on the fair value of the award using an option-pricing model and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

 

Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, the Company accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), as allowed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“FAS 123”). The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was approximately $1,717. As of September 30, 2006, there was approximately $201 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s stock based compensation plans; that cost is to be recognized over a weighted average period of less than one year.

 

Stock-based awards to non-employees are accounted for under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services .

 

The Company currently uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards is based on number of complex assumptions. These assumptions include the fair value of the underlying stock, the expected term of options, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. If factors change and the Company employs different assumptions for estimating stock-based compensation expense in future periods or if it decides to use a different valuation model in the future, the expense in future periods may differ significantly from what the Company has recorded in the current period, which could materially affect its operating results, net income or loss and net income or loss per share.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

Through December 31, 2005, the fair value of each option grant was based on the minimum value method with the following assumptions used for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005:

 

     For the years ended December 31,

     2003

    2004

    2005

                  

Risk-free interest rate

   2.62 %   4.00 %   No grants

Expected life of the options

   4 years     7.25 years     No grants

Expected stock price volatility

           No grants

Expected dividend yield

   None     None     No grants

 

The weighted-average estimated fair value of stock options granted was $3.09 per share for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $6.20 per share for the year ended December 31, 2004. No options were granted in 2005 or in the first nine months of 2006.

 

Redeemable and Convertible Preferred Stock

 

The Company has issued various classes of preferred stock. The carrying value of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock (the Series D Stock was redeemed on October 13, 2005) are increased by periodic accretions so that the carrying amounts will equal the redemption amount at the redemption date, which is determined pursuant to various agreements underlying the Company’s share issuances. Since the Series C Preferred shares do not become redeemable until a liquidation event occurs, the Company does not periodically accrete the cumulative dividends on these shares. The Company made a $16,000 preference payment to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock on October 13, 2005 and concurrently recorded the accretion to such date. The accreted amounts are recorded to additional paid-in capital or accumulated deficit.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings per Share (“FAS 128”), and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98 (“SAB 98”). Under the provisions of FAS 128 and SAB 98, basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss available to common stockholders, including both net loss and dividends on preferred instruments, for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss for the period by the number of common and potential common shares outstanding during the period. During any period when they would be anti-dilutive, potential common shares are not considered in the computations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company generates recurring revenue from providing interconnection and colocation services. More than 90% of its revenues are provided from these recurring revenues. The Company’s remaining revenues are nonrecurring and consist of technical support and installation services.

 

Colocation services are governed by the terms and conditions of a master service agreement. Customers typically execute agreements for one to three year terms. The Company bills customers on a monthly or quarterly basis and recognizes the revenue on a straight line basis over the life of the agreement. Installation services for such long-term agreements, defined as greater than one month, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the agreement, which the Company believes approximates the term of the customer relationship.

 

Interconnection services are generally provided on either a month-to-month or one year term under an arrangement separate from those services provided under colocation services. Port services are typically sold on a one year term and revenue is recognized in a manner similar to colocation services. Cross connect services are typically sold on a month-to-month basis. These interconnection services are considered as a separate earnings process that is provided and completed on a month-to-month basis. The Company bills customers on a monthly basis and recognizes the revenue in the period the service is provided. Installation service revenue for these cross connect services is recognized in the period when the installation is complete. The earning process from cross connect installation is culminated in the month the installation is complete.

 

Technical support services are provided on a time and materials basis and are billed and recognized in the period provided. Cash advances are recorded as unearned revenue in the consolidated balance sheets and are recognized in the period the services are provided.

 

The Company guarantees certain service levels, such as uptime, as outlined in customer contracts. To the extent these service levels are not achieved, the Company reduces revenue for any credits given to the customer. There have been no significant service level credits recorded in the periods presented.

 

Revenue is recognized only when the service has been provided and when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the receivable is reasonably assured. The Company regularly assesses collectibility of accounts receivable from customers based on a number of factors, including prior history with the customer and the credit status of the customer. If the Company determines that collection of revenue from a customer is not reasonably assured, the Company does not recognize revenue until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. The Company also maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable for which management believes such receivables are uncollectible. Management analyzes accounts receivable, bankruptcy filings, historical bad debts, customer credit-worthiness and changes in customer payment patterns when evaluating revenue recognition and the adequacy of the Company’s reserves. A specific bad debt reserve is accrued for specifically identifiable receivables that become uncollectible. A general reserve is established for all other accounts

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

based on the age of the invoices. Delinquent account balances are written-off after a determination that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at year-end using enacted tax rates in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is expected to more likely than not be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Advertising, Promotion and Marketing Expenses

 

All costs associated with advertising, promotion and marketing are expensed when the related activities occur. Advertising, promotion and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 were approximately $400, $812, $837, $591 (unaudited), and $740 respectively, and are included in sales and marketing expenses.

 

Lease Expense

 

Lease expense for the Company’s real estate leases, which generally have escalating lease payments over the term of the lease, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term, as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, Accounting for Leases . Certain leases include renewal options that, at the inception of the lease, are considered reasonably assured of being renewed. The lease term begins when the Company has the right to control the use of the leased property, which is typically before lease payments are due under the terms of the lease. The difference between the expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and the amount paid is recorded as deferred rent and is included in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Segment Information

 

The Company manages its business as one reportable segment. Although the Company provides colocation services in several markets, these operations have been aggregated into one reportable segment based on the similar economic characteristics among all markets, including the nature of the services provided and the type of customers purchasing such services.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Concentrations of credit risk generally arise from accounts receivable and cash balances. The Company provides interconnection and colocation services to customers ranging in size from small entrepreneurial entities to national and international corporations. The Company’s facilities are located throughout the United States of America and in Toronto, Ontario, which management believes provides diversification with respect to the Company’s exposure to economic risks in any particular location.

 

The Company attempts to limit its credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents by keeping deposits in major financial institutions. Management believes the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash balances are financially stable and, therefore, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these cash balances. At period-end, cash balances were in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured limits.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

 

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on the current rates offered to the Company for similar debt. Due to the variable nature of the interest rates, the carrying amounts of the Company’s long-term debt approximate fair value. The fair value of financial hedge instruments are stated at their estimated fair value based on market prices from brokers for those or similar instruments.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—A Replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (“FAS 154”). The new standard changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. Among other changes, FAS 154 requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the new accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to do so. FAS 154 also provides that (1) a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for as a change in estimate (prospectively) that was effected by a change in accounting principle and (2) correction of errors in previously reported financial statements should be termed a “restatement.” FAS 154 applies to accounting changes and error corrections that are made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

In June 2005, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force reached a consensus on Issue No. 05-6, Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements Purchased after Lease Inception or Acquired in a Business Combination (“EITF 05-6”). This guidance requires that leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination or purchased subsequent to the inception of a lease be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals that are reasonably assured at the date of the business combination or asset purchase. The guidance is applicable only to leasehold improvements that are purchased or acquired in reporting periods beginning after June 29, 2005.

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

3.    Acquisitions

 

On January 1, 2005, the Company purchased all of the outstanding stock of LayerOne, Inc. (“LayerOne”), which operated three colocation facilities in the United States. The purchase price was approximately $25,976, net of cash received, assumed liabilities of $1,456 and expenses of the transaction of $563. Approximately $1,250 of the purchase price was placed in an escrow account for future contingencies. The weighted average amortization period of the amortizable intangible assets acquired is approximately 10.9 years. The purchase price was allocated to property and equipment, other tangible assets, contract-based and customer-based intangible assets and goodwill based on their estimated fair value pursuant to the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (“FAS 141”). Goodwill is associated with the value of network density and the acquired workforce. No deduction for tax purposes is expected for the goodwill associated with the acquisition of LayerOne. The transaction was financed as a term loan drawn under the amended bank credit facility and with cash on hand.

 

On March 11, 2004, the Company purchased all of the outstanding stock of RACO Group, Inc. (“RACO”), which operated four colocation facilities in the United States and Canada. The purchase price was approximately $14,511, net of cash received, assumed liabilities of $1,259 and expenses of the transaction of $187. The weighted average amortization period of the amortizable intangible assets acquired is approximately 5.6 years. The purchase price was allocated to property and equipment, other tangible assets and contract-based and customer-based intangible assets based on their estimated fair value pursuant to the provisions of FAS 141. No goodwill was recorded as a result of this acquisition. The transaction was financed as a part of the term loan drawn under the amended bank credit facility, with the balance from existing working capital.

 

On February 28, 2004, the Company purchased all of the limited partnership interests in Switch & Data Facilities Site Two, LP (“Site Two”). Site Two was already included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The purchase price was approximately $13,200. There were no expenses capitalized in connection with this transaction. The purchase price in excess of the minority interest of approximately $10,715 was allocated to customer-based intangible assets based on the estimated fair value pursuant to the provisions of FAS 141. The amortization period of the amortizable intangible assets acquired is 4 years. No goodwill was recorded as a result of this acquisition. The transaction was financed as a part of the term loan drawn under the amended bank credit facility, with the balance from existing working capital.

 

On January 15, 2004, the Company purchased all of the outstanding stock of Meridian Telesis, Inc. (“Meridian”), a colocation facility in Philadelphia. The purchase price was approximately $4,799, which included a $3,776 note payable, $100 cash consideration, assumed liabilities of approximately $636 and expenses of the transaction of $287. The weighted average amortization period of the amortizable intangible assets acquired is approximately 6 years. The purchase price was allocated to property and equipment, other tangible assets and contract-based and customer-based intangible assets based on their estimated fair value pursuant to the provisions of FAS 141. No goodwill was recorded as a result of this acquisition. Subsequent to the transaction, a $5,000 term loan drawn under the expanded bank credit facility satisfied the existing note payable.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

On March 31, 2003, the Company purchased the assets and assumed certain liabilities of PAIX.net, Inc. (“PAIX”), including six internet exchanges. The total purchase price was approximately $42,448, which includes assumed liabilities of approximately $206 and expenses of the transaction of approximately $1,842. Approximately $1,500 of the total purchase price was paid during 2002 as a deposit, with the remainder paid in 2003. The purchase price was allocated to property and equipment, other tangible assets and contract-based and customer-based intangible assets based on their estimated fair value pursuant to the provisions of FAS 141. No goodwill was recorded as a result of this acquisition. The transaction was financed through the issuance of $32,500 of new preferred stock and a $5,000 term loan drawn under the expanded bank credit facility, with the balance from existing working capital.

 

Acquired assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     PAIX.net,
Inc.


    Meridian
Telesis, Inc.


    RACO
Group, Inc.


    LayerOne,
Inc.


 

Cash

   $     $     $ 435     $ 1,198  

Accounts receivable

     2,031       57       1,127       1,300  

Security deposits

     341             101       69  

Property and equipment

     23,308       2,485       1,596       1,819  

Intangible assets

     16,768       2,220       11,650       13,038  

Goodwill

                       9,750  

Other assets

           37       37        

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (206 )     (41 )     (230 )     (697 )

Deferred revenues

           (432 )     (798 )     (759 )

Security deposits

           (163 )     (89 )      

Other liabilities

                 (142 )      
    


 


 


 


Net assets acquired

   $ 42,242     $ 4,163     $ 13,687     $ 25,718  
    


 


 


 


 

The results of LayerOne, RACO, Meridian and PAIX have been included in the consolidated financial statements since their respective acquisition dates. The following unaudited pro forma financial information of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004 is presented as if the acquisitions of LayerOne and RACO had occurred as of January 1, 2004. The following unaudited pro forma financial information of the Company for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 is presented as if the acquisitions of RACO, Meridian and PAIX had occurred as of January 1, 2003. The unaudited pro forma information is provided for informational purposes only. These pro forma results are based upon the respective historical financial statements of the respective companies, and do not incorporate, nor do they assume, any benefits from cost savings or synergies of operations of the combined company. This pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations if the business had been managed by the Company during these periods and is not indicative of results that may be obtained in the future.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

The pro forma combined results are as follows:

 

     For the year
ended
December 31,
2003


    For the year
ended
December 31,
2004


 
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 85,572     $ 100,378  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (3,873 )   $ (16,565 )

Net loss

   $ (6,203 )   $ (15,673 )

Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

   $ (21,323 )   $ (32,611 )

Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.30 )

 

4.    Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,

    September 30,

 
     2004

    2005

    2006

 

Equipment

   $ 62,832     $ 70,379     $ 74,715  

Leasehold improvements

     70,072       76,557       90,194  

Furniture

     1,007       1,563       1,540  

Construction in progress

     356       5,270       201  
    


 


 


       134,267       153,769       166,650  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (67,550 )     (89,006 )     (100,107 )
    


 


 


     $ 66,717     $ 64,763     $ 66,543  
    


 


 


 

During 2004, 2005 and 2006 the Company determined that property and equipment in certain facilities was impaired. Asset impairment charges, based on the fair value of the asset group impaired, of approximately $0, $1,015 and $2,140 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and approximately $2,140 (unaudited) and $2,193 for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively, are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The Company capitalized approximately $164 and $463 of interest related to an expansion project at its Palo Alto facility during the year ended December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively, as part of construction in progress.

 

Depreciation included in continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 was approximately $17,457, $21,032, $21,521, $17,630 (unaudited) and $11,379, respectively.

 

5.    Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Term Assets

 

Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization was $26,273, $36,023, and $36,023 at December 31, 2004 and 2005, and September 30, 2006 respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

During 2005, the Company acquired three colocation facilities from LayerOne, Inc. and recorded approximately $13,038 of other intangible assets and approximately $9,750 of goodwill in connection with the acquisition.

 

During 2004, the Company acquired five colocation facilities from various acquisitions and recorded approximately $24,585 of intangible assets in connection with those acquisitions.

 

During 2003, the Company acquired six internet exchange facilities and recorded approximately $16,768 of intangible assets.

 

At December 31, 2004, intangible assets were as follows:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount


   Accumulated
Amortization


    Net Carrying
Amount


Contract-based

   $ 1,294    $ (813 )   $ 481

Customer-based

     40,648      (7,218 )     33,430
    

  


 

Total intangible assets

   $ 41,942    $ (8,031 )   $ 33,911
    

  


 

 

At December 31, 2005, intangible assets were as follows:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount


   Accumulated
Amortization


    Net Carrying
Amount


Contract-based

   $ 1,483    $ (1,358 )   $ 125

Customer-based

     53,564      (15,456 )     38,106
    

  


 

Total intangible assets

   $ 55,047    $ (16,815 )   $ 38,231
    

  


 

 

At September 30, 2006, intangible assets were as follows:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount


   Accumulated
Amortization


    Net Carrying
Amount


Contract-based

   $ 354    $ (354 )   $

Customer-based

     53,416      (21,295 )     32,121
    

  


 

Total intangible assets

   $ 53,770    $ (21,649 )   $ 32,121
    

  


 

 

Future amortization expense on intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $2,022 for the remaining three months of 2006, $7,256 for fiscal year 2007, $4,052 for fiscal year 2008, $3,627 for fiscal year 2009, $3,372 for fiscal year 2010, $3,146 for fiscal year 2011 and $8,646 thereafter.

 

Included in other long-term assets, net, on the consolidated balance sheets are debt issuance costs, net, totaling $3,113, $4,086 and $3,597 as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively. Also included are public offering costs of $1,678 as of September 30, 2006.

 

Amortization expense, included as a component of interest expense, was approximately $863, $989, $1,100, $881 (unaudited) and $630 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

6.    Long-Term Debt

 

The Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,

    September 30,

 
     2004

    2005

    2006

 

Senior notes, interest (at the option of the Company at inception of each loan) at the Base Rate (Prime), plus the applicable margin (3.00% for Term Loan A, 3.25% for Term Loan B and 6.25% for 2nd Lien) or the Eurodollar Rate, as defined, plus the applicable margin (4.00% for Term Loan A, 4.25% for Term Loan B and 7.25% for 2nd Lien). The total cost of outstanding debt was 9.51% and 10.55% at December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively.

   $     $ 144,937     $ 144,750  

Senior notes, interest (at the option of the Company at inception of each loan) at the Base Rate (Prime), plus the applicable margin (3.75% for Term Loan B) or the Eurodollar Rate, as defined, plus the applicable margin (4.75% for Term Loan B). The total cost of outstanding debt was 6.83% at December 31, 2004.

     69,300              
    


 


 


Total debt

     69,300       144,937       144,750  

Less current portion

     (11,588 )     (781 )     (2,375 )
    


 


 


Long-term debt

   $ 57,712     $ 144,156     $ 142,375  
    


 


 


 

On January 26, 2001, the Company entered into a senior credit facility which originally included the ability to borrow up to $50,000 in the form of (i) a five year term loan in the amount of $36,500 and (ii) a five year revolving loan in the amount of $13,500, which included letters of credit available up to $5,000 (collectively, the “Original Credit Facility”). The Original Credit Facility was amended and restated in March 2003 to provide for total availability under the facility of $46,000. Total fees incurred for this amendment were $1,035, of which $452 were capitalized and $583 were expensed. Additionally, as a result of a reduction in borrowing capacity under the revolving loan, $342 of prior debt issue costs were written off as a loss from debt extinguishment.

 

On March 4, 2004, the Company amended and restated the March 2003 credit facility to provide for total availability of $110,000 in the form of (i) a four year “Term Loan B” in the amount of $70,000 that was completely drawn on March 4, 2004, (ii) a four year “Term Loan A” with $35,000 available to be drawn through March 2005, $22,000 of which was drawn down in January 2005 for the LayerOne acquisition, and (iii) a four year “Revolving Term Loan” (“2004 Revolving Loan”) in the amount of $5,000 that was drawn down by approximately $153 to back letters of credit as required by a lease agreement (collectively, the “2004 Credit Facility”). In connection with this financing activity, $409 of the remaining capitalized debt issue costs incurred with the previous credit facility associated with a former lender were expensed and have been reported as debt extinguishment loss in the consolidated statement of operations. In addition, the Company incurred $3,486 in deferred financing costs which have been capitalized, and $92 in transaction fees, which have been expensed.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

On October 13, 2005, the Company further amended and restated the 2004 Credit Facility to provide for total availability of $155,000 in the form of (i) a five year “Term Loan A” in the amount of $25,000 that was completely drawn at closing, (ii) a six year “Term Loan B” in the amount of $75,000 that was completely drawn at closing, (iii) a six-and-a-half year “Second Lien Term Loan” in the amount of $45,000 that was completely drawn at closing, and (iv) a five year “Revolving Term Loan” (“2005 Revolving Loan”) in the amount of $10,000 that was drawn down by approximately $153 to back letters of credit (collectively, the “2005 Credit Facility”). In connection with this financing, the Company incurred $2,840 in deferred financing costs which have been capitalized, and $155 in transaction fees, which have been expensed. Additionally, as a result of paying down amounts from certain lenders in the facility, $769 of debt issue costs were written off as a loss from debt extinguishment. Available capacity under the 2005 Credit Facility at September 30, 2006 was approximately $9,847.

 

A commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused portion of the 2005 Revolving Loan is payable quarterly and each letter of credit requires a fee of 0.125% of the initial face amount, plus 4.50% per annum for interest cost payable quarterly. Mandatory principal payments, which would reduce the total capacity, are required upon issuance of new debt or equity, asset sale or receipt of casualty proceeds and with 50% of any excess cash flow, as defined, in any year after December 31, 2005. For Eurodollar based loans, interest is paid as the loans are renewed. Principal payments are based on the amortization schedule contained in the 2005 Credit Facility. Eurodollar based loans are renewed in three or six month increments, at the Company’s discretion. Interest on base rate loans is paid at the time of the loan renewal. Base rate loans are renewed quarterly. Accrued interest included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is approximately $353, $1,706 and $1,697 at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively.

 

Substantially all of the assets of the Company are pledged as collateral for the 2005 Credit Facility. The 2005 Credit Facility contains financial covenants which, among other restrictions, require the maintenance of certain financial ratios and restrict asset purchases and dividend payments. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2005.

 

At March 31, 2006, the Company was in violation of the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant. On April 28, 2006, the lenders agreed to waive such covenant violation and amended the fixed charge coverage ratio for the remainder of 2006. After this amendment the Company was in compliance as of March 31, 2006. The Company was in violation of the amended fixed charge coverage ratio, consolidated leverage ratio, and consolidated interest coverage ratio covenants as of September 30, 2006. On November 27, 2006, the lenders agreed to waive these covenant violations and amended these covenants through 2007. After this waiver and amendment, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants of the 2005 Credit Facility as of September 30, 2006. The Company expects to be in compliance for at least the next twelve months.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

As of September 30, 2006, scheduled maturities of the 2005 Credit Facility, exclusive of potential excess cash flow payments, for the remainder of 2006 and the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year


   Amount

2006

   $ 594

2007

     4,125

2008

     9,844

2009

     12,812

2010

     27,938

2011

     44,437

Thereafter

     45,000
    

Total

   $ 144,750
    

 

As of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, the Company also had issued (but not drawn upon) letters of credit of approximately $153 in connection with a lease agreement.

 

Interest Rate Derivatives

 

In December 2001, the Company purchased an interest rate cap on a notional amount of $9,000 that expired in January 2004. The Company paid approximately $27 to lock in a maximum LIBOR interest rate of 7.0% that could be charged on the notional amount during the term of the agreement.

 

In December 2001, the Company also entered into an interest rate collar agreement (the “Collar”) on a notional amount of $10,000 that expired in January 2005. Every three months, the actual three-month LIBOR interest rate was reviewed and the Collar had the following impact on the Company’s interest payments for the notional amount: 1) if the three month LIBOR was less than 5.5%, the Company paid 3.65% for that three month period; 2) if the three month LIBOR was greater than or equal to 5.5% and less than 7.5%, the Company paid the actual interest rate for that three month period; 3) if the three month LIBOR was greater than or equal to 7.5%, the Company paid 7.5% for that three month period. The Company had no up-front cost for the Collar.

 

In May 2004, the Company purchased an interest rate cap on a notional amount of $25,000 that expired in December 2005. The Company paid approximately $60 to lock in a maximum LIBOR interest rate of 3.45% that could be charged through December 2004 and 4.45% that could be charged through December 2005.

 

In March 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement on a notional value of $15,000. There was no up-front cost for this agreement. The contract states that the Company pays 3.97% from July 2005 through June 2006 and 4.48% from July 2006 through June 2007. The counterparty either pays to the Company or receives from the Company the difference between actual LIBOR and the contracted rate.

 

In November 2005, the company entered into an interest rate swap agreement on a notional value of $70,000. There was no upfront cost for this agreement. The contract states that the

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

Company pays 4.758% from February 2006 through February 2009. The counterparty either pays to the Company or receives from the Company the difference between actual LIBOR and the contracted rate.

 

The fair value of interest rate derivatives represents the estimated receipts or payments that would be made to terminate the agreements prior to expiration. As of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, the Company recorded interest rate derivative fair values to their balance sheet of approximately ($39), $93 and $524, respectively. The change in fair value of approximately $127, $248, $131, $78 (unaudited) and $431 is recorded as a decrease (increase) in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

7.    Income Taxes

 

For 2003, the current provision for income taxes was approximately $80, which consists entirely of state income taxes. For 2004, the current provision for income taxes was approximately $63, which consists entirely of state income taxes. For 2005, the current provision for income taxes was approximately $69, which consists entirely of federal income taxes. For the nine months ended September 30, 2005, the current provision for income taxes was approximately $140 (unaudited), which consists entirely of federal income taxes. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, there is no provision for income taxes. There was no net deferred income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 or the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 as the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against all deferred tax assets.

 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had a United States net operating loss carry forward (“NOL”) of approximately $64,307 and an alternative minimum tax credit of approximately $14 available to reduce future federal income taxes. The NOL will begin to expire in 2021. Management believes the Company has resolved the contingency related to the utilization of its NOLs by determining that the Series C financing caused an ownership change as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section (“IRC”) 382. As a result, the NOL generated prior to November 21, 2001 has been eliminated.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006 are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2004


    December 31,
2005


    September 30,
2006


 

Current deferred tax assets

                        

Deferred rent

   $ 61     $ 83     $ 96  

Unearned revenue

     448       394       572  

Accrued expenses

     1,788       986       694  

Other

     1       73       14  
    


 


 


     $ 2,298     $ 1,536     $ 1,376  
    


 


 


Less: Valuation allowance

     2,298       1,536       1,376  
    


 


 


Net current deferred tax asset

   $     $     $  
    


 


 


Non-current deferred tax assets

                        

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 25,630     $ 23,731     $ 24,197  

Foreign net operating loss

     635       1,862       2,106  

Property and equipment

           998       2,152  

Deferred rent

     2,477       3,109       3,572  

Unearned revenue

     199       208       301  
    


 


 


     $ 28,941     $ 29,908     $ 32,328  
    


 


 


Less: Valuation allowance

     25,745       25,785       29,896  
    


 


 


Net non-current deferred tax assets

   $ 3,196     $ 4,123     $ 2,432  
    


 


 


Non-current deferred tax liabilities

                        

Property and equipment

   $ (2,464 )   $     $  

Intangible assets

     (732 )     (4,123 )     (2,432 )
    


 


 


     $ (3,196 )   $ (4,123 )   $ (2,432 )
    


 


 


Net non-current deferred taxes

   $     $     $  
    


 


 


 

The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and September 30, 2006 are fully offset by a valuation allowance.

 

The changes in the valuation allowance account for the deferred tax assets are as follows, after giving affect to the IRC 382 limitation discussed above:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


    For the nine
months ended
September 30,


     2003

   2004

    2005

    2006

Balance at January 1

   $ 25,246    $ 25,313     $ 28,043     $ 27,321

Additions charged to costs and expenses

     67      5,095       4,233       3,951

Other subtractions (1)

          (2,365 )     (4,955 )    
    

  


 


 

Balance at December 31

   $ 25,313    $ 28,043     $ 27,321     $ 31,272
    

  


 


 


(1)   Decrease to the Company’s valuation allowance upon acquisition of deferred tax liabilities from the purchase of RACO in 2004 and the purchase of LayerOne in 2005.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

The following table accounts for the differences between the actual tax benefit and amounts obtained by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to the loss from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


    For the nine
months ended
September 30,


 
     2003

    2004

    2005

    2006

 

Statutory benefit

   $ (260 )   $ (5,005 )   $ (3,849 )   $ (3,537 )

State taxes net of federal benefit

     (22 )     (429 )     (330 )     (303 )

Foreign statutory rate difference

           28       56       74  

Non-deductible expenses

     295       374       (41 )     (184 )
    


 


 


 


       13       (5,032 )     (4,164 )     (3,950 )

Change in valuation allowance

     67       5,095       4,233       (3,950 )
    


 


 


 


Provision for income taxes

   $ 80     $ 63     $ 69     $ 0  
    


 


 


 


 

8.    Loss Per Share

 

The following table provides the detail for the computation of basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


    For the nine months
ended September 30,


 
     2003

    2004

    2005

    2005

    2006

 
                       (unaudited)        

Numerator:

                                        

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (823 )   $ (14,363 )   $ (11,068 )   $ (7,274 )   $ (10,059 )

Less preferred stock accretions and dividends

     (15,120 )     (16,938 )     (33,691 )     (9,606 )     (10,054 )
    


 


 


 


 


Loss from continuing operations, attributable to common stockholders

   $ (15,943 )   $ (31,301 )   $ (44,759 )   $ (16,880 )   $ (20,113 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (2,331 )     891       (206 )     (168 )      
    


 


 


 


 


Loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (18,274 )   $ (30,410 )   $ (44,965 )   $ (17,048 )   $ (20,113 )
    


 


 


 


 


Denominator:

                                        

Weighted average shares

     107,787       107,787       107,787       107,787       107,554  

Net income (loss) per share-basic and diluted:

                                        

Continuing operations, attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.19 )

Discontinued operations

   $ (0.02 )   $ 0.01     $     $     $  

Net loss, attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.28 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.19 )

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

The following table provides the detail of potential common shares that are not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation because these shares are antidilutive:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


   For the nine months
ended September 30,


     2003

   2004

   2005

   2005

   2006

                    (unaudited)     

Common Stock Options

   2,435    1,063    1,032    1,063    1,028

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

   49,674    49,674    49,674    49,674    49,674

 

Potential common shares should include the Series A Special Junior Stock, the Series B Special Junior Stock and the Series C Special Junior Stock (collectively referred to herein as the “Junior Stock”). However, pursuant to an investors agreement entered into between the Company and virtually all of its stockholders in March 2003 and under the Company’s certificate of incorporation that was amended and restated in March 2003, a formula was set forth establishing the amount of shares of common stock that the holders of each class of the Company’s securities is to receive in connection with a corporate reorganization or an initial public offering of the Company. The result of the application of this formula is that it would be highly unlikely that holders of the Company’s Junior Stock would receive any common stock or any other consideration in connection with a corporate reorganization or an initial public offering. As a result, management believes the fair value of the common shares and the Junior Stock is zero.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

9.    Common Stock, Series B Common Stock, Special Junior Stock and Preferred Stock

 

The Company has 180,436 shares authorized which have been designated and issued as follows at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006:

 

          Issued

     Authorized

   December 31,

   September 30,

        2004

   2005

   2006

                     

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

   50,000    42,569    42,569    42,295
    
  
  
  

Series B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

   65,217    65,217    65,217    65,217
    
  
  
  

Special Junior Stock

                   

Series A, $0.0001 par value

   1,141    706    706    706

Series B, $0.0001 par value

   366    265    265    265

Series C, $0.0001 par value

   4,000    220    220    220

Unallocated

   1,395         
    
  
  
  
     6,902    1,191    1,191    1,191
    
  
  
  

Redeemable Preferred Stock and Preferred Stock

                   

Series B convertible, $0.0001 par value, 8% cumulative preference, $153,757, $166,268 and $176,322 liquidation preference at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively

   22,100    22,100    22,100    22,100

Series C redeemable, $0.0001 par value, 12.5% cumulative preference, $51,898, $38,492, and $39,921 liquidation preference at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively

   32,609    32,609    32,609    32,609

Series D redeemable, $0.0001 par value, 12% cumulative preference, $39,998 liquidation preference at December 31, 2004

   33    33      

Series D-1 preferred, $0.0001 par value

   325    325    325    325

Series D-2 preferred, $0.0001 par value

   3,250    119    156    198
    
  
  
  

Total redeemable and preferred stock

   58,317    55,186    55,190    55,232
    
  
  
  

Total authorized and issued

   180,436    164,163    164,167    163,935
    
  
  
  

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters submitted to stockholders. The Common Stock carries dividends as declared by the Board. Any dividends declared are subordinate to unpaid liquidation preferences on the Company’s outstanding preferred stock. Dividends declared for the Common Stock must be declared at the same rate

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

for holders of the Series B Common Stock (“Series B Common”) and Special Junior Stock (both discussed below). Through September 30, 2006, the Company had not declared any dividends for the holders of its Common Stock. During February 2006, the Company acquired 274 shares of common stock from a stockholder for one dollar, and those shares were retired.

 

Series B Common Stock

 

The Series B Common Stock was issued concurrently with the issuance of the Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock in November 2001 and conveys a right to one vote per share, on an as-if converted basis, in all matters submitted to stockholders. The holders of the Series B Common Stock are entitled to dividends as declared by the Board. The Series B Common Stock automatically converts to Common Stock upon the occurrence of a qualified public offering or upon the redemption of all the Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock at a rate of $0.23 per share divided by the Benchmark Price, as defined, which is currently $0.23 per share. The Benchmark Price is subject to adjustment for certain issuances of common stock, warrants and options and in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization or dividend of Common Stock.

 

In liquidation, the Series B Common Stock is subordinate to all of the Company’s outstanding series of preferred stock and has equal standing with the Company’s Common Stock and Special Junior Stock. Payment of any dividends declared by the Board would be subordinate to the accrued, unpaid liquidation preferences on the Company’s outstanding preferred stock.

 

Special Junior Stock

 

During 2000, the Board established the 2000 Restricted Stock Plan through which employees could be granted shares of Special Junior Stock. Series A, B and C have been authorized and have identical rights; however, such series have different threshold values, as indicated below. The grants vest immediately; however, such grants are subject to a risk of forfeiture and expire when employment with the Company ceases. The holders of shares of Special Junior Stock are entitled to one vote per share. Shares carry dividends when and if declared by the Board and in the same amount as those declared for Common Stock. In the event of a liquidation event, as defined, outstanding shares will be converted to Common Stock; conversion occurs at a ratio of the excess of fair value over the threshold amount, as defined, at the date of the liquidation in the event of a public offering of the Company’s common stock involving aggregate proceeds of at least $75,000 and a per share price of at least 175% of the then applicable conversion price (as defined below) of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and, if any Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Special Junior Stock will be automatically converted to Common Stock. If no Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding, conversion to Common Stock occurs upon an initial public offering. The shares may also be converted to Common Stock at the option of the Company, with the number of shares determined at the time of conversion. Changes to the provisions of Special Junior Stock on conversion at the option of the Company require consents of certain other stockholders. The Company will recognize compensation expense equal to the excess of fair value over the threshold amount or conversion amount when the occurrence of a conversion event becomes probable.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

The following table summarizes activity of the Company’s 2000 Restricted Stock Plan for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006:

 

     Special Junior Stock

    
     Series A

   Series B

   Series C

   Total

Threshold value

   $ 0.146    $ 0.238    $ 4.90     
    

  

  

    

Special junior stock at January 1, 2004

     706      265      220    1,191

Forfeitures during 2004

                 
    

  

  

  

Special junior stock at December 31, 2004

     706      265      220    1,191

Forfeitures during 2005

                 
    

  

  

  

Special junior stock at December 31, 2005

     706      265      220    1,191

Forfeitures during the nine months ended September 30, 2006

                 
    

  

  

  

Special junior stock at September 30, 2006

     706      265      220    1,191
    

  

  

  

 

Preferred Stock

 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

 

During July 2000, the Company authorized and issued 22,100 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”) for proceeds of approximately $84,341, net of issuance costs, and the conversion of outstanding notes payable and accrued interest of approximately $20,854. The Series B carries a cumulative preference of eight percent, compounded semi-annually, which is accreted through adjustments to stockholders’ deficit. In liquidation, the Series B is senior to Common Stock, Series B Common Stock and all Special Junior Stock and is subordinate to all other shares outstanding. Each share of Series B is convertible into shares of Common Stock at the option of the holder based on a conversion price, currently $2.18 per share, which is subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Upon such a conversion, any accumulated unpaid dividends are required to be paid by the Company. The Series B will automatically convert to common stock upon the closing of a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock involving aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $75,000 and a per share price of at least 175% of the then applicable conversion price for each share of Series B. In addition, the Series B will automatically convert to common stock upon the written request of the holders of not less than 70% of the then outstanding Series B; a merger of the Company with a public company having at least a $75,000 float and where the consideration exceeds 175% of the then applicable conversion price for each share of Series B Preferred Stock; or a merger or sale of substantially all of the capital stock of the Company where the aggregate consideration to be received by the Series B holders is at least 175% of the then applicable conversion price for each share of Series B and the cash portion of such aggregate consideration is at least 125% of the then applicable conversion price for each share of Series B.

 

Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

During November 2001, the Company authorized and issued 32,609 shares of Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock Units for gross proceeds of approximately $15,000, less issuance

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

costs of approximately $610. Each Series C Unit is comprised of one share of Series C Preferred Stock (“Series C”) and two shares of Series B Common Stock, and was issued at a purchase price equivalent to $0.46 per Series C share and $0.0001 per Series B Common share, respectively. Series C shares carry cumulative dividends of 12.5%, compounded semi-annually. Once an event causing liquidation is known or becomes probable, the Company will be required to begin accretion of the cumulative preferred dividend. In liquidation, Series C holders are entitled to $16,000 after the Company pays the full liquidation preference of the Series D Preferred Stock. In October 2005, the Company paid the $16,000 interim preference. Any remaining proceeds available for distribution by the Company would be paid pari passu as follows: (I) 35% (as diluted by the Series D-2 preferred stock) to the holders of Series C redeemable preferred until the Series C liquidation preferences are paid, with any remaining proceeds distributed to the holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock if such stock has not been converted into common stock, until such holders have been paid the full liquidation preference and with the remaining proceeds going to the holders of common stock, Series B common stock and restricted Junior Stock, pursuant to their respective ownership interests; (II) 65% (as diluted by the Series D-2 preferred stock) would go to the holders of Series D-1 preferred stock; and (III) up to 17.5% to the holders of the Series D-2 preferred stock. The Series C does not convey voting rights but does carry certain protective rights.

 

Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock; Series D-1 Preferred Stock

 

During March 2003, the Company authorized and issued 32.5 shares of Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series D”) and 325 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock (“Series D-1”) for approximately $32,500, less issuance costs of approximately $1,335. Series D and D-1 shares each have a par value of $0.0001 per share. Such shares were sold as a unit. Series D shares carry dividends of 12% per year, compounded semi-annually. Series D-1 shares bear dividends if declared by the Board but could not be paid until the Company had paid the $16,000 due under Series C. During October 2005, the Company redeemed the Series D shares for approximately $43,922 and made the $16,000 interim preference payment to the Series C stockholders.

 

Series D-2 Preferred Stock

 

During March 2003, the Company authorized Series D-2 Preferred Stock (the “Series D-2”). The Series D-2 carry dividends when and if declared by the Board and holders of Series D-2 may vote (with the number of votes determined based on a formula at the time of the vote) in all matters submitted to the common stockholders and while any Series C stock is outstanding.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

A summary of the activity in preferred stock is as follows:

 

     Series B

   Series C

    Series D, D-1
and D-2


 

Balance as of January 1, 2004

   $ 141,228    $ 14,376     $ 34,525  

Accretion of Preferred Stock

     12,219            4,719  

Issuance Costs, net

                (190 )
    

  


 


Balance as of December 31, 2004

     153,447      14,376       39,054  

Accretion of Preferred Stock

     12,821      16,000       4,870  

Repurchase of Preferred Stock

                (43,922 )

Payment of Liquidation Preference

          (16,000 )      
    

  


 


Balance as of December 31, 2005

     166,268      14,376       2  

Accretion of Preferred Stock

     10,054             

Issuance of Preferred Stock

                3  
    

  


 


Balance as of September 30, 2006

   $ 176,322    $ 14,376     $ 5  
    

  


 


 

10.    Stock Based Compensation

 

Series D-2 Preferred Stock Options

 

The Company granted Series D-2 options to employees in 2003 and 2004. The Company granted options to two directors in 2003. The exercise price of the options granted in 2003 was $0.01 per option, and the exercise price of the options granted in 2004 was $27.69 per option. No options were granted in 2005 or the first nine months of 2006.

 

The options vest at the rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and 6.25% for each three month period thereafter until the options are fully vested. Certain members of senior management received options that vested 25% immediately at the date of grant and 6.25% for each three month period thereafter until the options are fully vested. These vesting periods were established by the Board at the date of grant. Options expire ten years after the date of grant or when an individual ceases to be an employee of the Company.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

A summary of the activity related to Series D-2 options for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares


   

Weighted

Average
Exercise Price


Outstanding as of January 1, 2003

       $

Options granted

   322     $ 0.01

Options exercised

   (9 )   $ 0.01

Options cancelled

   (21 )   $ 0.01
    

     

Outstanding as of December 31, 2003

   292     $ 0.01

Options granted

   169     $ 27.69

Options exercised

   (110 )   $ 0.01

Options cancelled

   (34 )   $ 0.01
    

     

Outstanding as of December 31, 2004

   317     $ 14.76

Options granted

       $

Options exercised

   (37 )   $ 0.01

Options cancelled

   (19 )   $ 19.11
    

     

Outstanding as of December 31, 2005

   261     $ 16.57

Options granted

       $

Options exercised

   (42 )   $ 0.08

Options cancelled

   (6 )   $ 18.46
    

     

Outstanding as of September 30, 2006

   213     $ 19.75
    

     

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005:

 

Exercise

Price


  Number of
Options
Outstanding


  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life


  Number of
Options
Exercisable


$ .01   105   7.48   54
$ 27.69   156   8.25   105
     
     
    Total   261       159
     
     

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at September 30, 2006:

 

Exercise
Price


 

Number of

Options

Outstanding


 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual Life


 

Number of

Options

Exercisable


$    .01   61   6.84   38
$27.69   152   7.56   134
   
     
    213       172
   
     

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at September 30, 2006 was $9,734. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at September 30, 2006 was $2,416 and $5,162 for options with exercise prices of $0.01 and $27.69, respectively.

 

Common Stock Options

 

In January 2001, the Board of Directors approved the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and authorized 5,430 shares of the Company’s common stock to be reserved for issuance to employees, consultants or directors pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Subsequent to 2001, no options have been awarded under this plan, and no options have ever been exercised.

 

In November 2001, the Company granted 750 non-statutory stock options with an exercise price of $0.23 per share to three former employees; 281 of these options replaced an existing grant of 250 options. As a result, the Company will be required to remeasure the fair value of the 281 options at each reporting period prior to a final measurement upon exercise, forfeiture or expiration. Changes in the estimated fair value of these options will be recognized as compensation expense in the period of the change. An immaterial value was ascribed to the remaining 469 new options and, accordingly, no compensation expense has been recorded.

 

The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2001 was $0.33. The fair value for the 2001 options were estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method, which takes into account (1) the fair value of the underlying stock at the grant date, (2) the exercise price, (3) average expected option life of 6 years, (4) no dividends, and (5) risk-free interest rates ranging between 4.37% and 5.48%.

 

A summary of the stock option activity of the Plan is presented below:

 

     Number of
Shares


    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


Outstanding as of January 1, 2003

   2,622     $ 3.56

Options granted

       $

Options forfeited

   (187 )   $ 4.90
    

     

Outstanding as of December 31, 2003

   2,435     $ 3.46

Options granted

       $

Options forfeited

   (1,372 )   $ 4.90
    

     

Outstanding as of December 31, 2004

   1,063     $ 3.46

Options granted

       $

Options forfeited

   (31 )   $ 4.90
    

     

Outstanding as of December 31, 2005

   1,032     $ 1.51

Options granted

       $

Options forfeited

   (4 )   $ 4.90
    

     

Outstanding as of September 30, 2006

   1,028     $ 1.49
    

     

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding under the Plan at December 31, 2005:

 

Exercise
Price


   Number of
Options
Outstanding


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life


   Number of
Options
Exercisable


$ 4.90    282    4.97    282
$ .23    750    5.89    750
      
       
       1,032         1,032
      
       

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding under the Plan at September 30, 2006:

 

Exercise
Price


   Number of
Options
Outstanding


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life


   Number of
Options
Exercisable


$ 4.90    278    4.22    278
$ .23    750    5.14    750
      
       
       1,028         1,028
      
       

 

At September 30, 2006, the total intrinsic value of common stock options outstanding and exercisable was zero.

 

11.    Discontinued Operations and Other Dispositions

 

As a result of our conclusion to sell or abandon certain facilities during the periods in the table included below, these facilities met the criteria for classification as discontinued operations pursuant to FAS 144. As such, the loss associated with the operation of these discontinued facilities and the gain (loss) of the initial write down of these facilities to fair value and the ultimate disposal of the facilities are reflected as discontinued operations in the Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 as follows:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


    For the nine months ended
September 30,


     2003  (1)

    2004

   2005  (2)

    2005 (2)

    2006

                      (unaudited)      

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued facilities

   $ (421 )   $ —      $ (206 )   $ (168 )   $ —  

Gain (loss) from disposal of discontinued facilities

     (1,144 )     —        —         —         —  

Adjustments to amounts previously reported (3)

     (766 )     891      —         —         —  
    


 

  


 


 

     $ (2,331 )   $ 891    $ (206 )   $ (168 )     —  
    


 

  


 


 

 

(1)   Losses in 2003 are related to the San Diego facility. The facility has no carrying value on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(2)   Losses in 2005 are related to a facility in Chicago. The facility had no operating results in prior year financial statements requiring reclassification. The facility has no carrying value on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(3)   Adjustments to amounts previously recorded are related to the resolution of certain contingencies associated with previously reported discontinued operations.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

12.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Lease Payments

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in the operation of colocation facilities, which are held under noncancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2025. Certain of these noncancelable operating leases provide for renewal options.

 

As of September 30, 2006, minimum future lease payments under these noncancelable operating leases for the remainder of fiscal year 2006 and the next five years and thereafter are approximately as follows:

 

Year


   Amount

2006

   $ 5,075

2007

     18,915

2008

     18,342

2009

     17,019

2010

     12,342

2011

     10,652

Thereafter

     99,178
    

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 181,523
    

 

Legal Proceedings

 

On May 31, 2006, the Company and Switch & Data Facilities Company, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, were served with a lawsuit alleging a failure by the Company or its subsidiary to execute a lease in October 2000 for a building in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Plaintiffs are claiming the rent and associated lease charges due for the entire term of the lease (10 years) of $3,666. Plaintiffs are also claiming a $750 loss on the sale of the building. Based upon currently available information, management is currently unable to assess the amount of any liability with respect to this action.

 

The Company is involved in an ongoing lawsuit related to a real estate lease in West Palm Beach, Florida. In May 2002, TQ West Palm Beach LLC and Node.com Inc. filed suit in the Circuit Court in Palm Beach County, Florida against the Company and certain subsidiaries. In addition to claims of breach of a lease, the complaint alleges fraudulent misrepresentation of the financial resources of a subsidiary. The plaintiffs are seeking damages of approximately $29.7 million. Management believes there is a range of likely outcomes and has accrued an amount at the low end of the range in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies (“FAS 5”). The Company has accrued $500 as of each of December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2006 and such amount is included within other expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the event of a settlement or trial, the ultimate expense to the Company may be materially different than the amount accrued.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

During December 2004, the Company settled a lawsuit regarding its Austin, Texas lease for approximately $4,000, which is included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

During May 2005, the Company settled a lawsuit for $2,750 regarding a lease in Chicago, Illinois which was fully accrued for at December 31, 2004. Approximately $1,850 was included in the consolidated statement of operations for the Chicago settlement for the year ended December 31, 2004, while the remaining $900 was accrued for in 2002.

 

One additional suit filed on October 26, 2001, Continental Poydras Corporation vs. Switch and Data LA One, LLC and the Company’s predecessor, is pending in New Orleans, Louisiana. Plaintiff is seeking over $3.2 million in connection with the Company’s alleged default of a lease agreement. This case is currently inactive.

 

The Company is subject to other legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. Based upon currently available information, management believes that the amounts accrued in the balance sheet are adequate for the aforementioned claims and the amount of any additional liability with respect to these actions will not materially affect the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

 

Taxes

 

During 2005, the State of Washington performed an excise tax audit on three of our subsidiaries and assessed additional business and occupation taxes of approximately $377. The Company has responded and is vigorously challenging these assessments. An unfavorable ruling was given on one of the subsidiaries, but the ruling is being appealed. The other cases are awaiting review by a Washington State Administrative Law Judge. The Company has accrued zero for these assessments, in accordance with FAS 5, as it believes the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes to the Company is not probable. In the event of a settlements or trials, the ultimate expense to the Company may be materially different than the amount accrued.

 

13.    Employee Benefit Plan

 

During 1999, the Company adopted the Switch & Data Facilities Company 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). During 2003, the plan name was changed to the Switch and Data Management Company 401(k), without amending the plan features. All employees located in the United States are eligible to participate on the first day of the next month following their first month of employment. Under the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees are entitled to make tax deferred contributions, which the Company matches at a rate of 50% up to the maximum allowable statutory contribution. The Company contributed approximately $454, $571 and $514 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $417 (unaudited) and $558 for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 respectively, to the 401(k) Plan.

 

14.    Related Party Transactions

 

In 2003, the Company engaged a consulting firm for certain real estate advisory services. This firm is owned by a stockholder of the Company. The Company paid approximately $100, $20 and $30, respectively, for those services for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited) and 2006

Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts

 

2005. Amounts are included in general and administrative costs in the consolidated statements of operations. There was $30 and $0 payable to the firm as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

In 2005, the Company engaged another consulting firm for certain real estate advisory services. A stockholder of the Company owns this firm. The agreement provides for a payment of $75 for these services. There was $50 payable to the firm as of December 31, 2005.

 

There were no related party transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

 

15. Segment Information

 

The Company manages its business as one reportable segment. Although the Company provides colocation services in several markets, these operations have been aggregated into one reportable segment based on the similar economic characteristics among all markets, including the nature of the services provided and the type of customers purchasing such services.

 

The Company’s geographic revenues are as follows:

 

    

For the years ended

December 31,


   For the nine months
ended September 30,


     2003

   2004

   2005

   2005

   2006

                    (unaudited)     

Revenues

                                  

United States

   $ 69,840    $ 87,653    $ 100,091    $ 74,771    $ 78,051

Canada

     —        3,796      5,323      3,897      4,498
    

  

  

  

  

     $ 69,840    $ 91,449    $ 105,414    $ 78,668    $ 82,549
    

  

  

  

  

 

Canadian operations were acquired in 2004 and as such no revenues were generated from Canada during 2003.

 

The Company’s long-lived assets are located in the following geographic regions:

 

     December 31,

   September 30,

     2004

   2005

   2006

Long-Lived Assets

                    

United States

   $ 120,080    $ 131,742    $ 127,361

Canada

     6,821      7,275      7,326
    

  

  

     $ 126,901    $ 139,017    $ 134,687
    

  

  

 

Revenues from a single customer were 18.8% and 10.4% of total revenues, or $13,160 and $9,512, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The Company had no customers that represented more than 10% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In thousands)

 

The table below presents valuation and qualifying accounts for the periods presented.

 

Description


   Balance at
beginning
of Period


   Charged to
costs and
expenses(1)


   Deductions(2)

    Balance at
end of
period


Year ended December 31, 2003:

                            

Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable

   $ 210    $ 537    $ (369 )   $ 378

Year ended December 31, 2004:

                            

Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable

   $ 378    $ 555    $ (514 )   $ 419

Year ended December 31, 2005:

                            

Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable

   $ 419    $ 1,483    $ (1,167 )   $ 736

(1)   Represents the provision for allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable.
(2)   Represents the amounts written off against the reserve.

 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not required or because the information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

Switch and Data, Inc.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Switch and Data, Inc. (the Company) at July 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Tampa, Florida

September 25, 2006

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH AND DATA, INC.

 

Balance Sheet

As of July 31, 2006 and September 30, 2006 (unaudited)

 

Assets    July 31,
2006


   September 30,
2006
(unaudited)


Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $    $
    

  

Total current assets

         
    

  

Total assets

   $    $
    

  

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

             

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholder’s equity

             

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 200,000,000 shares; 100 shares issued and outstanding at July 31, 2006

         

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 25,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding at July 31, 2006

             

Additional paid in capital

         

Accumulated deficit

         
    

  

Total stockholder’s equity

         
    

  

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $    $
    

  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statement.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SWITCH AND DATA, INC.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT

July 31, 2006

 

1.    Organization

 

Description of Business

 

Switch and Data, Inc. (hereafter “the Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on July 31, 2006. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. (the “Parent”). The Company has no operations and has been created for the purpose of effecting a reorganization merger with the Parent, as described below.

 

Reorganization Merger (Unaudited)

 

Shortly before the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement, a reorganization merger will occur whereby the Parent will merge into the Company. Upon such merger, the holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock, Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of the Parent will receive common shares in the Company equal to their respective liquidation preferences as contemplated by the existing investors agreement between the Parent and its stockholders. Holders of Series D-2 Preferred Stock Options of the Parent are expected to receive Common Stock Options of the Company of equal fair value at the date of the merger. The existing Common Stock, Series B Common Stock, Special Junior Stock, and Common Stock options of the Parent will be cancelled by operation of the merger agreement and holders of those instruments are not expected to receive any consideration for their ownership interests.

 

Subsequent Event (Unaudited)

 

Two of the Parent’s stockholders filed a lawsuit against the Company, the Parent, and others (collectively, the “Defendants”) in a Delaware state court on January 29, 2007. This lawsuit seeks a declaratory judgment that those of the Parent’s stockholders who did not sign the Parent’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement are entitled to appraisal rights with respect to the corporate reorganization. It also sought a preliminary injunction against the corporate reorganization and this offering until the appraisal rights issue was resolved. The plaintiffs sought expedited consideration for the preliminary injunction. On February 2, 2007, the Delaware court denied the plaintiff’s motion for expedited consideration. This denial was based upon the Defendants’ agreement that the plaintiffs, and any other holder of the Parent’s capital stock who has not signed the Parent’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement, may participate in the offering as a selling stockholder and not waive any right to an appraisal remedy (if any such right exists), even if such stockholder has previously consented in writing to the corporate reorganization. Although the motion to expedite has been denied thereby mooting the motion for preliminary injunction, the lawsuit remains outstanding.

 

The Company believes that all stockholders have waived their appraisal rights, with one possible exception for a stockholder who did not sign the Parent’s fourth amended and restated investors agreement, or any of the prior versions of the investors agreement, but who did enter into a settlement agreement with the Parent on March 14, 2003 that included a draft of the fourth amended and restated investors agreement as an exhibit. If it is determined that additional stockholders are entitled to an appraisal remedy and such stockholders avail themselves of such rights, the Company could become obligated to make substantial cash payments to such stockholders. Based upon currently available information, management is currently unable to assess the amount of any liability with respect to this action.

 

There has been no activity other than the initial capitalization, and, therefore, the statement of operations, the statement of stockholders equity, and the statement of cash flows are not presented.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

 

11,666,667 Shares

 

Common Stock

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Jefferies & Company

 


 

CIBC World Markets

 

RBC Capital Markets

 

Raymond James

 

Lazard Capital Markets

 

Merriman Curham Ford & Co.

 

Prospectus

 

                    , 2007

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  9

Forward-Looking Statements

  26

Use of Proceeds

  28

Dividend Policy

  29

Capitalization

  30

Dilution

  33

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  35

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  40

Secured Credit Facility

  68

Business

  70

Management

  82

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

  86

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  98

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  102

Description of Capital Stock

  104

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  107

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations

  111

Underwriting

  114

Legal Matters

  119

Experts

  119

Where You Can Find More Information

  119

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1

 

Until                     , 2007 (25 days after commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fees and The Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 22,969

NASD filing fee

     21,967

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     120,000

Printing and engraving costs

     375,000

Legal fees and expenses

     750,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     875,000

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     20,000

Miscellaneous

     15,064
    

Total

   $ 2,200,000

 

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, except to the extent prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “DGCL”), our directors shall not be personally liable to the registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as directors of the registrant. Under the DGCL, the directors have a fiduciary duty to the registrant which is not eliminated by this provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of nonmonetary relief will remain available. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability under the DGCL for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the registrant, for acts or omissions which are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are prohibited by the DGCL. This provision also does not affect the directors’ responsibilities under any other laws, such as the Federal securities laws or state or Federal environmental laws. The registrant intends to maintain liability insurance for its officers and directors, if available on reasonable terms. Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) arising under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The DGCL provides further that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the personal liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL and provides that the registrant may fully indemnify any person who was or is a

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the registrant, or is or was serving at the request of the registrant as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding.

 

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent as to which indemnification will be required or permitted under the certificate.

 

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

During the last three years, we have sold and issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below.

 

1. From time to time during the last three years, our predecessor granted and issued options to purchase an aggregate of 213,414 shares of our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $21.98 to a number of our employees, officers and directors pursuant to our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. Among those receiving options were the following officers and directors: Keith Olsen, Ernest Sampera, Arthur Matin, Kathleen Earley and William Roach. These issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions occurring under compensatory benefit plans.

 

2. From time to time during the last three years, our predecessor issued an aggregate of 211,913 shares of our predecessor’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock to employees, directors and consultants upon exercise of options granted pursuant to our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.02 per share, for an aggregate of $4,887. These issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions occurring under compensatory benefit plans.

 

3. In August 2006, upon our incorporation, we issued 100 shares of common stock to our predecessor in exchange for $0.01 in the aggregate. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as an issuance by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

The recipients of securities in each of the above transactions represented to us their intentions to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us and otherwise, to information about us. No underwriters were involved nor were any commissions paid as part of these sales.

 

4. Pursuant to an investors agreement between our predecessor and virtually all of its stockholders, our predecessor will merge into us in a corporate reorganization immediately prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by this registration statement. In this reorganization, we will issue in the aggregate 24,787,475 shares of our common stock to our predecessor’s stockholders. The allocation of this fixed amount of our common shares among the different classes of our predecessor’s stock will be determined according to a formula set forth in the investors agreement that is based on the initial public offering price of our shares of common stock. As a result of the application of this formula, it is highly unlikely that the holders

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of our predecessor’s Common Stock, Series B Common Stock and Series A, B and C Special Junior Stock will receive any of our common stock or any other consideration in connection with our corporate reorganization. All outstanding D-2 Preferred Stock options issued by our predecessor will automatically be converted into options to acquire shares of our common stock. These issuances will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as issuances by an issuer not involving a public offering. For more detail regarding our corporate reorganization, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—We may face litigation with certain of our stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Corporate Reorganization.”

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

1.1 *   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

2.1 *   

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 24, 2007, between Switch and Data, Inc. and Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

3.1 *   

Form of Amended Certificate of Incorporation (to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State immediately prior to the closing of this offering)

3.2 *   

Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws (to be adopted immediately prior to the closing of this offering)

3.3 *   

Form of Certificate of Merger

4.1 *   

Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate

4.2 *   

Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement

5.1 *   

Opinion of Holland & Knight LLP

10.1 **   

Employment Agreement, dated February 16, 2004, between Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. and Keith Olsen

10.2 **   

Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2004, effective as of June 14, 2004, between Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. and George Pollock, Jr.

10.3 **   

Employment Agreement, dated July 21, 2004, between Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. and Ernest Sampera

10.4 **   

Employment Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2006, between Switch and Data Management Company LLC and William Roach

10.5 **   

Offer Letter, dated August 8, 2005, between Switch and Data Management Company LLC and Ali Marashi

10.6 **   

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2005, among Switch & Data Holdings, Inc., as the Borrower, the institutions party thereto from time to time as Lenders, as the Lenders, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the Administrative Agent, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Co-Documentation Agents, CIT Lending Services Corporation and BNP Paribas, as the Co-Syndication Agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. and BNP Paribas, as Joint Lead Arrangers

10.7 **   

First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2006, among Switch & Data Holdings, Inc., as the Borrower, the institutions party thereto from time to time as Lenders, as the Lenders, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the Administrative Agent, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Co-Documentation Agents, CIT Lending Services Corporation and BNP Paribas, as the Co-Syndication Agents

10.8 **   

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2005, among Switch & Data Holdings, Inc., as the Borrower, the institutions party thereto from time to time as Lenders, as the Term Loan Lenders, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the Administrative Agent, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Co-Documentation Agents, CIT Lending Services Corporation and BNP Paribas, as the Co-Syndication Agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. and BNP Paribas, as Joint Lead Arrangers

10.9 *   

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

10.10 **   

Agreement of Lease with 111 Eighth Avenue LLC, dated as of June 30, 1998

10.11 **   

First Amendment of Lease with 111 Eighth Avenue LLC, dated as of August 3, 2005

10.12 **   

Sublease with Global Crossing Telecommunications, Inc., dated as of November 21, 2005

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10.13 **   

First Amendment to Sublease with Global Crossing Telecommunications, Inc., dated as of May 4, 2006

10.14 **   

Second Amendment to Sublease with Global Crossing Telecommunications, Inc., dated as of August 10, 2006

10.15 **   

Sublease Agreement with Abovenet Communications, Inc., dated as of March 13, 2003

10.16 **   

Lease with 529 Bryant Street Partners, LLC, dated as of January 31, 2005

10.17 **   

Amendment to Lease with 529 Bryant Street Partners, LLC, dated as of January 31, 2005

10.18 **   

Waiver and Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2006, among Switch & Data Holdings, Inc., as the Borrower, the institutions party thereto from time to time as Lenders, as the Lenders, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the Administrative Agent, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Co-Documentation Agents, and CIT Lending Services Corporation and BNP Paribas, as the Co-Syndication Agents

10.19 *   

Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2007, among Switch & Data Holdings, Inc., as the Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement, as the Lenders, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the Administrative Agent, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Co-Documentation Agents, and CIT Lending Services Corporation and BNP Paribas, as the Co-Syndication Agents

21.1 **   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1 *   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.2 *   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.3 *   

Consent of Holland & Knight LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1 **   

Powers of Attorney (included in this Part II of the registration statement)


*   Filed herewith.
**   Previously filed.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

See Schedule II—“Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” contained on page F-39. All other schedules are omitted as the information is not required or is included in the Registrant’s financial statements and related notes.

 

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of these securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Tampa, State of Florida, on this 5 th day of February, 2007.

 

S WITCH AND D ATA , I NC .

By:

 

/s/    K EITH O LSEN        


Name:   Keith Olsen
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


  Date

*


William Luby

  

Chairman of the Board

  February 5, 2007

/s/    K EITH O LSEN        


Keith Olsen

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

  February 5, 2007

/s/    George Pollock, Jr.        


George Pollock, Jr.

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

  February 5, 2007

*


George Kelly

  

Director

  February 5, 2007

*


Kathleen Earley

  

Director

  February 5, 2007

*


Arthur Matin

  

Director

  February 5, 2007

*


M. Alex White

  

Director

  February 5, 2007

 

*By:

 

/s/    K EITH O LSEN        


   

Keith Olsen

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBITS

 

1.1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

2.1   

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 24, 2007, between Switch and Data, Inc. and Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

3.1   

Form of Amended Certificate of Incorporation (to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State immediately prior to the closing of this offering)

3.2   

Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws (to be adopted immediately prior to the closing of this offering)

3.3   

Form of Certificate of Merger

4.1   

Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate

4.2   

Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement

5.1   

Opinion of Holland & Knight LLP

10.9   

2007 Stock Incentive Plan

10.19   

Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2007, among Switch & Data Holdings, Inc., as the Borrower, the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement, as the Lenders, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the Administrative Agent, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and Royal Bank of Canada, as the Co-Documentation Agents, and CIT Lending Services Corporation and BNP Paribas, as the Co-Syndication Agents

23.1   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.2   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.3   

Consent of Holland & Knight LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

Exhibit 1.1

11,666,667 Shares

SWITCH AND DATA, INC.

Common Stock

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ · ], 2007

D EUTSCHE B ANK S ECURITIES I NC .

J EFFERIES  & C OMPANY , I NC .,

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters,

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street

New York, N.Y. 10005

Dear Sirs:

1. Introductory . Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), proposes to issue and sell 9,000,000 shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Securities ”), and the stockholders listed in Schedule A hereto (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) propose severally to sell an aggregate of 2,666,667 outstanding shares of the Securities (such 11,666,667 shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the “ Firm Securities ”), to the Underwriters (as defined below), for whom Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“ Deutsche Bank ”) and Jefferies & Company, Inc. (“ Jefferies ”) are acting as Representatives (the “ Representatives ”).

The Selling Stockholders also propose to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than 1,750,000 additional outstanding shares of the Issuer’s Securities as set forth below (such 1,750,000 additional shares being hereinafter referred to as the “ Optional Securities ”). The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “ Offered Securities ”.

As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Deutsche Bank (in such capacity, the “ Designated Underwriter ”) has agreed to reserve out of the Firm Securities purchased by it under this Agreement, up to 583,333 shares, for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and other parties associated with the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus (as defined herein) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Firm Securities to be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the “ Directed Shares ”) will be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Shares not subscribed for by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.


The Issuer is a wholly owned subsidiary of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the Issuer will merge (the “ Merger ”) with and into the Company, with the Issuer as the surviving corporation. Pursuant to the Merger, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company will be exchanged for capital stock of the Issuer as described in the General Disclosure Package (as defined below). Immediately following the Merger, the Issuer will change its name to “Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.” Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Agreement to the “Company” shall be deemed to refer to the Company prior to the Merger and to the Issuer following the Merger.

The Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders hereby agree with the several Underwriters named in Schedule B hereto (“ Underwriters ”) as follows:

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders . (a) The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally represent and warrant to, and agree with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement (No. 333-137607) (“ initial registration statement ”) relating to the Offered Securities, including a form of prospectus, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ Commission ”) and an additional registration statement (“ additional registration statement ”) relating to the Offered Securities may have been or may be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) (“ Rule 462(b) ”) under the Securities Act of 1933 (“ Act ”). “ Initial Registration Statement ” as of any time means the initial registration statement, in the form then filed with the Commission, including all information contained in the additional registration statement (if any) and then deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement pursuant to the General Instructions of the Form on which it is filed and all information (if any) included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C (“ Rule 430C ”) under the Act or retroactively deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b) (“ Rule 430A(b) ”) under the Act and that in any case has not then been superseded or modified. “ Additional Registration Statement ” as of any time means the additional registration statement, in the form then filed with the Commission, including the contents of the Initial Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein and including all information (if any) included in a prospectus then deemed to be a part of the additional registration statement pursuant to Rule 430C or retroactively deemed to be a part of the additional registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b) and that in any case has not then been superseded or modified. The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are herein referred to collectively as the “ Registration Statements ” and individually as a “ Registration Statement ”. “ Registration Statement ” as of any time means the Initial Registration Statement and any Additional Registration Statement as of such time. For purposes of the foregoing definitions, information contained in a form of prospectus that is deemed retroactively to be a part of a Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A shall be considered to be included in such Registration Statement as of the time specified in Rule 430A. As of the time of execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act and is not proposed to be amended. Any Additional Registration Statement has or will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and is not proposed to be amended. The Offered Securities all have been or will be duly registered under the Act pursuant to the Initial Registration Statement and, if applicable, the Additional Registration Statement. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Effective Time ” with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or, if filed prior to the


execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c) (“ Rule 462(c) ”) under the Act. If an Additional Registration Statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Issuer has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one, “ Effective Time ” with respect to such Additional Registration Statement means the date and time as of which such Registration Statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b). “ Effective Date ” with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or the Additional Registration Statement (if any) means the date of the Effective Time thereof. A “ Registration Statement ” without reference to a time means such Registration Statement as of its Effective Time. “ Statutory Prospectus ” as of any time means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement immediately prior to that time, including any information in a prospectus deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A or 430C that has not been superseded or modified. For purposes of the preceding sentence, information contained in a form of prospectus that is deemed retroactively to be a part of a Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (“ Rule 424(b) ”) under the Act. “ Prospectus ” means the Statutory Prospectus that discloses the public offering price and other final terms of the Offered Securities and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act. “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, relating to the Offered Securities in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Issuer’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g). “ General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule C to this Agreement. “ Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. “ Applicable Time ” means [ · ]:00 [a/p]m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.

(ii)(A) On the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission (“ Rules and Regulations ”) and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement conformed, or will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement each conforms, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither of such documents includes, or will include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which


they were made) not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon written information furnished to the Company or the Issuer by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.

(iii)(A) At the time of initial filing of the Initial Registration Statement and (B) at the date of this Agreement, each of the Company and the Issuer was not and is not an “ ineligible issuer ,” as defined in Rule 405, including (x) the Company, the Issuer or any other subsidiary in the preceding three years not having been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or having been made the subject of a judicial or administrative decree or order as described in Rule 405 and (y) each of the Company and the Issuer in the preceding three years not having been the subject of a bankruptcy petition or insolvency or similar proceeding, not having had a registration statement be the subject of a proceeding under Section 8 of the Act and not being the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Act in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities, all as described in Rule 405.

(iv) As of the Applicable Time, neither (A) the General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, if any, the preliminary prospectus, dated January [ · ], 2007 (which is the most recent Statutory Prospectus distributed to investors generally) and the information specified on Schedule D , all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”), nor (B) any individual Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any prospectus included in the Registration Statement or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.

(v) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if any, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Offered Securities or until any earlier date that the Issuer notified or notifies the Representatives as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, (A) the Issuer has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives and (B) the Issuer has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing two sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written


information furnished to the Company or the Issuer by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(c) hereof.

(vi) Each of the Company and the Issuer has been duly incorporated and, immediately after giving effect to the Merger, the Issuer will be an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each of the Company and the Issuer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the earnings, business, management, properties, assets, rights, operations, condition (financial or other), or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (“ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(vii) Each subsidiary of the Company listed on Schedule E has been duly incorporated or organized, is validly existing and in good standing or with active status under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other ownership interests of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects, except (A) as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package or (B) liens, encumbrances and defects in place on the date hereof or to be in place on the Closing Date or thereafter, in each case to secure or as permitted by the credit facility dated October 13, 2005 (the “ Existing Credit Facility ”). The entities listed in Schedule E hereto are the only subsidiaries, direct or indirect, of the Company.

(viii) As of the date of this Agreement, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

(ix) The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Issuer have been duly authorized; all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Issuer are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and after giving effect to the Merger, all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Issuer will have been, and, when the Offered Securities being offered by the Issuer have been delivered and paid for, including the Offered Securities being offered by the Selling Stockholders, in accordance with this Agreement on each Closing Date (as defined below), such Offered Securities will have been, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will be consistent in all material respects with the information in the General Disclosure Package and will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the stockholders of the Issuer have no preemptive rights with respect to the Offered Securities.


(x) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or the Issuer and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

(xi) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or the Issuer and any person granting such person the right to require the Company or the Issuer to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company or the Issuer owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company or the Issuer to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company or the Issuer under the Act.

(xii) The Offered Securities have been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s Global Market subject to notice of issuance.

(xiii) No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities by the Company, except (i) such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ( the “ Exchange Act ”), (ii) such as have been obtained and made or will have been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Merger and (iii) such as may be required under state securities laws (including Blue Sky laws) or the rules and regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“ NASD ”).

(xiv) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities and the Merger will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any such subsidiary is subject, or the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of the Company or any such subsidiary, and the Company has full power and authority to authorize, issue and sell the Offered Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(xv) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Issuer.

(xvi) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them, except (A) as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package or (B) liens, encumbrances and defects in place on the date hereof or to be in place on the Closing Date or thereafter, in each


case to secure or as permitted by the Existing Credit Facility; and except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries hold any material leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

(xvii) The Company and its subsidiaries possess adequate certificates, authorities or permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter or by-laws or in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective property is bound, except where such violation or default would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, “ intellectual property rights ”) necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, or presently employed by them, except for such intellectual property rights the lack of which would not materially and adversely affect the Company, and the Company has not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxi) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ environmental laws ”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.

(xxii) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company


or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated.

(xxiii) The financial statements of the Company included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis; the financial statements of the Issuer included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package present fairly the financial position of the Issuer and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis; and the schedules included in each Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein; and the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial statements included in each Registration Statement and the General Disclosure Package provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma columns therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the corresponding historical financial statement amounts.

(xxiv) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and, except as disclosed in or contemplated by the General Disclosure Package, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(xxv) Each of the Company and the Issuer is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package, the Issuer will not be an “ investment company ” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(xxvi) Furthermore, the Company and the Issuer jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Underwriters that (A) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, any Statutory Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (B) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities law and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States.


(xxvii) The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, any Offered Securities to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (A) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (B) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(xxviii) Solely to the extent that the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) have been applicable to the Company, there is and has been no failure on the part of the Company and any of the Company’s directors or officers to comply with such provisions.

(xxix) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “ foreign official ” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company, its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxx) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxxi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.


(xxxii) The statistical and market related data included in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which each of the Company and the Issuer believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects or represent each of the Company’s and the Issuer’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.

(xxxiii) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or the Issuer delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company and the Issuer as to the matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

(xxxiv) The Issuer was formed by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, the Issuer has no material assets and has no material liabilities or other obligations and for the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, the Issuer will have no material assets and will have no material liabilities or other obligations, other than assets, liabilities and other obligations assumed in the Merger.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder (as to itself only), severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) On each Closing Date such Selling Stockholder will have valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and such Selling Stockholder has the requisite right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on each Closing Date hereunder; and upon the delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities on each Closing Date hereunder the several Underwriters will receive valid title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date free and clear of any lien, security interest or other encumbrance, including, without limitation, any restriction on transfer, granted, created or expressly consented to by such Selling Stockholder.

(ii) On the (A) Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (C) date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement and, at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus do not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact or do not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which they were made) not misleading. The preceding sentence applies only to the extent that any statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus are based on written information furnished to the Company or the Issuer by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein. For all purposes in this Agreement such information is limited to the information set forth under the


captions “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (consisting of the name and address, number of shares and related footnotes to the table contained in such section) and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” insofar as such information relates to such Selling Stockholder and is based on written information furnished to the Company or the Issuer by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or any Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus (such Selling Stockholder’s “ Selling Stockholder Information ”).

(iii) As of the Applicable Time, neither (A) the General Disclosure Package nor (B) any individual Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence applies only to the extent that any statements in or omissions from the General Disclosure Package or any Limited Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus are based upon such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information.

(iv) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against such Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

(v) Neither such Selling Stockholder nor any person acting on behalf of such Selling Stockholder (other than, if applicable, the Company and the Underwriters) has used or referred to any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405), relating to the Securities except as set forth on Schedule C hereto.

(vi) Such Selling Stockholder has the requisite right, power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to enter into this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(vii) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(viii) The sale of the Offered Securities by such Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any supplement thereto.

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities. (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Issuer and each Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to the several Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price of $ [ · ] per share, that number of Firm Securities (rounded up or down, as determined by the Representatives in their discretion, in order to avoid fractions) obtained by multiplying 9,000,000 Firm Securities in the case of the


Issuer and the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule A hereto, in the case of a Selling Stockholder, in each case by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm Securities.

(b) Certificates in negotiable form for the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery under this Agreement, under Custody Agreements made with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as custodian (“ Custodian ”). Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Selling Stockholders under such Custody Agreements are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Selling Stockholders for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of any individual Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, or in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination of such trust. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any other such event should occur, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Offered Securities hereunder, certificates for such Offered Securities shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or termination.

(c) The Issuer and the Custodian will deliver the Firm Securities to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price by the Underwriters in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of the Issuer (in the case of the Firm Securities to be issued and sold by the Issuer) or the Custodian (in the case of the Firm Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, Worldwide Plaza, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019-7475 at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on [ · ], 2007, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as the Representatives and the Issuer determine, such time being herein referred to as the “ First Closing Date ”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. The Firm Securities so to be delivered or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at least 24 hours prior to the First Closing Date.

(d) In addition, upon written notice from the Representatives given to the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm Securities. The Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to the Underwriters the respective numbers of Optional Securities obtained by multiplying the number of Optional Securities specified in such notice by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares set forth opposite the names of such Selling Stockholders in Schedule A hereto under the caption “Number of Optional Securities to be Sold” and the denominator of which is the total number of Optional Securities (subject to adjustment by the Representatives to eliminate fractions). Such Optional Securities shall be purchased for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of shares of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name bears to the total number of shares of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by the


Representatives to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representatives to the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders.

(e) Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an “ Optional Closing Date ”, which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “ Closing Date ”), shall be determined by the Representatives but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Selling Stockholders will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to or as instructed by the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to the Representatives drawn to the order of the Custodian, at the above office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. The Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date or evidence of their issuance will be made available for checking at the above office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.

4. Offering by Underwriters . It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

5. Certain Agreements of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders . (a) The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally agree with the several Underwriters and the Selling Stockholders that:

(i) The Issuer will file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by the Representatives, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement. The Issuer will advise the Representatives promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b). If an additional registration statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Issuer will file the additional registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representatives, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(ii) The Issuer will advise the Representatives promptly of any proposal to amend or supplement at any time the Initial Registration Statement, any Additional Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without the Representatives’ consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and the Issuer will also advise the Representatives promptly of the effectiveness of any Additional Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is


subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement) and of any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or any Statutory Prospectus and of the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement and will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and to obtain as soon as possible its lifting, if issued.

(iii) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is (or but for the exemption in Rule 172 would be required to be) delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Issuer will promptly notify the Representatives of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at its own expense, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither the Representatives’ consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Sections 7 or 13.

(iv) As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Issuer will make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “ Availability Date ” means the 45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Date, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Issuer’s fiscal year, “ Availability Date ” means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

(v) The Issuer will furnish to the Representatives copies of each Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as the Representatives reasonably request. The Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 3:00 P.M., New York time, on the business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All other documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Issuer will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

(vi) The Issuer will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives reasonably designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution, provided that the Company will not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, or to subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal amount in any jurisdiction where it is not then subject.

(vii) During the period of three years hereafter, the Issuer will furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for


such year; and the Issuer will furnish to the Representatives (A) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Issuer filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (B) from time to time, such other information concerning the Issuer as the Representatives may reasonably request. For purposes of this clause (vii), any information filed on the Commission’s EDGAR System will be deemed furnished in full satisfaction of this clause (vii).

(viii) The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally agree to pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, under this Agreement, for any filing fees and other expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives reasonably designate and the printing of memoranda relating thereto, for the filing fee incident to the review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the Offered Securities, for any travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company or the Issuer in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities, including the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with attending or hosting such meetings, for expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters and for expenses incurred for preparing, printing and distributing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses to investors or prospective investors. Each Selling Stockholder agrees (as to itself only) that it will pay for any transfer taxes on the sale of the Offered Securities on behalf of such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters.

(ix) Commencing on the date hereof, the Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of its capital stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing. For the period specified below (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the Issuer will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any additional shares of its Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of its Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank and Jefferies, except issuances of Securities pursuant to the Merger or pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof, and disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof and disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and issuances of Securities pursuant to the exercise of such options. The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and will continue and include the date 180 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that Deutsche Bank and Jefferies consent to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Issuer releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Issuer occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Issuer announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the materials news or material event, as


applicable, unless Deutsche Bank and Jefferies waive, in writing, such extension. The Issuer will provide Deutsche Bank and Jefferies with notice of any announcement described in clause (2) of the preceding sentence that gives rise to an extension of the Lock-Up Period.

(x) In connection with the Directed Share Program, the Issuer will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by the NASD or the NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Designated Underwriter will notify the Issuer as to which Participants will need to be so restricted. The Issuer will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time.

(xi) The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally agree to pay all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(xii) Furthermore, the Company and the Issuer jointly and severally covenant with the Underwriters that each of them will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder (as to itself only) agrees with the several Underwriters, the Company and the Issuer that:

(i) During the period specified below (the “ Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period ”), such Selling Stockholder will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank and Jefferies, except that (i) Securities sold pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will not be subject to this subsection, (ii) any Securities acquired by such Selling Stockholder in the open market will not be subject to this Agreement, (iii) a transfer of Securities by such Selling Stockholder to a family member or trust may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period) and (iv) a transfer of securities by any such Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person to another entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Selling Stockholder may be made, provided the transfer does not take place during the 30-day period commencing on the date hereof and the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement prior to such transfer. In addition, such Selling Stockholder agrees that, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank and Jefferies, it will not, during the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the


registration of any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities. The initial Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and will continue and include the date 180 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that Deutsche Bank and Jefferies consent to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period, the Issuer releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Issuer occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period, the Issuer announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Deutsche Bank and Jefferies waive, in writing, such extension. Nothing contained in this Section 5(b) shall limit or restrict the ability of a Selling Stockholder to exercise any options or to convert or exchange any other security into Securities, provided that any such Securities received upon such exercise of options or upon such conversion or exchange of any other security will also be subject to this Section 5(b).

6. Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally represent and agree that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter and Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or that would otherwise constitute a “ free writing prospectus ,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. Each General Use Issuer Free Writing Prospectus specified on Schedule C to this Agreement, and any other free writing prospectus specified on Schedule C to this Agreement, is deemed to be consented to by the Company and the Representatives and is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .” The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally represent that the Issuer has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “ issuer free writing prospectus ,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally represent that each of them has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

7. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company’s officers and the Issuer’s officers made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:


(a) The Representatives shall have received a letter or letters, dated the date of delivery thereof (which shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement), of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations thereunder and stating to the effect that:

(i) in their opinion the financial statements and schedules examined by them and included in the Registration Statements and the General Disclosure Package comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations;

(ii) they have performed the procedures specified by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for a review of interim financial information as described in Statement of Auditing Standards No. 100, Interim Financial Information, on the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements and the General Disclosure Package;

(iii) on the basis of the review referred to in clause (ii) above, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company, inquiries of officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

(A) the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements or the General Disclosure Package do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations or any material modifications should be made to such unaudited financial statements for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

(B) at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, or at a subsequent specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there was any change in the capital stock or any increase in short-term indebtedness or long-term debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or, at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, there was any decrease in consolidated net current assets or net assets, as compared with amounts shown on the latest balance sheet included in the General Disclosure Package; or

(C) for the period from the closing date of the latest income statement included in the General Disclosure Package to the closing date of the latest available income statement read by such accountants there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period of the previous year, in consolidated net sales, in the total or per share amounts of consolidated net operating income or net income,

except in all cases set forth in clauses (B) and (C) above for changes, increases or decreases which the General Disclosure Package discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

(iv) they have compared specified dollar amounts (or percentages derived from such dollar amounts) and other financial information contained in the Registration Statements, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (other than any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is an “ electronic road show ,” as defined in Rule 433(h)) and the General Disclosure Package (in each case to


the extent that such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries subject to the internal controls of the Company’s accounting system or are derived directly from such records by analysis or computation) with the results obtained from inquiries, a reading of such general accounting records and other procedures specified in such letter and have found such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information to be in agreement with such results, except as otherwise specified in such letter.

For purposes of this subsection, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, “ Registration Statements ” shall mean the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement as proposed to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, and “ Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in the Registration Statements.

(b) If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later date as shall have been consented to by the Representatives. The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a)(i) of this Agreement. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of any Selling Stockholder, the Company, the Issuer or the Representatives, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

(c) The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Clayton Mynard, General Counsel of the Company, addressed to the Underwriters to the effect that:

(i) The certificate of merger in respect of the Merger has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and thereupon the Merger became effective pursuant to Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

(ii) Each of the Company and the Issuer has been duly incorporated and the Issuer is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority, after giving effect to the Merger, to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each of the Company and the Issuer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) Each subsidiary of the Issuer listed on Schedule E has been duly incorporated or organized, is validly existing and in good standing or with active status under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each subsidiary of the Issuer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where


the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other ownership interest of each subsidiary of the Issuer has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects, except (A) as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package or (B) liens, encumbrances and defects in place on the date hereof or to be in place on the Closing Date or thereafter, in each case to secure or as permitted by the Existing Credit Facility;

(iv) The Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date and all other outstanding shares of the Securities of the Issuer have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, are consistent with the information in the General Disclosure Package and conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities;

(v) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings known to such counsel between the Issuer and any person granting such person the right to require the Issuer to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Issuer owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Issuer to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Issuer under the Act;

(vi) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the issuance or sale of the Offered Securities by the Company, except (A) such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Exchange Act, (B) such as have been obtained and made or will have been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Merger and (C) such as may be required under state securities laws (including Blue Sky laws) or the rules and regulations of the NASD;

(vii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the completion of the Merger and the issuance and sale of the Securities will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any subsidiary of the Issuer or any of their properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuer or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Issuer or any such subsidiary is subject, or the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of the Issuer or any such subsidiary, and the Issuer has full power and authority to authorize, issue and sell the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement;

(viii) The Initial Registration Statement was declared effective under the Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion, the Additional Registration Statement (if any) was filed and became effective under the Act as of the date and time (if determinable) specified in such opinion, the Prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) specified in such opinion on the date specified therein, and, to the best of the knowledge of such counsel, no stop


order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Act, and each Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of their respective effective or issue dates, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; such counsel has no reason to believe that any part of a Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, as of its effective date or as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which they were made) not misleading or that the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date or as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; such counsel has no reason to believe that the documents specified in a schedule to such counsel’s letter, consisting of those included in the General Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; the descriptions in the Registration Statements and Prospectus of statutes, legal and governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents are accurate in all material respects and fairly present the information required to be shown; and such counsel does not know of any legal or governmental proceedings required to be described in a Registration Statement or the Prospectus which are not described as required or of any contracts or documents of a character required to be described in a Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to a Registration Statement which are not described and filed as required; it being understood that such counsel need express no opinion as to the financial statements or other financial data contained in the Registration Statements or the Prospectus; and

(ix) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Issuer.

(d) The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Holland & Knight LLP, counsel for the Company, to the effect that:

(i) The certificate of merger in respect of the Merger has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and thereupon the Merger became effective pursuant to Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

(ii) Each of the Company and the Issuer has been duly incorporated and the Issuer is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority, after giving effect to the Merger, to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each of the Company and the Issuer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing or with active status in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule F hereto;

(iii) Each subsidiary of the Issuer listed on Schedule E has been duly incorporated or organized, is validly existing and in good standing or with active status under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with corporate power


and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package; and each subsidiary of the Issuer is duly qualified to do business in good standing in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule F hereto; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of the Issuer has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects, except (A) as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package or (B) liens, encumbrances and defects in place on the date hereof or to be in place on the Closing Date or thereafter, in each case to secure or as permitted by the Existing Credit Facility;

(iv) The Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date and all other outstanding shares of the Securities of the Issuer have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, are consistent with the information in the General Disclosure Package and conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the stockholders of the Company have no statutory preemptive rights or, to the knowledge of such counsel, contractual preemptive rights with respect to the Securities;

(v) Each Selling Stockholder was the sole registered owner of the Offered Securities delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date [and had the requisite right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder]; and assuming the several Underwriters acquired the Offered Securities being sold to them by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement without any notice of an adverse claim thereto, upon delivery to the several Underwriters of such Offered Securities and payment therefor in accordance with this Agreement, the several Underwriters will have acquired all of the rights of such Selling Stockholder in the Offered Securities and will also have acquired their interest in such Offered Securities free of any adverse claim. For purposes of this paragraph, “delivery,” “control,” “adverse claim,” and “notice of an adverse claim” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 8-301, 8-106, 8-102(a)(i) and 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code.

(vi) Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings known to such counsel between the Issuer and any person granting such person the right to require the Issuer to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Issuer owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Issuer to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Issuer under the Act;

(vii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the issuance or sale of the Offered Securities by the Issuer, except (A) such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Exchange Act, (B) such as have been obtained and made or will have been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Merger and (C) such as may be required under state securities laws (including Blue Sky laws) or the rules and regulations of the NASD;


(viii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the completion of the Merger and the issuance and sale of the Securities will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any United States or Florida state law, rule or regulation that in such counsel’s experience is normally applicable in transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement or any order (of which such counsel is aware) of any governmental agency or body or any court, or any agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuer or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Issuer or any such subsidiary is subject and which agreement or instrument is filed with the Registration Statement, or the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of the Issuer or any such subsidiary, and the Issuer has full power and authority to authorize, issue and sell the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement;

(ix) The Initial Registration Statement was declared effective under the Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion, the Additional Registration Statement (if any) was filed and became effective under the Act as of the date and time (if determinable) specified in such opinion, the Prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) specified in such opinion on the date specified therein, and, to the knowledge of such counsel after due inquiry, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Act, and each Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of their respective effective or issue dates, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. Although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained therein, nothing has come to such counsel’s attention that causes such counsel to believe that any part of a Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, as of its effective date or as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date or as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; nothing has come to such counsel’s attention that causes such counsel to believe that the documents specified in a schedule to such counsel’s letter, consisting of those included in the General Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; the descriptions in the Registration Statements and Prospectus of statutes, legal and governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents are accurate and fairly present in all material respects the information required to be shown; and such counsel does not know of any legal or governmental proceedings required to be described in a Registration Statement or the Prospectus which are not described as required or of any contracts or documents of a character required to be described in a Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to a Registration Statement which are not described and filed as required; it being understood that such counsel need express no opinion as to the financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data contained in the Registration Statements or the Prospectus;


(x) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Issuer; and

(xi) The Issuer is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(e) The Representatives shall have received opinions, dated such Closing Date, of counsel for each Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person to the effect that:

(i) Such Selling Stockholder had the requisite right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder;

(ii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court, in each case of the United States of America or in the jurisdiction of organization of such Selling Stockholder, is required to be obtained or made by such Selling Stockholder for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement or the Power of Attorney by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except (A) such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Exchange Act, (B) such as have been obtained and made or will have been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Merger, (C) such as may be required under state securities laws (including Blue Sky laws) or the rules and regulations of the NASD and (D) such consents, approvals, authorizations or orders as would not materially adversely affect consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Selling Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement, the Custody Agreement or the Power of Attorney;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the Custody Agreement and this Agreement by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation of the transactions therein and herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any, in each case of the United States of America or in the jurisdiction of organization of such Selling Stockholder, having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties or (B) any material agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the properties of such Selling Stockholder is subject, or (C) the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder; except, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), where such breach, default or violation would not individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on such Selling Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney;

(iv) The Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement with respect to each Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and


(v) Upon execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by one of the Attorneys (as defined in the Power of Attorney) on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, the Underwriting Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder.

(f) The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(g) The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of the President or any Vice President and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Issuer in which such officers, to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company and the Issuer in this Agreement are true and correct; each of the Company and the Issuer has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) under the Act, prior to the Applicable Time; and, subsequent to the respective date of the most recent financial statements in the General Disclosure Package, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package or as described in such certificate.

(h) The Representatives shall have received a letter, dated such Closing Date, of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP which meets the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to in such subsection will be a date not more than three days prior to such Closing Date for the purposes of this subsection.

(i) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received lockup letters, each substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, from the directors, executive officers and stockholders of the Company listed in Schedule G hereto, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Securities or certain other securities, delivered to the Company on or before the date hereof, in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(j) The Custodian will to deliver to the Representatives a letter stating that they will deliver to each Selling Stockholder a United States Treasury Department Form 1099 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the United States Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) on or before January 31 of the year following the date of this Agreement.

(k) The Merger shall have occurred as described in the General Disclosure Package and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

The Selling Stockholders, the Company and the Issuer will furnish the Representatives with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representatives reasonably request. The Representatives may in their sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.


8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and each Selling Stockholder, its partners, members, directors, officers, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which they were made) not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Issuer will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Issuer by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

The Company and the Issuer jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Designated Underwriter and its affiliates and each person, if any, who controls the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the “ Designated Entities ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company or the Issuer for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which they were made) not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Designated Entities.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any


Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholders will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Issuer by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below; provided further, however, that the aggregate liability of each such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b), subsection (e) below and Section 10 shall not exceed the amount of proceeds (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) each such Selling Stockholder receives from the sale of the Offered Securities.

(c) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, the Issuer, its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and each Selling Stockholder, its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such parties may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of any Registration Statement at any time, any Statutory Prospectus as of any time, the Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances in which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Issuer by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company, the Issuer and each Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the [fourth] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the [thirteenth] and [fourteenth] paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section or Section 10 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 10, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying


party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 10 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 10. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party); provided, however, that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section or Section 10 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys (together with local counsel) representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action), which counsel (together with any local counsel) for the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 8(a) and (b) above) or by the Company (in the case of counsel for the indemnified parties referred to in Section 8(c) above)), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party authorizes the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the indemnifying party’s expense, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party and shall be paid as they are incurred. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the last paragraph in Section 8(a) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Designated Underwriter for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program, and all persons, if any, who control the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act of Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified


party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Issuer, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The obligations of each Selling Stockholder in this subsection (e) are several and not joint and the aggregate liability of each such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (e), subsection (b) above and Section 10 shall not exceed the amount of proceeds (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) each such Selling Stockholder shall receive from the sale of the Offered Securities.

(f) The obligations of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders under this Section and Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or the QIU (as hereinafter defined) within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Company, to each officer of the Company who has signed a Registration Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

9. Default of Underwriters . If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements


satisfactory to the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total principal amount number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives, the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company, the Issuer or the Selling Stockholders except as provided in Section 11 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Underwriter ” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

10. Qualified Independent Underwriter . The Company hereby confirms that at its request Jefferies has without compensation acted as “qualified independent underwriter” (in such capacity, the “ QIU ”) within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the NASD in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities. The Company and the Issuer, jointly and severally, and the Selling Stockholders, severally but not jointly, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the QIU against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the QIU may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the QIU’s acting (or alleged failing to act) as such “qualified independent underwriter” and will reimburse the QIU for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the QIU in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred. The liability of each Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Section 10 shall be to the extent, and only to the extent, that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information and the aggregate liability of each such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Section 10 and subsections (b) and (e) of Section 8 shall not exceed the amount of proceeds (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) each such Selling Stockholder shall receive from the sale of the Offered Securities.

11. Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations . The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Selling Stockholders, of the Company or its officers, of the Issuer or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder, the Company, the Issuer or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9 or if for any reason the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated, the Company and the Issuer shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by it pursuant to Section 5 and the respective obligations of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 and the obligations of the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to Section 10 shall remain in effect, and if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder the representations and warranties in


Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 or the occurrence of any event specified in clause (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (viii) of Section 13, the Company and the Issuer will, jointly and severally, reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities.

12. Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Representatives, c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10005, Attention: Syndicate Manager, with a copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, Attention: General Counsel, or, if sent to the Company or the Issuer, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at 1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650, Tampa, F.L. 33607, Attention: General Counsel, or, if sent to any Selling Stockholder, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Selling Stockholder at the address set forth on Schedule A hereto; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.

13. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by you by notice to the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders:

(a) at any time prior to the First Closing Date or any Optional Closing Date (if different from the First Closing Date and then only as to Optional Securities) if any of the following has occurred: (i) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in or affecting the earnings, business, management, properties, assets, rights, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or declaration of war or national emergency or other national or international calamity or crisis or change in economic or political conditions if the effect of such outbreak, escalation, declaration, emergency, calamity, crisis or change on the financial markets of the United States would, in your judgment, make it impracticable or inadvisable to market the Shares or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares, or (iii) suspension of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market or limitation on prices (other than limitations on hours or numbers of days of trading) for securities on either such Exchange, (iv) the enactment, publication, decree or other promulgation of any statute, regulation, rule or order of any court or other governmental authority which in your opinion materially and adversely affects or may materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Company, (v) the declaration of a banking moratorium by United States or New York State authorities, (vi) any downgrading, or placement on any watch list for possible downgrading, in the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Exchange Act); (vii) the suspension of trading of the Company’s common stock by the Nasdaq Global Market, the Commission, or any other governmental authority or (viii) the taking of any action by any governmental body or agency in respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in your reasonable opinion has a material adverse effect on the securities markets in the United States; or

(b) as provided in Sections 7 and 9 of this Agreement.


14. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives and successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

15. Representation . The Representatives will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives jointly or by the Representatives will be binding upon all the Underwriters. The Attorneys (as defined in the Power of Attorney) will act for the Selling Stockholders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by any of the Attorneys will be binding upon all the Selling Stockholders.

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

17. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company, the Issuer and each Selling Stockholder acknowledge and agree that:

(a) The Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of Offered Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company, the Issuer or the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Representatives, on the other, has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or is advising the Company, the Issuer or any Selling Stockholder on other matters;

(b) the price of the Offered Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders have been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company, the Issuer or the Selling Stockholders and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company, the Issuer or the Selling Stockholders by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

(d) the Company, the Issuer and the Selling Stockholders waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims they may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agree that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company, the Issuer or the Selling Stockholders in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company, or the Issuer, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Issuer.

18. Research Analyst Independence. The Company, the Issuer and each of the Selling Stockholders acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to and should be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and as such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold


views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Issuer or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. The Company, the Issuer and each of the Selling Stockholders understand that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

19. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York .

The Company, the Issuer and each Selling Stockholder hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

[The Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]


If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Selling Stockholders, the Company, the Issuer and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
S WITCH & D ATA F ACILITIES C OMPANY , I NC .,

by

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

S WITCH AND D ATA , I NC .,

by

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

by [ · ], as Attorney-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholders,

 


The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

D EUTSCHE B ANK S ECURITIES I NC .

J EFFERIES  & C OMPANY , I NC .

  Acting on behalf of themselves and as the Representatives of the several Underwriters.
B Y D EUTSCHE B ANK S ECURITIES I NC .
by  

 

Name:  
Title:  
by  

 

Name:  
Title:  
B Y J EFFERIES  & C OMPANY , I NC .
by  

 

Name:  
Title:  


SCHEDULE A

 

Selling Stockholder

   Number of
Firm Securities
to be Sold
   Number of
Optional
Securities
to be Sold

[Name]

     

[Address]

     
     
     
     
     

Total

   2,666,667    1,750,000
         


SCHEDULE B

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm
Securities to be Purchased

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  

CIBC World Markets Corp.

  

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

  

Lazard Capital Markets LLC

  

Merriman Curham Ford & Co.

  
    

Total

   11,666,667
    


SCHEDULE C

 


SCHEDULE D

 


SCHEDULE E

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Switch & Data Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Switch and Data Enterprises, Inc.

   Delaware

Switch & Data Facilities Company LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data Operating Company LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data Management Company LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data Toronto, Ltd.

   Ontario

Switch & Data AZ One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data CA One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data CA Two LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data CA Nine LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data CO One LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data Communications, LLC

   Texas

Switch & Data FL One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data FL Two LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data FL Four LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data FL Seven LLC

   Texas

Switch & Data GA One LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data GA Three LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data IL One LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data IL Four LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data IL Five LLC

   Texas

Switch & Data IN One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data LA One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data MA One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data MI One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data MO One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data MO Two LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data NY One LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data NY Four LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data NY Five LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data/NY Facilities Company LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data OH One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data PA Two LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data PA Three LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data PA Four LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data TN Two LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data TX One LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data TX Five LP

   Delaware

Switch and Data TX Six LLC

   Texas

Switch and Data Dallas Holdings I LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data Dallas Holdings II LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data VA One LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data VA Two LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data VA Four LLC

   Delaware

Switch & Data WA One LLC

   Delaware

Switch and Data WA Three LLC

   Delaware

SDOC Acquisition, Inc.

   Delaware


SCHEDULE F


SCHEDULE G

 


EXHIBIT A

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

Public Offering of Common Stock

IRREVOCABLE POWER OF ATTORNEY OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER

Messrs. Keith Olsen, George Pollock and

Clayton Mynard, as Attorneys-in-fact

c/o Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 4100

Tampa, Florida 33602

The undersigned stockholder of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), understands that it is contemplated that certain stockholders of the Company, including the undersigned (“ Selling Stockholders ”), will sell Common Stock, $0.0001 par value (“ Common Stock ”), of Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), which will be the successor by merger to the Company, to certain underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) represented by Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“ Deutsche Bank ”) and Jefferies & Company, Inc. (collectively, the “ Representatives ”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement referred to below, and that the Underwriters propose to offer and sell such Common Stock to the public. The undersigned also understands that, in connection with such offer and sale, the Company has filed a Registration Statement (“ Registration Statement ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ Commission ”) to register under the Securities Act of 1933 the shares to be offered.

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Power of Attorney, the undersigned is also executing and delivering a Custody Agreement in substantially the form attached as Annex I (the “ Custody Agreement ”) pursuant to which certificates for at least the percentage of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the undersigned as set forth opposite the signature of the undersigned at the end of this instrument will be held in custody by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as custodian (“ Custodian ”).

1. In connection with the foregoing, the undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Messrs. Keith Olsen, George Pollock and Clayton Mynard as attorneys-in-fact (individually, an “ Attorney ” and collectively, the “ Attorneys ”) of the undersigned, each with full power and authority to act together or alone, including full power of substitution, in the name of and for and on behalf of the undersigned with respect to all matters arising in connection with the sale of Common Stock by the undersigned including, but not limited to, the power and authority to take any and all of the following actions:

(a) to sell, assign and transfer to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (as defined herein) the Maximum Percentage of Shares (as set forth on the signature page hereof) of Common Stock (including, if the Underwriters shall exercise their over-allotment option contained in the Underwriting Agreement, up to the Maximum Percentage of Optional Shares (as set forth on the signature page hereof)) and which shares of Common Stock are to be received in exchange for the


securities of the Company currently owned of record by the undersigned and which shares will be held in custody by the Custodian pursuant to the Custody Agreement, or such lesser percentage as the Attorneys, or any one of them, in their or his sole discretion shall determine, at a purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters, as determined by negotiation among the Company, the Attorneys and the Representatives, but at the same price per share to be paid by the Underwriters to each of the other Selling Stockholders and to the Company for the Common Stock sold by it;

(b) for the purpose of effecting such sale, to make, execute, deliver and perform the undersigned’s obligations under the Underwriting Agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (such agreement, in the form in which executed, being herein called the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), receipt of a draft of which is hereby acknowledged, containing such additions to or changes in the terms, provisions and conditions thereof as the Attorneys, or any one of them, in their or his sole discretion shall determine, including, subject to the limitation set forth in paragraph 1(a) hereof, the purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters and including any additions to or changes in the terms, provisions and conditions thereof relating to the public offering of such Common Stock by the Underwriters;

(c) to give such orders and instructions to the Company, the Issuer, the Custodian or the transfer agent for the Common Stock as the Attorneys, or any one of them, in their or his sole discretion shall determine, with respect to (i) the exchange of the securities of the Company for Common Stock, (ii) the transfer of the Common Stock on the books of the Issuer in order to effect the sale to the Underwriters, including giving the name or names in which such Common Stock is to be issued and the denominations thereof, (iii) the delivery to or for the account of the Underwriters of such Common Stock against receipt by the Custodian of the purchase price to be paid therefor, (iv) the payment by the Custodian out of the proceeds of such sale of any expenses that are to be borne by the undersigned in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Common Stock and (v) the remittance to the undersigned of new certificates representing that number of shares of Common Stock, if any, that is in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock sold and to be sold at any subsequent Closing Date by the undersigned to the Underwriters;

(d) to retain legal counsel in connection with any and all matters referred to herein (which counsel may, but need not, be counsel for the Company or the Issuer);

(e) to execute and deliver any amendment to the Custody Agreement; provided, however, that no such amendment shall increase the percentage of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the undersigned above the Maximum Percentage of Shares specified below (including, if the Underwriters shall exercise their over-allotment option contained in the Underwriting Agreement, the Maximum Percentage of Optional Shares);

(f) to agree to the allocation of the expenses of the offering among the Company and the Selling Stockholders, including the undersigned;

(g) to endorse (in blank or otherwise) on behalf of the undersigned the certificate or certificates representing the Common Stock to be sold by the undersigned or the securities of the Company exchangeable therefor, or a stock power or powers with respect to such certificate or certificates;


(h) to make, acknowledge, verify and file on behalf of the undersigned applications, consents to service of process and such other documents, undertakings or reports as may be required by law with state commissioners or officers administering state securities laws; and

(i) to make, exchange, acknowledge and deliver all such other contracts, powers of attorney, orders, receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, letters and other writings, including communications to the Commission, and amendments to the Underwriting Agreement, and in general to do all things and to take all actions, that the Attorneys, or any one of them, in their or his or her sole discretion may consider in good faith necessary or proper in connection with or to carry out the aforesaid sale of Common Stock to the Underwriters and the public offering thereof, as fully as could the undersigned if personally present and acting.

2. This Power of Attorney and all authority conferred hereby are granted and conferred subject to the interests of the Underwriters and in consideration of those interests, and for the purpose of completing the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and this Power of Attorney. This Power of Attorney and all authority conferred hereby shall be irrevocable and shall not be terminated by the undersigned or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if the undersigned is an individual), by the death or incapacity of any trustee or executor or the termination of any trust or estate (if the undersigned is a trust or an estate), or by the dissolution or liquidation of any corporation or partnership (if the undersigned is a corporation or partnership), or by the occurrence of any other event. If any event described in the preceding sentence shall occur before the delivery of the Common Stock to be sold by the undersigned under the Underwriting Agreement, certificates for such Common Stock shall be delivered by or on behalf of the undersigned in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and the Custody Agreement, and all other actions required to be taken under the Underwriting Agreement and the Custody Agreement shall be taken, and action taken by the Attorneys, or any one of them, pursuant to this Power of Attorney shall be as valid as if such event had not occurred, whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys, or any one of them, shall have received notice of such event.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Underwriting Agreement shall not be entered into and the transactions contemplated thereby shall not be consummated prior to the 180th day after the date of this Power of Attorney, then from and after such date the undersigned shall have the power to revoke all authority hereby conferred by giving notice on or promptly after such date to each of the Attorneys, with a copy to the Custodian, that this Power of Attorney has been terminated; subject, however, to all lawful action done or performed by the Attorneys or any one of them, pursuant to this Power of Attorney prior to the actual receipt of such notice.

3. The undersigned ratifies all that the Attorneys, or any one of them, has done or shall do in good faith and pursuant to paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Power of Attorney.

4. The Attorneys shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or instruction respecting this Power of Attorney given to the Attorneys by the undersigned; provided, however, that the Attorneys shall not be entitled to act on any statement or notice to the Attorneys with respect to a Closing Date under the Underwriting Agreement, or with respect to the termination of the Underwriting Agreement, or advising that the Underwriting Agreement shall not have been executed and delivered, unless such statement or notice shall have been confirmed in writing to the Attorneys by Deutsche Bank.


5. The undersigned agrees to hold the Attorneys, jointly and severally, free and harmless from any and all loss, damage or liability that they, or either one of them, may sustain as a result of any action taken in good faith hereunder. It is understood that the Attorneys shall serve without compensation.

6. In acting hereunder, the Attorneys may rely on the representations, warranties and agreements of the undersigned made in the Custody Agreement.

7. This Power of Attorney shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

Date: January      , 2007   
   Print name(s)
Maximum Percentage of Shares of Common Stock to be sold to the Underwriters:   

 

   Signature(s)
                         % 2   

 

   Address
  

 

Including: Maximum Percentage of Optional Shares to be sold to Underwriters:   

 

                         % 3   

 


1

The stockholder should indicate the same percentage as set forth on the notice being sent by such stockholder to the Company.

2

The stockholder should indicate the same percentage as for “Maximum Percentage of Shares of Common Stock to be sold to the Underwriters.”


ANNEX I

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

Public Offering of Common Stock

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Attention: Susan Silber, Assistant Secretary

Dear Sirs:

There are delivered to you herewith two duly executed stock powers, in blank (with the signatures guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities dealer or broker, credit union, national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency, or savings institution that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association recognized program or by a Medallion Signature Guarantor) pursuant to which you may transfer up to the percentage shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), which will be the successor by merger to Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. (the “ Company ”), set forth opposite the signature of the undersigned at the end of this letter. The undersigned agrees to deliver to the Attorneys (as defined herein) or to you such additional documentation as the Attorneys, or any one of them, or the Company, the Issuer or Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. or you or any of their respective counsel may request to effectuate or confirm compliance with any of the provisions hereof, of the Company’s or the Issuer’s Certificate of Incorporation or of the Underwriting Agreement (as defined herein), all of the foregoing to be in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to the Attorneys and you. The certificates for Common Stock that will be received in exchange for securities of the Company are to be held by you as Custodian for the account of the undersigned and are to be disposed of by you in accordance with this Custody Agreement.

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Custody Agreement, the undersigned has executed and delivered an irrevocable power of attorney (“ Power of Attorney ”) to Messrs. Keith Olsen, George Pollock and Clayton Mynard or their duly designated substitutes (individually, an “ Attorney ” and collectively, the “ Attorneys ”), authorizing the Attorneys, or any one of them ( inter alia ), to sell from the number of shares of Common Stock represented by the certificates to be held in custody by you hereunder (which shares will be issued in exchange for securities of the Company), up to that percentage of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the signature of the undersigned at the end of this letter (including any Optional Shares (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement)), or such lesser percentage as the Attorneys, or any one of them, may determine, and for that purpose to enter into and perform an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), among the Company, certain stockholders of the Company including the undersigned (the “ Selling Stockholder ”), and certain underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) represented by Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“ Deutsche Bank ”) and Jefferies & Company, Inc. (collectively, the “ Representatives ”).

In addition, the undersigned has completed and signed the attached Substitute Form W-9.


You are authorized and directed (a) to hold the Common Stock to be issued to the undersigned in your custody and (b) on each closing date specified in the Underwriting Agreement at which the undersigned is selling any shares of Common Stock (each, a “ Closing Date ”) to take all necessary action (i) to cause the Common Stock to be transferred on the books of the Company into such names as the Attorneys, or any one of them, or Deutsche Bank shall have instructed you and to cancel the certificates representing such Common Stock and register such shares of Common Stock in such names and in such denominations as the Attorneys, or any one of them, or Deutsche Bank shall have instructed you, (ii) to deliver such new shares to Deutsche Bank for the account of the Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price for such Common Stock, and give receipt for such payment, (iii) to pay such expenses, including transfer taxes, as you may be instructed to pay by the Attorneys, or any one of them, and, if instructed by an Attorney to do so, remit to the undersigned the balance, after deducting such expenses, of the amount received by you as payment for such Common Stock, and (iv) to furnish to the undersigned a Form 1099 on or before the next following January 31. With such remittance you shall also deliver or cause to be delivered to the undersigned new certificates (which may bear appropriate legends) representing the number of shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for the securities of the Company held in custody hereunder (if any) that are in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock sold (and to be sold at any subsequent Closing Date) by the undersigned to the Underwriters.

If the Underwriting Agreement shall not be entered into and the transactions contemplated thereby shall not be consummated prior to the 180th day after the date of this Custody Agreement then, notwithstanding the terms of the third paragraph next below, upon the written request to you of the Attorneys, or any one of them, or the undersigned (accompanied in the latter case by written notice of termination of the Power of Attorney addressed to each of the Attorneys with a copy to you) on or promptly after that date, you are to return to the undersigned any certificates for Common Stock held in custody hereunder.

Under the terms of the Power of Attorney, the authority conferred thereby is granted, made and conferred subject to and in consideration of the interests of the Underwriters and, except as set forth in the preceding paragraph, is irrevocable and not subject to termination by the undersigned or by operation of law, and the obligations of the undersigned under the Underwriting Agreement are similarly not subject to termination and shall remain in full force and effect until such date. Accordingly, the certificates held in custody by you hereunder and this Custody Agreement and your authority hereunder are subject to the interests of the Underwriters, and this Custody Agreement and your authority hereunder are irrevocable and are not subject to termination, except as set forth in the preceding paragraph, by the undersigned or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if the undersigned is an individual), by the death or incapacity of any trustee or executor or the termination of any trust or estate (if the undersigned is a trust or an estate), or by the dissolution or liquidation of any corporation or partnership (if the undersigned is a corporation or partnership) or the occurrence of any other event. If any event referred to in the preceding sentence should occur before the delivery of the Common Stock to be sold by the undersigned under the Underwriting Agreement, certificates for such Common Stock shall, except as specifically provided in the Underwriting Agreement, be delivered by you on behalf of the undersigned in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and this Custody Agreement, and action taken by you pursuant to this Custody Agreement shall be as valid as if such event had not occurred, whether or not you or the Attorneys, or any one of them, shall have received notice of such event.

Until payment of the purchase price pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement has been made to the undersigned by or for the account of the Underwriters, the undersigned shall remain the owner of the Common Stock held in custody by you hereunder and


shall have the right to vote such Common Stock and all other Common Stock, if any, represented by the certificates held in custody by you hereunder and to receive any and all dividends and distributions thereon.

You shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or instruction respecting this Custody Agreement given to you by the Attorneys, or any one of them; provided, however, that you shall not be entitled to act on any statement or notice to you with respect to a Closing Date under the Underwriting Agreement, or with respect to the termination of the Underwriting Agreement, or advising that the Underwriting Agreement shall not have been executed and delivered, unless such statement or notice shall have been confirmed in writing to you by Deutsche Bank.

It is understood that you assume no responsibility or liability to any person other than to deal with the certificates deposited with you hereunder and to deliver to the undersigned a Form 1099 in accordance with the provisions of this Custody Agreement, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold you harmless with respect to anything done by you in good faith in accordance with the foregoing instructions.

The representations, warranties and agreements contained in the Underwriting Agreement are made for the benefit of, and may be relied upon by, the Attorneys, the Company, the Underwriters, the Custodian and the representatives, agents and counsel of each of the foregoing.

This Custody Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


Please acknowledge your acceptance hereof as Custodian, and receipt of the two stock powers delivered to you hereunder, by executing and returning to the undersigned the enclosed copy hereof.

 

Dated: January                          , 2007    Very truly yours,
  

 

   Print Name(s)
Maximum Percentage of Shares of Common Stock to be sold to the Underwriters:   

 

   Signature(s)
                     % 4   
Including: Maximum Number of Optional Shares to be sold to Underwriters:   
                     % 5   
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 


4 The stockholder should indicate the same percentage as set forth on the notice being sent by such stockholder to the Company.
5 The stockholder should indicate the same percentage as for “Maximum Percentage of Shares of Common Stock to be sold to the Underwriters.”


PAYOR’S NAME: [ Name of Custodian ]

 

SUBSTITUTE

 

Form W-9

 

Department of the

Treasury Internal

Revenue Service

 

Payor’s Request for Taxpayer

Identification Number (“TIN”)

and Certification

   Part 1 – Taxpayer Identification Number – For all accounts, enter your taxpayer identification number in the box at right. (For most individuals, this is your social security number.) Certify by signing and dating below.   

 

 

Social Security Number

 

OR

 

 

Employer Identification Number                   

 

Awaiting TIN   ¨

   Part 2 – For Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding, see the enclosed Guidelines and complete as instructed therein.
 

CERTIFICATION — Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

(1)    The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

(2)    I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

 

CERTIFICATE INSTRUCTIONS — You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding, you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).

   
Print name  

 

       
   
Print address  

 

       
   
   

 

       
   
Signature  

 

                                Date   

 

                    
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 30% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU MARKED “AWAITING TIN” IN THE SPACE PROVIDED FOR THE TIN IN PART 1 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

 

 
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office of (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 30% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld and retained until I provide a tax identification number to the payor and that, if I do not provide my taxpayer identification number within sixty (60) days, such retained amounts will be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding.

   

 

  

 

Signature    Date
   

 

    
Name (Please Print)     


EXHIBIT B

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

[ · ], 200[ · ]

S WITCH  & D ATA F ACILITIES C OMPANY , I NC .

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, FL 33607

D EUTSCHE B ANK S ECURITIES I NC .

J EFFERIES  & C OMPANY , I NC .

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street, 4th Floor

New York, NY 10005

Dear Sirs:

As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement, pursuant to which an offering will be made that is intended to result in the establishment of a public market for the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Securities ”), of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. (the “ Joint Lead Managers ”). In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Joint Lead Managers, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities.

The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus (the “ Final Prospectus ”) used to sell the Securities (the “ Public Offering Date ”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, to which the Company expects to become a party, except that, in the event that the undersigned becomes party to the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned may sell shares of the Company’s Securities pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement. However, in the event that either (i) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Joint Lead Managers waive, in writing, such extension.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that written notice of any extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the previous paragraph will be delivered by the Joint Lead Managers to the Company (in accordance with Section 12 of the Underwriting Agreement) and that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned. The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this


Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless the Company promptly confirms in writing that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired. In addition, after the 34th day following the expiration of the Lock-Up period (as it may have been extended), the Company undertakes to promptly notify the undersigned that such Lock-Up period has expired.

Any Securities received upon the exercise of options or upon conversion or exchange of any other security will also be subject to this Agreement, provided that nothing contained herein shall limit or restrict the ability of the undersigned to exercise any such options or to convert or exchange any such security into Securities. Any Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market will not be subject to this Agreement. A transfer of Securities to a family member or trust may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period).

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Agreement shall lapse and become null and void (i) if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before March 31, 2007 or (ii) upon written notice from an authorized officer of the Company to the Joint Lead Managers that the Company has determined not to pursue or consummate the public offering of the Securities described herein. In addition, in the event that the undersigned becomes party to the Underwriting Agreement, this Agreement shall lapse and be superseded by the Underwriting Agreement. This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

Delivery of an executed signature page to this letter by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed signature page of this letter.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “Agreement”) entered into this 24 th day of January, 2007, by and between Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), and Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Subsidiary” and together with the Parent, the “Constituent Corporations”).

BACKGROUND

The authorized capital stock of the Parent consists of: (i) 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Common Stock”), 42,295,257 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (ii) 65,217,392 shares of Series B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series B Common Stock”), 65,217,392 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (iii) 1,141,287 shares of Series A Special Junior Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series A Special Junior Stock”), 706,258 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (iv) 366,077 shares of Series B Special Junior Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series B Special Junior Stock”), 265,033 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (v) 4,000,000 shares of Series C Special Junior Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series C Special Junior Stock”), 219,812 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (vi) 22,099,974 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock”), 22,099,974 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (vii) 32,608,696 shares of Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock”), 32,608,696 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (viii) 325,000 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock”), 325,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (ix) 3,250,000 shares of Series D-2 Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock,” and together with the Parent Common Stock, the Parent Series B Common Stock, the Parent Series A Special Junior Stock, the Parent Series B Special Junior Stock, the Parent Series C Special Junior Stock, the Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, the Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock, collectively, the “Parent Capital Stock”), 215,335 shares of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;

The authorized capital stock of the Subsidiary consists of: (i) 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Subsidiary Common Stock”), 100 shares of which are issued and outstanding and held by the Parent as of the date of this Agreement; and (ii) 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, none of which are issued and outstanding on the date of this Agreement. The Subsidiary is a new corporation formed expressly for the purpose of consummating the transactions described in this Agreement. The Subsidiary has not engaged in any business operations and has no material assets or liabilities.


The parties deem it advisable and in the best interests of the Constituent Corporations and their stockholders that the Parent be merged with and into the Subsidiary (the “Merger”) in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) and desire to state in this Agreement the method of effectuating the Merger and certain other details and provisions of the Merger.

The respective boards of directors of the Constituent Corporations have reviewed the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, by resolutions duly adopted, have authorized, approved and adopted this Agreement. The stockholders of the Parent will approve and adopt this Agreement by written consent without a meeting. The Parent, as the sole stockholder of the Subsidiary, will approve and adopt this Agreement by written consent without a meeting.

For U.S. Federal income tax purposes it is intended that the Merger will be a reorganization that is defined in Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), and the exchange of shares described in Section 6 below will be treated as a separate reorganization that is defined in Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

TERMS

1. Constituent Corporations and Merger . On the Effective Time, as defined in Section 3 below, the Parent shall be merged with and into the Subsidiary and the Subsidiary shall be the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”).

 

2. Surviving Corporation .

(a) The name by which the Surviving Corporation shall be known is: Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

(b) The corporate purposes of the Surviving Corporation shall be the purposes set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Subsidiary.

(c) The Certificate of Incorporation of the Subsidiary shall be amended at the Effective Time to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Subsidiary, as so amended, will be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and will remain in effect until changed or amended as provided in such Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law.

(d) The By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation shall be the By-Laws of the Subsidiary.

(e) The officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be those of the Subsidiary immediately prior to the Effective Time.


3. Effective Time . Simultaneously with or immediately prior to the closing of an initial public offering of shares of the Subsidiary Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or such earlier time as the Boards of Directors of the Parent and the Subsidiary shall approve, a Certificate of Merger shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DGCL. The Merger shall become effective when the Certificate of Merger is filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or such time as the parties shall agree and as specified in the Certificate of Merger (the “Effective Time”).

4. Effect of Merger . From and after the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in Section 259 of the DGCL, including the following: (i) the separate corporate existence of the Parent shall cease and all of its assets, property, rights and powers as well as all debts due it and all choses in action belonging to it shall be transferred to and vested in the Subsidiary as the Surviving Corporation without further act or deed; (ii) the Subsidiary as the Surviving Corporation shall continue in existence and retain all of its assets, property, leasehold interests, rights and powers as well as all debts due to it and all choses in action belonging to it without impairment; and further, the rights of creditors of the Parent, lessors of property leased by the Parent and parties contracting with the Parent shall not in any manner be impaired by the Merger, and the Subsidiary as the Surviving Corporation shall remain liable for all of its liabilities and obligations existing prior to the Effective Time and shall be deemed to have assumed the obligations of the Parent existing prior to the Effective Time to the same extent as if the Subsidiary had itself incurred such obligations; and further the aggregate amount of the net assets of the parties which was available for the payment of dividends immediately prior to the Merger shall continue to be available for the payment of dividends by the Surviving Corporation.

5. Further Assurance . If at any time the Parent shall consider or be advised that any acknowledgments or further assurances or assignments in law or other similar actions are necessary or desirable to acknowledge, confirm, vest or perfect in and to the Surviving Corporation any rights, title or interests of the Parent, or otherwise to carry out the provisions of this Agreement, the Parent and its respective officers and directors shall and will execute and deliver any and all such acknowledgements, assurances or assignments in law, and do all things necessary or proper to acknowledge, confirm, vest or perfect such rights, title or interests in the Surviving Corporation, and to otherwise carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6. Exchange of Shares .

(a) At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger, and without any action on the part of any party or the holder of any of their securities: (i) each share of Parent Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Common Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B , (ii) each share of Parent Series B Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series B Common Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of


Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B, (iii) each share of Parent Series A Special Junior Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series A Special Junior Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B, (iv) each share of Parent Series B Special Junior Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series B Special Junior Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B, (v) each share of Parent Series C Special Junior Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series C Special Junior Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B, (vi) each share of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B, (vii) each share of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B, (viii) each share of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B, (ix) each share of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock described in Section 6(c) and Appraisal Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock determined pursuant to the Calculation Method set forth on Exhibit B.

(b) From and after the Effective Time, each certificate previously representing shares of issued and outstanding the Parent Capital Stock shall, upon surrender to the Surviving Corporation, entitle the holder to receive in exchange therefor a certificate or certificates (or no certificates) representing the number of shares of the Subsidiary Common Stock such holder is entitled to receive in accordance with the paragraphs (a) above and (d) below. No holder of the Parent Capital Stock shall be entitled to receive shares of the Subsidiary Common Stock in accordance with paragraphs (a) above and (d) below, until the holder of the Parent Capital Stock surrenders the certificate or certificates representing the Parent Capital Stock.

(c) Each share, if any, of capital stock held in the Parent’s treasury at the Effective Time shall automatically be canceled and retired and will cease to exist.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no fractional shares of Subsidiary Common Stock will be issued in the Merger and a fractional share interest will not entitle the owner thereof to vote or to any rights of a stockholder of the


Surviving Corporation. In lieu of each such fractional share interest, the holders of Parent Capital Stock will each be entitled to receive an additional fractional share of Subsidiary Common Stock, such that the holder shall receive a whole share.

(e) At the Effective Time, all of the presently issued and outstanding shares of the Subsidiary Common Stock shall cease to exist and be cancelled, and no consideration shall be payable in exchange therefor.

(f) Each option or other right to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of the Parent Capital Stock granted pursuant to the Parent’s stock option plans and programs and outstanding immediately before the Effective Time will convert into an equivalent option or right to acquire shares of the Subsidiary Common Stock pursuant to the Subsidiary’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Parent stock option or right to purchase. The parties will take all action necessary to implement the provisions of this paragraph 6(f), including, without limitation, to amend or terminate, any agreement or plan providing an option or other right to acquire shares of the Parent Capital Stock, to ensure that after giving effect to the foregoing no such option or right will be exercisable for the Parent Capital Stock following the Effective Time, but rather, will become an option or other right to acquire shares of the Subsidiary Common Stock pursuant to the Subsidiary’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. The implementation of the provisions of this paragraph 6(f) shall be made in accordance with applicable law, including without limitation the applicable provisions of Sections 424 and 409A of the Code.

7. Appraisal Rights . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, but only to the extent required by the DGCL and only to the extent holders of Parent Capital Stock have not waived their rights to an appraisal under the Parent’s Fourth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement, as amended to date, shares of Parent Capital Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that are held by any record holder who complies with all the provisions of the DGCL concerning the right of holders of Parent Capital Stock to an appraisal of their shares pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL (the “Appraisal Shares”) shall not be converted into the right to receive the merger consideration payable pursuant to Section 6(a), but instead at the Effective Time shall become the right to payment of the fair value of such shares as may be determined pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL; provided, however, that (i) if any such holder of Appraisal Shares shall subsequently deliver a written withdrawal of his, her or its demand for appraisal (with the written approval of the Surviving Corporation, if such withdrawal is not tendered within 60 days after the Effective Time), or (ii) if any such holder of Appraisal Shares fails to establish and perfect his, her or its entitlement to appraisal rights as provided by applicable law, or (iii) if within 120 days of the Effective Time neither any such holder of Appraisal Shares nor the Surviving Corporation has filed a petition demanding a determination of the value of all shares of Parent Capital Stock outstanding at the Effective Time and held by such holder of Appraisal Shares in accordance with applicable law, then such holder or holders, as the case may be, shall forfeit the right to appraisal of such shares and such shares shall thereupon be deemed to be subject to the provisions of Section 6 above.


8. Conditions to the Merger . The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver, prior to the Effective Time, of the following conditions:

(a) the Parent shall have obtained approval to consummate the Merger from holders representing: (i) at least 87% of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, (ii) at least 75% of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, (iii) at least 75% of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, and (iv) at least 73% of the Combined Voting Class (as defined in the Parent’s Certificate of Incorporation);

(b) no statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or other order has been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court or governmental authority that is in effect and has the effect of prohibiting the consummation of the Merger;

(c) all approvals and consents necessary or desirable, if any, in connection with consummation of the Merger have been obtained;

(d) the Securities and Exchange Commission has declared the effectiveness of a registration statement on Form S-1 for an initial public offering of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock; and

(e) the Subsidiary has completed the pricing of the offering of Subsidiary Common Stock to be sold in an initial public offering.

9. Abandonment . This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger abandoned by the mutual consent of the Boards of Directors of the Parent and the Subsidiary at any time prior to the filing date with the Delaware Secretary of State, whether or not at the time of such termination and abandonment this Agreement has been adopted by the stockholders of the Parent.

10. Amendment; Waiver . At any time before the Effective Time, the Parent and the Subsidiary may, to the extent permitted by the DGCL and at any time before or after approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of Parent and Subsidiary, by written agreement amend, modify or supplement any provision of this Agreement, provided however, that after any approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of Parent or Subsidiary, there may not be, without further approval of such stockholders, any amendment of this Agreement that requires such further approval under applicable law.

11. Entire Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation under this Agreement may be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other parties.


12. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of Delaware regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

13. Parties in Interest . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same agreement, and will become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized officers to execute this Agreement and Plan of Merger effective as of the date first above written.

 

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Keith Olsen

  Keith Olsen, Chief Executive Officer and President
SWITCH AND DATA, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Keith Olsen

  Keith Olsen, Chief Executive Officer and President


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

I.

The name of this Corporation is Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

II.

The address, including street, number, city and county, of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The nature of the business and of the purposes to be conducted and promoted by this Corporation are to conduct any lawful business, to promote any lawful purpose, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

IV.

The total number of shares of stock which this Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred twenty-five million (225,000,000) shares, of which twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.0001 per share shall be Preferred Stock and two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.0001 per share shall be Common Stock.

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of this Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any of the then outstanding Preferred Stock. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of this Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of this Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.


B. PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors of this Corporation is hereby expressly granted the authority by resolution or resolutions to establish and issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series with such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, including without limitation dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences, and with such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment and issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors.

V.

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the By-Laws.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of this Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of this Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that;

A. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. Power, Number, Classes and Terms of the Directors . The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of this Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall initially be six (6). The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors which in no event shall be less than one, shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and not inconsistent with this Certificate. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the following individuals:


CLASS I DIRECTORS

William K. Luby

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Kathleen Earley

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

CLASS II DIRECTORS

George B. Kelly

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Arthur Matin

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

CLASS III DIRECTORS

Keith Olsen

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

M. Alex White

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2. Removal of Directors. Neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of this Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

3. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by stockholders. Directors elected to fill a


newly created directorship or other vacancies shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor has been elected and has qualified.

4. Written Ballot Not Required . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of this Corporation shall otherwise provide.

5. Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of this Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the By-Laws of this Corporation.

VII.

To the fullest extent that the DGCL, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit a corporation to further eliminate or limit the liability of a director of a corporation, then the liability of a director of this Corporation, in addition to the circumstances in which a director is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall, without further action of the directors or stockholders, be further eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as amended. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate or the By-Laws of this Corporation inconsistent with this Article shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.

VIII.

This Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, or by any successor thereto, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. This Corporation shall advance expenses to the fullest extent permitted by said section. Such right to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit a corporation to provide for indemnification rights broader than those provided by this Article, then the persons referred to in this Article shall be indemnified and held harmless by this Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate or the By-Laws of this Corporation inconsistent with this Article shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.


EXHIBIT B

TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES OF SUBSIDIARY COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED

TO PARENT’S STOCKHOLDERS

* With such additional number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock as may be required to comply with paragraph 6(d) of the Agreement, in order to eliminate fractional shares.

As a result of the Merger, all classes of the Parent’s capital stock will be exchanged for the Subsidiary Common Stock with the Parent’s securityholders receiving the portion of the Subsidiary Common Stock that would have been distributed to such securityholders if the Parent’s only asset was the Subsidiary Common Stock and the Parent distributed the shares of the Subsidiary Common Stock in the same manner that distributions would have been made in a complete liquidation of the Parent, taking into account the various rights, preferences and designations governing the Parent’s capital stock. Because of the rights, preferences and designations of certain shares of the Parent’s capital stock, certain securityholders of the Parent, in particular, holders of the Parent’s Common Stock, Series B Common Stock, and each class of Special Junior Stock, will not receive any of the Subsidiary Common Stock (or any other consideration) in the Merger.

The calculations for the above described conversion of each class of the Parent’s capital stock into the Subsidiary Common Stock will be based on the equity value of the Parent (the “Equity Value”), which shall be the equity value underlying the price per share offered to the public in the initial public offering of the shares of Subsidiary Common Stock (the “IPO Price”). For purposes of these calculations, the options that when exercised will yield Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock to the exercising options holder (collectively, the “D-2 Options”) will all be treated as if they have been exercised prior to the Merger and the number of shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of the D-2 Options (collectively, the “D-2 Option Shares”) will be deemed to be issued and outstanding.

Below is a narrative description of the allocation of the Subsidiary Common Stock among each class of the Parent’s capital stock that will result from the Merger, followed by a numerical example of such allocation.

I. DISTRIBUTION TO HOLDERS OF PARENT SERIES D REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK .

Pursuant to the Certificate of Designations for this class of stock, upon a liquidation of the Parent, an amount equal to the “Liquidation Value” (as defined in such Certificate of Designations) must be paid to the holders of such shares prior to any payment to any other class of the Parent’s capital stock.

No shares of Parent Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock are outstanding at the time of the Merger.


II. DISTRIBUTION OF THE “SERIES C INTERIM PREFERENCE AMOUNT” TO THE HOLDERS OF PARENT SERIES C REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK .

Upon a liquidation of the Parent, after the distribution to the holders of Parent Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock, if any, the amount of $16 million minus any cash dividends, distributions or other payments (the “Series C Interim Preference Amount”) must be paid to the holders of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock prior to any payment to any other class of the Parent’s capital stock.

The required distribution of the Series C Interim Preference Amount has already been satisfied.

III. DISTRIBUTIONS TO THE HOLDERS OF THE PARENT’S CAPITAL STOCK .

The total value of the amount of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock distributable as a result of the Merger is the “Distributable Amount”. The “Remaining Distributable Amount” is equal to the Distributable Amount minus those required distributions discussed above, if any. For purposes of the Merger, therefore, the Remaining Distributable Amount and the Distributable Amount are equal.

A. Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock and D-2 Option Shares .

The value of the total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock distributable to the class of holders of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock is equal to the “Parent Series D-2 Percentage” multiplied by the Remaining Distributable Amount. This total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock that is distributable to the holders of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock will be allocated among the holders of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock held by each.

Similarly, the value of the total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock allocable to the D-2 Options is equal to the “D-2 Option Percentage” multiplied by the Remaining Distributable Amount. This total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock that is allocable to the holders of D-2 Options will be allocated among the holders of D-2 Options on a pro rata basis according to the number of D-2 Option Shares of each.

Series D-2 Percentage equals a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (a) the numerator of which equals the sum of the outstanding shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock plus the D-2 Option Shares divided by ten, and (b) the denominator of which equals (i) the amount of the numerator calculated in (a) above plus (ii) the product of the “D-2 Equivalent Factor” multiplied by the number of outstanding shares of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock. The D-2 Equivalent Factor equals the Issue Price ($0.01 per share) divided by the Benchmark Price. The Benchmark Price is equal to $0.01 per share, subject to certain possible adjustments. None of these adjustments, however, are applicable to either the Parent Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock or to the D-2 Option Shares. Therefore, for purposes of the calculations related to the Merger, the Benchmark Price equals $0.01 per share and the D-2 Equivalent equals one.


Parent Series D-2 Percentage equals the Series D-2 Percentage multiplied by a fraction, (a) the numerator of which equals the number of shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock, and (b) the denominator of which equals the sum of the shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock plus the D-2 Option Shares.

D-2 Option Percentage equals the Series D-2 Percentage multiplied by the fraction of (a) the numerator of which equals the number of D-2 Option Shares, and (b) the denominator of which equals the sum of the shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock plus the D-2 Option Shares.

B. Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock .

The value of the total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock distributable to the class of holders of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock is equal to the “Series D-1 Percentage” multiplied by the Remaining Distributable Amount. This total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock that is distributable to the holders of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock is then allocated among the holders of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock held by each.

Series D-1 Percentage equals (i) 65% multiplied by (ii) the difference between 100% and the Series D-2 Percentage.

C. Prior Junior Securities .

The “Prior Junior Securities” consist of the following classes of Parent capital stock: (i) Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock, (ii) Parent Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) Parent Common Stock, (iv) Parent Series B Common Stock, (v) Parent Series A Special Junior Stock, (vi) Parent Series B Special Junior Stock, and (vii) Parent Series C Special Junior Stock.

The value of the total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock distributable to the holders of Prior Junior Securities is equal to the “Prior Junior Securities Percentage” multiplied by the Remaining Distributable Amount. This total number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock that is distributable to the holders of Prior Junior Securities is then allocated among the holders of Prior Junior Securities based on the priorities, preferences and restrictions in the Certificate of Incorporation and the various Certificates of Designations governing the various classes or series of Prior Junior Securities.

Prior Junior Securities Percentage equals 100% minus the Series D-1 Percentage minus the Series D-2 Percentage.

1. Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock .

The Prior Junior Securities Percentage of the Remaining Distributable Amount shall be distributed to the holders of the Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock until such holders have received an amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Preference Amount. The Liquidation Preference Amount for each outstanding share of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock equals


(a) $0.46 multiplied by three, plus (b) the aggregate of all accumulated but unpaid dividends (which accumulate at a rate of 12.5% per annum of the Issue Price, which is equal to $0.46 per share for purposes of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock).

As a result of the Parent’s distribution to the holders of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock in October 2006, a total of $38,072,045 remains to be paid to the holders of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock in order to satisfy part (a) of the definition of Liquidation Preference Amount discussed above, and $2,569,642 in accumulated unpaid dividends must be paid to the holders of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock in order to satisfy part (b). Dividends on the entire class of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock accumulate at a rate of $6,017 per day, and will continue to accumulate until the Merger is consummated.

2. Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock .

The value of the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock distributable to the holders of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock equals the greater of (i) the Liquidation Preference Amount for each share of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or (ii) the amount each holder of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would receive if all of the outstanding shares of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Parent Common Stock.

The Liquidation Preference Amount for each outstanding share of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock equals $4.90 per share plus the aggregate accumulated unpaid dividends (which accumulate at a rate of 8.0% per annum of $4.90 per share).

Each share of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to $4.90 per share divided by the Conversion Price ($2.18, subject to adjustments). Since, as discussed below, holders of Parent Common Stock will not receive any shares of Subsidiary Common Stock in the Merger, this deemed conversion of shares of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Parent Common Stock will not occur.

3. Parent Common Stock, Parent Series B Common, Parent Series A Special Junior Stock, Parent Series B Special Junior Stock and Parent Series C Special Junior Stock .

Any remaining shares of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed among these remaining five classes shall be distributed among the classes based on the number of shares of Parent Common Stock in such class or the number of shares of Parent Common Stock into which the shares of such class are convertible.

Shares of each of Parent Series B Common Stock, Parent Series A Special Junior Stock, Parent Series B Special Junior Stock and Parent Series C Special Junior Stock are convertible into shares of Parent Common Stock based on mathematical formulas set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and the applicable Certificates of Designations.


As a result of the expected Equity Value, none of these classes will receive any Subsidiary Common Stock in the Merger.

EXAMPLE

Below is an example to illustrate the conversion of each of the classes of Parent stock into Subsidiary Common Stock as a result of the Merger.

Assumptions

1. No shares of Parent Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding at the time of the Merger.

2. Prior to the Merger, the Parent distributed an amount to the holders of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock that was sufficient to satisfy the full amount of the Series C Interim Preference Amount.

3. The Equity Value equals $392,292,861.

4. The Subsidiary has 26,152,857 shares of common stock, at an IPO Price of $15 per share, to issue to holders of Parent stock and allocate to D-2 Options.

5. The number of shares of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock outstanding equals 325,000.

6. The number of shares of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock outstanding equals 215,335.

7. The number of D-2 Option Shares equals 190,883.

8. The number of shares of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock outstanding equals 32,608,696.

9. The number of shares of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding equals 22,099,974.

10. The amount necessary to satisfy part (a) of the Liquidation Preference Amount for Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock equals $38,072,045.

11. The amount of accumulated dividends attributable to the Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock equals $2,569,642.


Calculation

Series D-2 Percentage equals (a) 406,218 divided by ten; divided by (b) the amount calculated in (a) above plus 1 multiplied by 325,000. This percentage equals 11.11%. The Parent Series D-2 Percentage equals 11.11% multiplied by the fraction of 215,335 over 406,218, or 5.89%. The D-2 Option Percentage equals 11.11% multiplied by the fraction of 190,883 over 406,218, or 5.22%.

The value of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock equals 5.89% of the Equity Value, or $23,104,307. The number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock, at $15 per share, equals 1,540,287.

The value of Subsidiary Common Stock to be allocated to the class of D-2 Options equals 5.22% of the Equity Value, or $20,480,737. The number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock to be allocated to the class of D-2 Options, at $15 per share, equals 1,365,382.

Series D-1 Percentage equals 65% multiplied by (100%—11.11%). This percentage is 57.78%. The value of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock equals 57.78% of the Equity Value, or $226,660,081. The number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock, at $15 per share, equals 15,110,672.

Prior Junior Securities Percentage equals 100% minus 57.78% minus 11.11%, which equals 31.11%. The value of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Prior Junior Securities equals 31.11% of the Equity Value, or $122,047,736. The number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Prior Junior Securities, at $15 per share, equals 8,136,516.

The amount necessary to satisfy part (a) of the Liquidation Preference Amount for Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock equals $38,072,045. In addition, the value of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock in order to satisfy the amount of accumulated but unpaid dividends equals $2,569,642. The total value of Subsidiary Common Stock to be distributed to the class of Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock equals $40,641,687, and the total number shares equals 2,709,446.

The Liquidation Preference Amount for each share of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock equals $4.90 per share. This amount multiplied by the 22,099,974 shares of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding equals an aggregate Liquidation Preference Amount of $108,289,872. The value of Subsidiary Common Stock distributed to the class of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, however, is limited to the number of shares of Subsidiary Common Stock remaining to be distributed. Thus, a value of $81,406,049, or 5,427,070 shares, of Subsidiary Common Stock will be distributed to the class of Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.


After the above distributions of Subsidiary Common Stock to Parent Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Parent Series D-2 Preferred Stock, Parent Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock and Parent Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, no shares of Subsidiary Common Stock remain to be distributed to any of the other remaining classes of Prior Junior Securities.

Exhibit 3.1

FORM OF

AMENDED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

I.

The name of this Corporation is Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

II.

The address, including street, number, city and county, of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The nature of the business and of the purposes to be conducted and promoted by this Corporation are to conduct any lawful business, to promote any lawful purpose, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

IV.

The total number of shares of stock which this Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred twenty-five million (225,000,000) shares, of which twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.0001 per share shall be Preferred Stock and two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.0001 per share shall be Common Stock.

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of this Corporation.

 

  A. COMMON STOCK

The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any of the then outstanding Preferred Stock. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of this Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of this


Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

  B. PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors of this Corporation is hereby expressly granted the authority by resolution or resolutions to establish and issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series with such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, including without limitation dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences, and with such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment and issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors.

V.

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the By-Laws.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of this Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of this Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that;

 

  A. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. Power, Number, Classes and Terms of the Directors . The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of this Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall initially be six (6). The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors which in no event shall be less than one, shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and not inconsistent with this Certificate. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the following individuals:

CLASS I DIRECTORS

William K. Luby

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Kathleen Earley

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607


CLASS II DIRECTORS

George B. Kelly

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Arthur Matin

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

CLASS III DIRECTORS

Keith Olsen

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

M. Alex White

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2. Removal of Directors. Neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of this Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

3. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancie s. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by stockholders. Directors elected to fill a newly created directorship or other vacancies shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor has been elected and has qualified.


4. Written Ballot Not Required . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of this Corporation shall otherwise provide.

5. Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of this Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the By-Laws of this Corporation.

VII.

To the fullest extent that the DGCL, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit a corporation to further eliminate or limit the liability of a director of a corporation, then the liability of a director of this Corporation, in addition to the circumstances in which a director is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall, without further action of the directors or stockholders, be further eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as amended. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate or the By-Laws of this Corporation inconsistent with this Article shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.

VIII.

This Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, or by any successor thereto, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. This Corporation shall advance expenses to the fullest extent permitted by said section. Such right to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit a corporation to provide for indemnification rights broader than those provided by this Article, then the persons referred to in this Article shall be indemnified and held harmless by this Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate or the By-Laws of this Corporation inconsistent with this Article shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.

Exhibit 3.2

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the Corporation within the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may also have an office or offices other than said registered office at such place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at any such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver thereof.

SECTION 2. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver thereof. At such annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect, by a plurality vote, a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

SECTION 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of stockholders, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or the President or Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, written notice of each annual and special meeting of stockholders stating the date, place, if any, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice (or any supplement or amendment thereto). Notice shall be given personally or by mail and, if by mail, shall be sent in a postage prepaid envelope, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any person who attends such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting in person or by proxy for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or


who, either before or after the meeting, shall submit a signed written waiver, in person or by proxy, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, an annual or special meeting of stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission.

SECTION 5. QUORUM, ADJOURNMENTS. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented by proxy at any meeting of stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or, if after adjournment a new record date is set, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 6. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or, in his absence or if one shall not have been elected, the Chief Executive Officer shall act as Chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his absence or inability to act, the person whom the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

SECTION 7. ORDER OF BUSINESS; CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the Chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such Chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the Chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting of stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the Chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

SECTION 8. VOTING. Except as otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one vote for each share of capital stock of the Corporation standing in his name on the record of stockholders of the Corporation: (a) on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 7 of Article V of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of the stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or (b) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice thereof shall be given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of


business on the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a proxy, signed by such stockholder or his attorney-in-fact, or by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission permitted by law to be filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Any such proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of the meeting at or prior to the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, present in person or represented by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Unless required by statute, or determined by the Chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question, including the election of directors, need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted. Such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder.

SECTION 9. INSPECTORS. The Board of Directors may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If any of the inspectors so appointed shall fail to appear or act, the Chairman of the meeting shall, or if inspectors shall not have been appointed, the Chairman of the meeting may, appoint one or more inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the Chairman of the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.

SECTION 10. STOCK LIST. A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. This list need not include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of any meeting as provided by law. This list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this Section 10 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.


SECTION 11. ACTION BY CONSENT. Whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, by any provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action taken without such meeting and vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section 11. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 11 to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

SECTION 12. ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS FOR ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 12 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than 120 or more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting. For purposes of this Section 12 and Section 13, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director


(i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (which may include meeting to discuss the information) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman of the Board shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

SECTION 13. ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS FOR BUSINESS TO BE TRANSACTED AT ANNUAL MEETING. No business may be transacted at any annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement or amendment thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 13 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 13. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 120 or more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) the nature of the proposed business with reasonable particularity, including the exact text of any proposal to be presented for adoption and any supporting statement, which proposal and supporting statement shall not in the aggregate exceed 500 words, and such stockholder’s reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all


arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting. No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 13. If the Chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman of the Board shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 2. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as shall be specified in the notice of any such meeting.

SECTION 3. ANNUAL MEETING. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such other time or place (within or without the State of Delaware) as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 6 of this Article III.

SECTION 4. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

SECTION 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or by two or more directors of the Corporation or by the President or Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 6. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors (and of each regular meeting for which notice shall be required) shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 6, in which notice shall be stated the time and place of the meeting. Except as otherwise required by these By-Laws, such notice need not state the purposes of such meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, by first class mail, at least two days before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent addressed to him at such place by telegraph, cable, telex, telecopier or other similar means, or be delivered to him personally or be given to him by telephone or other similar means, at least twenty-four hours before the time at which such meeting is to be held, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of


notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when he shall attend for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 7. QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. A majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and, except as otherwise expressly required by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of the time and place of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to all of the directors unless such time and place were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken, in which case such notice shall only be given to the directors who were not present thereat. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. The directors shall act only as a Board and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

SECTION 8. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or if one shall not have been elected, the Chief Executive Officer (or, in his absence, another director chosen by a majority of the directors present) shall act as Chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary or, in his absence, any person appointed by the Chairman of the Board shall act as Secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

SECTION 9. RESIGNATIONS. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice of his resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 10. COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

SECTION 11. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including, without limitation, an executive committee, audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 12. ACTION BY CONSENT. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.


SECTION 13. TELEPHONIC MEETING. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference, telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice-Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer. If the Board of Directors wishes, it may also elect as an officer of the Corporation a Chairman of the Board (who must be a director) and may elect other officers (including one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries) as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, and no officer except the Chairman of the Board need be a director. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

SECTION 2. RESIGNATIONS. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 3. REMOVAL. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof.

SECTION 4. THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation. He shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or if a Chairman of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

SECTION 5. PRESIDENT. The President, subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, shall supervise the administration of the business and affairs of the Corporation, may sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 6. VICE-PRESIDENT. Each Vice-President shall perform all such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. At the request of the Chief Executive Officer or in his absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice-Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then the Vice-Presidents in the order of their election),


shall perform the duties of the President, and, when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to the restrictions placed upon the President in respect of the performance of such duties.

SECTION 7. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

SECTION 8. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

SECTION 9. OFFICERS’ BONDS OR OTHER SECURITY. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

SECTION 10. COMPENSATION. The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

STOCK CERTIFICATES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 1. STOCK CERTIFICATES. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class and delivers certificates representing such shares, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restriction of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

SECTION 2. FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has


been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

SECTION 3. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

SECTION 4. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its records; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. Whenever any transfer of stock shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee request the Corporation to do so.

SECTION 5. TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

SECTION 6. REGULATIONS. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

SECTION 7. FIXING THE RECORD DATE. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting including by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission as permitted by law, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is


required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Article II, Section 11 hereof. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by written consent of the stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

SECTION 8. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

SECTION 1. GENERAL. Any person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including employee benefit plans) (hereinafter an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification than permitted prior thereto), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of the proceeding, whether by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 2. DERIVATIVE ACTIONS. Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including employee benefit plans) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification than permitted prior thereto), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court in which such suit or action was brought, shall determine,


upon application, that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

SECTION 3. PROCEDURE. Any indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such Sections 1 and 2. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders. The entitlement of the Indemnitee to indemnification shall be determined with respect to any person who is not a director or officer at the time of such determination by any means reasonably determined by the Corporation.

SECTION 4. ADVANCES FOR EXPENSES. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending a Proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VI. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

SECTION 5. RIGHTS NOT-EXCLUSIVE. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

SECTION 6. INSURANCE. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

SECTION 7. DEFINITION OF CORPORATION. For the purposes of this Article VI, references to “the Corporation” include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such a constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would if he had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.

SECTION 8. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS. For the purpose of this Article VI, references to “other enterprises” include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee


benefit plan will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VI.

SECTION 9. SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. No amendment, alteration, rescission or replacement of these By-Laws or any provision hereof shall be effective as to such person with respect to any action taken or omitted by such person in his position with the Corporation or any other entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation prior to such amendment, alteration, rescission or replacement.

SECTION 10. SAVINGS CLAUSE. If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each person entitled to indemnification under the first paragraph of this Article VI as to all losses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification is available to such person pursuant to this Article VI to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1. DIVIDENDS. Subject to the provisions of statute and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 2. RESERVES. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which it was created.

SECTION 3. SEAL. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and once fixed, may thereafter be changed, by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5. CHECKS, NOTES, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

SECTION 6. EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS, DEEDS, ETC. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 7. VOTING OF STOCK IN OTHER CORPORATIONS. The Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President or any other office authorized by the Board of Directors, from time to time, may (or may appoint one or more attorneys or agents to) cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose shares or securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation. In the event one or more attorneys or agents are appointed, such


officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent. Such officers may, or may instruct the attorneys or agents appointed to, execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the circumstances.

SECTION 8. FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

SECTION 9. RELIANCE UPON BOOKS, REPORTS AND RECORDS. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

SECTION 10. TIME PERIODS. In applying any provision of these By-laws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be amended or repealed or new by-laws adopted (a) by action of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at any annual or special meeting of stockholders or (b) if the Certificate of Incorporation so provides, by action of the Board of Directors at a regular or special meeting thereof. Any by-law made by the Board of Directors may be amended or repealed by action of the stockholders at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Exhibit 3.3

FORM OF

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

WITH AND INTO

SWITCH AND DATA, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

UNDER SECTION 251 OF THE GENERAL

CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

FIRST: The names and state of incorporation of the constituent corporations are: Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Switch and Data”).

SECOND: An agreement and plan of merger by and between Parent and Switch and Data has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of Parent and Switch and Data in accordance with the provisions of Section 251 and Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: The surviving corporation in the merger is Switch and Data (the “Surviving Corporation”), provided that, at the effective time of the merger, the name of the Surviving Corporation will be “Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.”

FOURTH: Upon the effectiveness of the merger, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

FIFTH: The executed agreement of merger is on file at the principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation at 1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650, Tampa, Florida 33607.

SIXTH: A copy of the agreement of merger will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation on request and without cost, to any stockholder of the Disappearing Corporation or the Surviving Corporation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and subscribed to this Certificate of Merger on behalf of Switch and Data, Inc. as its authorized officer and affirms, under penalty of perjury, that this Certificate of Merger is the act and deed of such corporation and that the facts stated in this Certificate of Merger are true.

DATED: February      , 2007

 

SWITCH AND DATA, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:      

Name:

     

Title:

     


Exhibit A

AMENDED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

I.

The name of this Corporation is Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

II.

The address, including street, number, city and county, of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The nature of the business and of the purposes to be conducted and promoted by this Corporation are to conduct any lawful business, to promote any lawful purpose, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

IV.

The total number of shares of stock which this Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred twenty-five million (225,000,000) shares, of which twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.0001 per share shall be Preferred Stock and two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of the par value of $0.0001 per share shall be Common Stock.

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of this Corporation.

 

  A. COMMON STOCK

The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any of the then outstanding Preferred Stock. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of this Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of this


Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

  B. PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors of this Corporation is hereby expressly granted the authority by resolution or resolutions to establish and issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series with such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, including without limitation dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences, and with such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment and issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors.

V.

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the By-Laws.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of this Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of this Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that;

 

  A. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. Power, Number, Classes and Terms of the Directors . The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of this Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall initially be six (6). The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors which in no event shall be less than one, shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and not inconsistent with this Certificate. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the following individuals:

CLASS I DIRECTORS

William K. Luby

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607


Kathleen Earley

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

CLASS II DIRECTORS

George B. Kelly

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Arthur Matin

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

CLASS III DIRECTORS

Keith Olsen

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

M. Alex White

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2. Removal of Directors. Neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of this Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

3. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by stockholders. Directors elected to fill a newly created directorship or other vacancies shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor has been elected and has qualified.

4. Written Ballot Not Required . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of this Corporation shall otherwise provide.


5. Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of this Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the By-Laws of this Corporation.

VII.

To the fullest extent that the DGCL, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit a corporation to further eliminate or limit the liability of a director of a corporation, then the liability of a director of this Corporation, in addition to the circumstances in which a director is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall, without further action of the directors or stockholders, be further eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as amended. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate or the By-Laws of this Corporation inconsistent with this Article shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.

VIII.

This Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, or by any successor thereto, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. This Corporation shall advance expenses to the fullest extent permitted by said section. Such right to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit a corporation to provide for indemnification rights broader than those provided by this Article, then the persons referred to in this Article shall be indemnified and held harmless by this Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate or the By-Laws of this Corporation inconsistent with this Article shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal.

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

 

Exhibit 4.1 SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 871043 10 5 This Certifies that is the record holder of FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY (NEW YORK, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY 711 ARMSTRONG LANE COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401 (931) 388-3003 SALES: J. NAPOLITANO/C. SHARKEY 302-731-7088 / ETHER 7 / LIVE JOBS / S / SWITCH 25859 FC PRODUCTION COORDINATOR: TODD DEROSSETT 931-490-1720 PROOF OF JANUARY 9, 2007 SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC. TSB 25859 FC Operator: Ron/Anthony Rev. 2 PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF: OK AS IS OK WITH CHANGES MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF Colors Selected for Printing: Intaglio prints in SC-11A Orange. COLOR: This proof was printed from a digital file or artwork on a graphics quality, color laser printer. It is a good representation of the color as it will appear on the final product. However, it is not an exact color rendition, and the final printed product may appear slightly different from the proof due to the difference between the dyes and printing ink.


SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

 

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests may be made to the Corporation or the Transfer Agent.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

        TEN COM       as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                                                 Custodian                                          
        TEN ENT       as tenants by the entireties             (Cust)                                     (Minor)
        JT TEN       as joint tenants with right of             under Uniform Gifts to Minors
          survivorship and not as tenants             Act                                                                                               
          in common             (State)
              UNIF TRF MIN ACT                                        Custodian (until age)                                 
                                    (Cust)
                                                                                under Uniform Transfers
                                        (Minor)
                        to Minors Act                                                                            
                                        (State)
                         

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                       hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

        IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

     
     
     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                         Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                     Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated                                     

 

    x                                                                                                          
    x                                                                                                          
    NOTICE:    THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed

 

By                                                                                                                                        
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.    

 

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

 

AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY

711 ARMSTRONG LANE

COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401

(931) 388-3003

       

PRODUCTION COORDINATOR: TODD DEROSSETT 931-490-1720

PROOF OF JANUARY 8, 2007

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

TSB 25859 BK

SALES:        J. NAPOLITANO/C. SHARKEY        302-731-7088         Operator:                        Ron
   
/ ETHER 7 / LIVE JOBS / S / SWITCH 25859 BK         New

 

PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF:              OK AS IS              OK WITH CHANGES MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF

Exhibit 4.2

 


F ORM OF

F IFTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS A GREEMENT

A MONG

S WITCH  & D ATA F ACILITIES C OMPANY , I NC .,

S WITCH AND  & D ATA , I NC .,

A ND

C ERTAIN S ECURITYHOLDERS T HEREOF

F EBRUARY      , 2007

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1    D EFINED T ERMS ; G LOSSARY .    1
1.2    C ONSTRUCTION .    1
ARTICLE 2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
2.1    R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES .    2
ARTICLE 3
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
3.1    R EGISTRATIONS R IGHTS .    2
3.2    R EGISTRATION P ROCEDURES .    6
3.3    I NDEMNIFICATION .    11
3.4    R ULE 144.    14
3.5    M ARKET -S TAND -O FF A GREEMENT .    14
3.6    M ISCELLANEOUS .    14
ARTICLE 4
GENERAL PROVISIONS
4.1    O FFSET .    14
4.2    T ERMINATION .    14
4.3    N OTICES .    14
4.4    E NTIRE A GREEMENT ; S UPERSEDURE .    15
4.5    E FFECT OF W AIVER OR C ONSENT .    15
4.6    A MENDMENT OR R ESTATEMENT .    15
4.7    B INDING E FFECT .    15
4.8    G OVERNING L AW ; S EVERABILITY .    15
4.9    F URTHER A SSURANCES .    16
4.10    D IRECTLY OR I NDIRECTLY .    16
4.11    C OUNTERPARTS .    16
E XHIBITS :      

E XHIBIT  A

   D EFINED T ERMS   
S CHEDULES :      

S CHEDULE  I

   D EMAND R IGHTS H OLDERS   

S CHEDULE  II

   S ECURITYHOLDERS   

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement

Table of Contents


GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

The location of the definition of each capitalized term used in this Agreement is set forth in this Glossary:

 

Act

   A-1

Affiliate

   A-1

Agreement

   1

Beneficially Own

   A-1

Board

   A-1

Business Day

   A-1

Certificate of Incorporation

   A-1

Common Stock

   A-1

control

   A-1

Controlling Person

   11

Corporation

   1

Demand Registrations

   3

Demand Rights Holder

   2

Entity

   A-1

Exchange Act

   A-1

Indemnified Party

   13

Indemnifying Party

   13

Initial Demand Registration

   2

Initial IPO

   1

Initial Registration Statement

   1

Inspectors

   10

Law

   A-1

Merger

   1

Person

   A-2

Piggyback Registration

   5

Prior Agreement

   1

Records

   10

Registrable Securities

   A-2

Registration Expenses

   A-2

Registration Shares

   6

Registration Statement

   2

Requesting Holders

   3

SEC

   A-2

Securities Act

   A-2

Securityholder

   A-2

Selling Holder

   7

Subsequent Demand Registrations

   3

Subsidiary

   A-3

Successor

   1

Transfer

   A-3

Transferred

   A-3

Transferring

   A-3

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement

Glossary of Defined Terms


FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS AGREEMENT

This FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS AGREEMENT (as amended and restated from time to time, this “Agreement) is entered into as of this      day of February, 2007 by and among Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation“), Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Successor” ) and the Securityholders and will be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Successor filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (file number 333-137607, as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Initial Registration Statement “) with the SEC to effect an initial public offering of Common Stock (the “ Initial IPO “);

WHEREAS , in order to facilitate the Initial IPO, the Successor and the Corporation agreed to affect a merger (the “ Merger “), whereby the Corporation will merge with and into the Successor, with the Successor being the surviving corporation;

WHEREAS , the Corporation and certain of the Securityholders are a party to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement, as amended (the “ Prior Agreement “), which established certain rights and obligations with respect to the ownership, voting, registration rights, and transfer of capital stock of the Corporation and certain other matters related thereto;

WHEREAS , in connection with the Merger and in order to facilitate the Initial IPO, a requisite percentage of the Securityholders to the Prior Agreement have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and in its entirety as set forth in place, this Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises and other mutual benefits, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, the signatories hereto, being the requisite percentage of the Securityholders to the Prior Agreement that have the power to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, agree as follows:

AGREEMENTS

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms; Glossary . In addition to terms defined in the body of this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in Exhibit A . The Glossary, which follows the Table of Contents, sets forth the location in this Agreement of the definition for each capitalized term used herein.

1.2 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) the gender (or lack of gender) of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine, and neuter; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement;

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


(c) references to Exhibits and Schedules are to exhibits and schedules attached to this Agreement, each of which is made a part of this Agreement for all purposes; (d) references to money refer to legal currency of the United States of America; and (e) the word “including” means “including without limitation.”

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1 Representations and Warranties . Each of the Securityholders (as to itself only) represents and warrants to the Corporation, the Successor and the other Securityholders that:

(a) such Person, if such Person is an Entity, is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;

(b) such Person has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action;

(c) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Person and constitutes the binding obligation of such Person enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy and other Laws of general application relating to creditor’s rights or general principles of equity;

(d) the execution, delivery and performance by such Person of this Agreement will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any provision of Law to which such Person is subject, (ii) violate any order, judgment or decree applicable to such Person or (iii) conflict with, or result in a breach or default under, any term or condition of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws, certificate of limited partnership or partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, or any agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party; and

(e) such Person understands that the Registrable Securities shall, without any further action on the part of the Corporation or such Person, be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions contained in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

3.1 Registrations Rights.

(a) Initial Demand Registrations . Each Securityholder that at the effective time of this Agreement is a holder of Series D-1 Preferred Stock of the Corporation and is set forth on Schedule I (each, a “ Demand Rights Holder “) may make a written request for registration and the filing of a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement “) under the Securities Act of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities owned by them (each, an “Initial Demand Registration “); provided that Initial Demand Registrations shall be granted on not more than four occasions, and only after the date which is six months after the closing of the Initial IPO. Following the Corporation’s receipt of such a request, the Corporation shall give written notice of such request to all of the Demand Rights Holders

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


and such Demand Rights Holders shall have 10 Business Days to notify the Corporation of their desire to participate in the registration. The Corporation shall include in the registration in respect of which such notice has been given all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Corporation has received timely written requests from the Demand Rights Holders for inclusion therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Demand Rights Holders acknowledge and agree that their rights to Initial Demand Registrations set forth in this Section 3.1(a) will terminate once the Corporation is eligible to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act.

(b) Subsequent Demand Registrations . Following the Initial IPO and during such period as the Corporation is subject to periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act. After the Corporation is eligible to register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form), all Demand Rights Holders shall have unlimited rights to request registrations with respect to their Registrable Securities (the “Subsequent Demand Registrations “, referred to collectively, with the Initial Demand Registrations, as the “Demand Registrations “), including registrations for the sale of such Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Following the Corporation’s receipt of a request for a Subsequent Demand Registration, the Corporation shall give written notice of such request to all other Demand Rights Holders and such other Demand Rights Holders shall have 10 Business Days to notify the Corporation of their desire to participate in the registration. The Corporation shall include in the registration in respect of which notice has been given all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Corporation has received timely written requests from the Demand Rights Holders for inclusion therein.

(c) Limitations on Demand Registrations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in no event shall the Corporation be required to file more than one Registration Statement in any six-month period in response to the exercise of Subsequent Demand Registrations initiated by the request of one or more Demand Rights Holders, (ii) the Corporation need not register any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, unless the good faith estimated size of the offering is (A) greater than $10 million with respect to any Initial Demand Registration or (B) greater than $2.5 million with respect to any Subsequent Demand Registration and (iii) all parties granted registration rights will be subject to the customary lock-up provisions set forth in Section 3.5 below that would restrict the sales of Registrable Securities during specified periods (including sales pursuant to the exercise of demand rights).

(d) Effecting a Demand Registration . Any request for a Demand Registration will specify the aggregate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Demand Rights Holders exercising their respective registration rights under Section 3.1(a) or Section 3.1(b) (the “Requesting Holders “) and will also specify the intended method of disposition thereof (including whether such offering shall be a firm commitment underwritten offering). A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until it has become effective. Should a Demand Registration not become effective due to the failure of a Requesting Holder to perform its obligations under this Agreement or, if an underwritten offering, the inability of the Requesting Holders to reach agreement with the underwriters for the proposed sale on price or other customary terms for such transaction, or in the event the Requesting Holders withdraw or do not pursue the request for the Demand Registration (in each of the foregoing cases, provided that

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


at such time the Corporation is in compliance in all material respects with its obligations under this Agreement), then, subject to Section 3.1(e), such Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected ( provided that (i) if the Demand Registration does not become effective because an adverse change has occurred, or is reasonably likely to occur, in (A) the condition (financial or otherwise), business, assets or results of operations of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole subsequent to the date of the written request made by the Requesting Holders or (B) if it is an underwritten offering, in the market conditions generally such that the managing underwriter of such offering, determines in good faith that an underwritten offering is not possible, (ii) if the Corporation withdraws the Demand Registration for any reason or preempts the request for the Demand Registration, (iii) if, after the Demand Registration has become effective, an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court or (iv) if the Demand Registration is withdrawn at the request of the Requesting Holders pursuant to Section 3.1(g) or Section 3.2(a)(i), then the Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have been effected and will not count as a Demand Registration).

(e) Withdrawal. If the Requesting Holders withdraw or do not pursue a request for a Demand Registration and, pursuant to Section 3.1(d) hereof, such Demand Registration is deemed to have been effected, then the Requesting Holders may reinstate such Demand Registration (such that the withdrawal or failure to pursue a request will not count as a Demand Registration hereunder) if the Requesting Holders reimburse the Corporation for any and all Registration Expenses incurred by the Corporation in connection with such request for a Demand Registration that was withdrawn or not pursued.

(f) Preemption . The Corporation will have the right to preempt any Demand Registration with a primary registration by delivering written notice (within seven Business Days after the Corporation has received a request for such Demand Registration) of such intention to the Requesting Holders indicating that the Corporation has identified a specific business need and use for the proceeds of the sale of such securities and had contemplated such sale of securities prior to receiving the Requesting Holders’ notice, in which case the Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect a primary registration within 90 days of such notice. In the ensuing primary registration, the Requesting Holders will have such Piggyback Registration rights as are set forth in Section 3.1(i) hereof. Upon the Corporation’s preemption of a requested Demand Registration, such requested registration will not count as a Demand Registration. If the Corporation thereafter decides to abandon its intention to pursue such sale of securities, it shall give notice thereof to any preempted Requesting Holders within two Business Days following the Corporation’s decision. The Corporation may exercise the right to preempt a Demand Registration only once in any 360-day period; provided , that during any 360-day period the Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit a period of at least 180 consecutive days during which the Requesting Holders may effect a Demand Registration.

(g) Underwritten Offering . Common Stock to be sold for the account of any Person (including the Corporation) other than a Requesting Holder shall not be included in a Demand Registration if the managing underwriter or underwriters shall advise the Corporation and the Requesting Holder in writing that the inclusion of such securities should be limited due to market conditions.

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


Furthermore, if the managing underwriter or underwriters shall advise the Corporation and the Requesting Holders that even after exclusion of all securities of other Persons (including the Corporation) pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the amount of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Demand Registration by such Requesting Holders should be limited due to market conditions, then the Registrable Securities of the Requesting Holders to be included in such Demand Registration shall equal the number of Registrable Securities which the Corporation and the Requesting Holders are advised is satisfactory by such underwriters, and such Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among such Requesting Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by each such Requesting Holder.

(h) Selection of Underwriters . The managing underwriters (including the book running lead managing underwriters) and any additional investment bankers and managers to be used in connection with the offering shall be selected, in the case of an Initial Demand Registration or Subsequent Demand Registration, by a majority in interest (based on the number of shares requested to be registered) of the Demand Rights Holders, considered together as a single class, requesting such Demand Registration; provided that the lead managing underwriter must be reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.

(i) Piggyback Registration Rights . Securityholders shall have the right to piggyback on any Registration Statement (except with respect to Registration Statements on Form S-4, S-8 or another form not available for registering the shares for sale to the public), filed by the Corporation on behalf of the Corporation or any Securityholder (a “Piggyback Registration “). If at any time or times after the date hereof the Corporation shall seek to register capital stock of the Corporation for its own account or on the account of others, the Corporation will promptly give written notice thereof to all Securityholders that hold Registrable Securities. Each Securityholder will have 10 Business Days after receipt of any such notice to notify the Corporation as to whether it wishes to participate in a Piggyback Registration (which notice shall not be deemed to be a request for a Demand Registration); provided that should a Securityholder fail to provide timely notice to the Corporation, such Securityholder will forfeit any rights to participate in the Piggyback Registration with respect to such proposed offering. The Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include the requested Registrable Securities to be registered. However, to the extent the managing underwriter determines in good faith that the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in the registration should be limited due to market conditions, then the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration shall equal the number of Registrable Securities which the Corporation and the Securityholders are advised is satisfactory by such underwriters, and then Registrable Securities to be registered for the Corporation’s account, if any, shall first be included and thereafter Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among such Securityholders (i) first to the Demand Rights Holders pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities which were requested to be included in such registration by each such Demand Rights Holder and (ii) then to each other Securityholder, pro rata among such Securityholders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by each such Securityholder. If the Corporation or the Demand Rights Holders for whose account such offering is being made shall determine in its (or their) sole discretion not to register or to delay the proposed offering, then the Corporation shall provide written notice of such determination to the Securityholders and (A) in the case of a determination not to effect the proposed

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


offering, shall thereupon be relieved of the obligation to register such Registrable Securities in connection therewith and (B) in the case of a determination to delay a proposed offering, shall thereupon be permitted to delay registering such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in respect of the proposed offering. The Corporation shall be entitled to select the underwriters in connection with any Piggyback Registration.

(j) Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Person may participate in any underwritten registered offering contemplated hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Corporation, (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and this Agreement and (c) furnishes in writing to the Corporation such information regarding such Person, the plan of distribution of the Registrable Securities and other information as the Corporation may from time to time request or as may be legally required in connection with such registration, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel and a custody agreement; provided, however , that no such Person shall be required to make any representations, warranties or indemnities in connection with any such registration other than representations, warranties and indemnities as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his or its Registrable Securities to be sold or Transferred free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s right, power and authority to effect such Transfer, (iii) ),each document delivered by or on behalf of such Person having been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Person and being enforceable against such Person, (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of each document delivered by or on behalf of such Person not conflicting with other agreements, regulations or orders binding such Person or such Person’s property and (v) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities Laws as may be reasonably requested; provided further, however , that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting agreements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling Registrable Securities and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion to, and provided further that such liability will be limited to, the net amount received by such Person from the sale of such Person’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

3.2 Registration Procedures.

(a) In connection with the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, the Corporation will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities (the “Registration Shares “) as promptly as is reasonably practicable, and in connection with any such request:

(i) The Corporation will expeditiously prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement under the Securities Act on any form for which the Corporation then qualifies and which counsel for the Corporation shall deem appropriate and available for the sale of the Registration Shares to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and such amendments and supplements thereto and the prospectus used in connection therewith, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such filed Registration Statement to become and remain, effective with respect to any Demand Registration or Piggyback

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


Registration, for such period, not to exceed 180 days, as may be necessary to effect the sale of such securities and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale of Registration Shares covered by such Registration Statement for such period; provided that if the Corporation shall furnish to each Securityholder who is selling Registration Shares pursuant to a public offering registered hereunder (a “ Selling Holder “) a certificate signed by the Corporation’s Chairman, President or any Executive Vice-President or Vice-President stating that the Board has determined in good faith that it would be detrimental or otherwise disadvantageous to the Corporation or its Securityholders for such a Registration Statement to be filed as expeditiously as possible because the sale of Registration Shares covered by such Registration Statement or the disclosure of information in any related prospectus or prospectus supplement would materially interfere with any acquisition, financing or other material event or transaction which is then intended or the public disclosure of which at the time would be materially prejudicial to the Corporation, the Corporation may postpone the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement for a period of not more than 120 days in any 12 month period; provided that if (y) the effective date of any Registration Statement filed pursuant to a Demand Registration would otherwise be at least 45 calendar days, but fewer than 90 calendar days, after the end of the Corporation’s fiscal year, and (z) the Securities Act requires the Corporation to include audited financials as of the end of such fiscal year, then the Corporation may delay the effectiveness of such Registration Statement for such period as is reasonably necessary to include therein its audited financial statements for such fiscal year. If the Corporation exercises its right to postpone the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement, then the applicable Securityholders shall be entitled to withdraw their request for such Demand Registration and it shall not count as a Demand Registration.

(ii) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, it is understood and agreed that the Corporation shall not be required to keep any shelf registration effective or useable for offers and sales of the Registration Shares, file a post effective amendment to a shelf Registration Statement or prospectus supplement or to supplement or amend any Registration Statement if the Corporation is then involved in discussions concerning, or otherwise engaged in, any material financing or investment, acquisition or divestiture transaction or other material business purpose and the Corporation determines in good faith that the making of such a filing, supplement or amendment at such time would materially interfere with such transaction or purpose. The Corporation shall promptly give the Selling Holders written notice of such postponement containing a general statement of the reasons for such postponement and an approximation of the length of the anticipated delay. Upon receipt by a Selling Holder of notice of an event of the kind described in this Section 3.2(a)(ii), such Selling Holder shall forthwith discontinue such Selling Holder’s disposition of Registration Shares until such Selling Holder’s receipt of notice from the Corporation that such disposition may continue and of any supplemented or amended prospectus indicated in such notice. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit sales of

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


Registration Shares on such shelf Registration Statement for at least 180 days during any 360-day period. If the Corporation shall give notice of an event of the kind described in this Section 3.2(a)(ii), then the Corporation shall extend the period during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective as provided in Section 3.2(a)(i) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to the date when the Corporation shall give notice to the Selling Holders that such dispositions of such Registration Shares may continue and shall have made available to the Selling Holders any such supplemented or amended prospectus.

(iii) The Corporation will, if requested, prior to filing a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to the Selling Holders, and each applicable managing underwriter, if any, copies thereof, and thereafter furnish to the Selling Holders and each such underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such Registration Statement, amendments and supplements thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein) and each prospectus used in connection therewith (including each preliminary prospectus) as the Selling Holders or each such underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale of the Registration Shares by the Selling Holders.

(iv) After the filing of the Registration Statement, the Corporation will promptly notify the Selling Holders of any stop order issued or, to the Corporation’s knowledge, threatened to be issued by the SEC and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.

(v) The Corporation will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registration Shares for offer and sale under such other securities or blue sky Laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Selling Holders reasonably request; keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period in which such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective; and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Selling Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registration Shares owned by such Selling Holder in such jurisdictions; provided that the Corporation will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3.2(a)(v), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be subject to taxation but for this Section 3.2(a)(v) or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(vi) The Corporation will immediately notify the Selling Holders, at any time when a prospectus relating to the sale of the Registration Shares is required by Law to be delivered in connection with sales by an underwriter or dealer, of the occurrence of any event as a result of which such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and promptly prepare and make available to the Selling Holders and to the underwriters any such supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registration Shares, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Upon receipt of any notice of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in the preceding sentence, Selling Holders will forthwith discontinue the offer and sale of Registration Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registration Shares until receipt by the Selling Holders and the underwriters of the copies of such supplemented or amended prospectus and, if so directed by the Corporation, the Selling Holders will deliver to the Corporation all copies, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of Selling Holders, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registration Shares at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Corporation shall give such notice, then the Corporation shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective as provided in Section 3.2(a)(i) hereof by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to the date when the Corporation shall make available to the Selling Holders such supplemented or amended prospectus.

(vii) The Corporation will enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions (including participation in road shows and investor conference calls) as are required in order to expedite or facilitate the sale of such Registration Shares.

(viii) At the request of any underwriter in connection with an underwritten offering, the Corporation will furnish (A) an opinion of counsel, addressed to the underwriters, covering such customary matters as the managing underwriter may reasonably request and (B) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Corporation’s independent public accountants covering such customary matters as the managing underwriter may reasonably request.

(ix) If requested by the managing underwriter or any Selling Holder, the Corporation shall promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or any Selling Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including with respect to the Registration Shares being sold by such Selling Holder, the purchase price being paid therefor by the underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registration Shares to be sold in such offering, and promptly make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post effective amendment.

(x) The Corporation shall promptly make available for inspection by any Selling Holder or underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


retained by any such Selling Holder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors “), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Corporation (collectively, the “Records “), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Corporation’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement; provided, however , that unless the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement or the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall not be required to provide any information under this Section 3.2(ix) if (A) the Corporation believes, after consultation with counsel for the Corporation, that to do so would cause the Corporation to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information or (B) if either (1) the Corporation has requested and been granted from the SEC confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the SEC or documents provided supplementally or otherwise or (2) the Corporation reasonably determines in good faith that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing, unless, in each case, prior to furnishing any such information with respect to (A) or (B), such Selling Holder requesting such information agrees to enter into a confidentiality agreement in customary form and subject to customary exceptions; provided further, however , that each Selling Holder agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Corporation and allow the Corporation, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action and to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

(xi) The Corporation, upon or immediately after the effectiveness of a registration, shall cause all Registration Shares included in any Registration Statement to be (A) listed on each securities exchange, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Corporation are then listed or (B) authorized to be quoted and/or listed (to the extent applicable) on the Nasdaq National Market if similar securities issued by the Corporation are then quoted.

(xii) The Corporation shall provide a CUSIP number for the Registration Shares included in any Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement.

(xiii) The Corporation shall cooperate with each Selling Holder and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registration Shares and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(xiv) The Corporation shall during the period when the prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, timely file all documents required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act and Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


(xv) The Corporation will make generally available to its Securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

(xvi) The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the securities Laws of the United States and other applicable jurisdictions and all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and comparable governmental agencies in other applicable jurisdictions.

(b) The Selling Holders shall promptly furnish in writing to the Corporation such information regarding such Selling Holders, the plan of distribution of the Registration Shares and other information as the Corporation may from time to time reasonably request or as may be legally required in connection with such registration.

3.3 Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification by the Corporation. The Corporation agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, members, managers, employees, agents and representatives and each Person (if any) which controls a Selling Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (a “Controlling Person “) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registration Shares or any preliminary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or prospectus; (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Corporation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities Law or (iv) any failure to register or qualify the Registration Shares in any state where the Corporation or its agents have affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing that the Corporation (the undertaking of any underwriter being attributed to the Corporation) will undertake such registration or qualification on the Selling Holder’s behalf (provided that in such instance the Corporation shall not be so liable if it has undertaken its commercially reasonable efforts to so register or qualify the Registration Shares), or any blue sky application or other document executed by the Corporation specifically for that purpose or based upon written information furnished by the Corporation filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Registration Shares under the securities Laws thereof, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by or based upon information furnished in writing to the Corporation by or on behalf of such Selling Holder or Controlling Person expressly for use therein or by such Selling Holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Corporation has furnished the Selling Holder with copies of the same, which failure creates liability for such Selling Holder under applicable securities Laws; provided, however , that the Corporation shall have no obligation to indemnify under this sentence to the extent any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities have been finally and non-appealably determined by a court to have resulted from such Selling Holder’s

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Corporation also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registration Shares, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Selling Holders provided in this Section 3.3(a), except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by or based upon any specific information furnished in writing to the Corporation by or on behalf of such underwriter expressly for use therein; provided, however , that the Corporation shall have no obligation to indemnify under this sentence to the extent any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities have been finally and non-appealably determined by a court to have resulted from any such underwriter’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(b) Indemnification by Selling Holders . Each Selling Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation, its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and representatives, each Controlling Person of the Corporation, and any other Selling Holder (including their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, members, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and any Controlling Persons thereof) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registration Shares or any preliminary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or prospectus, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case, to the extent (and only to the extent) that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses are caused by or based upon information relating to such Selling Holder furnished to the Corporation in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however , that no Selling Holder shall have any obligation to indemnify under this sentence to the extent any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities have been finally and non-appealably determined by a court to have resulted from the Corporation’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. Each Selling Holder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any underwriters of the Registration Shares, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Corporation and the other Selling Holders provided in this Section 3.3(b), but only with reference to information furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registration Shares, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus; provided, however , that no Selling Holder shall have any obligation to indemnify under this sentence to the extent any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities have been finally and non-appealably determined by a court to have resulted from any such underwriter’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. Each such Selling Holder’s liability under this Section 3.3 shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriting discount and expenses) received by such Selling Holder from the sale of such Registration Shares by such Selling Holder. The obligation of each Selling Holder shall be several and not joint.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person by which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 3.3(a) or Section 3.3(b), such Person (the “Indemnified Party “) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party “) in

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


writing, and the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the defense of such proceeding and retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party to represent such Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 3.3 is unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the other hand. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the basis for such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses relates to information supplied or other actions or omissions by such party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the actions or omissions forming such basis.

The Corporation and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.3(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No Selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds of the offering (after deducting expenses) received by such Selling Holder exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


3.4 Rule 144. The Corporation covenants that it will file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and that it will take such further action as the Selling Holders may reasonably request to the extent required from time to time to enable the Selling Holders to sell Registration Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Within 15 days of a written request of any Selling Holder, the Corporation will deliver to such Selling Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such reporting requirements.

3.5 Market-Stand-Off Agreement. Each Securityholder agrees that, if requested by the Corporation and its underwriters, such Securityholder will enter into a lock-up or similar agreement not to sell or offer to sell any securities of the Corporation during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act provided that all employees owning in excess of 1% of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation and officers and directors of the Corporation enter into similar agreements.

3.6 Miscellaneous.

(a) Registration Expenses . In connection with any Demand Registration or any Piggyback Registration, the Corporation shall pay all Registration Expenses.

(b) Other Registration Rights Agreements . Without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Demand Rights Holders, voting, for purposes of this Section 3.6(b), as a single class, the Corporation will neither enter into any new registration rights agreements that conflict with the terms of this Agreement nor permit the exercise of any other registration rights in a manner that conflicts with the terms of the registration rights granted hereunder.

ARTICLE 4

GENERAL PROVISIONS

4.1 Offset. Whenever the Corporation is to pay any sum to any Securityholder, any amounts that such Securityholder, in its capacity as a Securityholder, owes the Corporation may be deducted from that sum before payment.

4.2 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Securityholder when such Securityholder no longer owns any Registrable Securities.

4.3 Notices. Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, all notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and must be delivered to the recipient in Person, by courier or mail or by facsimile, or similar transmission, and a notice, request or consent given under this Agreement is effective on receipt by the Person to receive it. Notices given by telecopy shall be deemed to have been received (a) on the day on which the sender receives answer back confirmation if such confirmation is received before or during normal business hours of any Business Day or (b) on the next

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


Business Day after the sender receives answer back confirmation if such confirmation is received (i) after normal business hours on any Business Day or (ii) on any day other than a Business Day. All notices, requests and consents to be sent to a Securityholder must be sent to or made at the addresses given for that Securityholder on the Corporation’s stock records, or such other address as that Securityholder may specify by notice to the other Securityholders Whenever any notice is required to be given by Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

4.4 Entire Agreement; Supersedure. This Agreement and other agreements expressly mentioned herein constitute the entire agreement of the Securityholders and their respective Affiliates relating to the Corporation and supersede all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the matters set forth herein, whether oral or written, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement. Each of the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that as of the date of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be of no further force and effect.

4.5 Effect of Waiver or Consent. A waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of its obligations with respect to the Corporation is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person. Failure on the part of a Person to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Person of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that any party may otherwise have at Law or in equity. The rights and remedies of any party based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way be limited by the fact that the act, omission, occurrence or other state of facts upon which any claim of any such breach is based may also be the subject matter of any other provision of this Agreement (or of any other agreement between the parties) as to which there is no breach.

4.6 Amendment or Restatement. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by an instrument in writing, signed by, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities and the Corporation.

4.7 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding on the Corporation, the signatories hereto and each of the Securityholders that were parties to or bound by the Prior Agreement (each of which is listed on Schedule II ) and, this Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the Corporation and the Securityholders. Each of the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that following the Merger, this Agreement will be binding upon the Successor and all of the Securityholders as if all references to the Corporation were references to the Successor.

4.8 Governing Law; Severability. THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAWS

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and (a) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or (b) any mandatory, non-waivable provision of the Act, such provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Act shall control. If any provision of the Act provides that it may be varied or superseded in the agreement of a Corporation (or otherwise by agreement of the stockholders or directors of a corporation), such provision shall be deemed superseded and waived in its entirety if this Agreement contains a provision addressing the same issue or subject matter. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Persons or circumstances is not affected thereby and that provision shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by Law.

4.9 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Securityholder shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.

4.10 Directly or Indirectly . Where any provision of this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, including actions taken by or on behalf of any Affiliate of such Person.

4.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including facsimile counterparts, with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.

[SIGNATURES BEGIN ON NEXT PAGE]

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES
COMPANY, INC.
By:  

 

  Keith Olsen, Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

 

SWITCH AND DATA, INC.
By:  

 

  Keith Olsen, Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


CAPSTREET PARALLEL II, L.P.
By:   The CapStreet Group, LLC,
  its general partner
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

CAPSTREET CO-INVESTMENT II-A, L.P.
By:   The CapStreet Group, LLC,
  its general partner
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

CAPSTREET II, L.P.
By:   CapStreet GP II, L.P.
  its general partner
By:   The CapStreet Group, LLC,
  its general partner
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

THE CAPSTREET GROUP, LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


CEA CAPITAL PARTNERS USA, LP
By:   Seaport Associates, LLC,
  its authorized representative
  By:      

 

  Name:      

 

  Title:      

 

  Date:      

 

CEA CAPITAL PARTNERS USA CI, LP
By:   Seaport Associates, LLC,
  its authorized representative
  By:      

 

  Name:      

 

  Title:      

 

  Date:      

 

SEAPORT INVESTMENTS, LLC
  By:      

 

  Name:      

 

  Title:      

 

  Date:      

 

SEAPORT CAPITAL PARTNERS II, LP
By:   CEA Investment Partners II, LLC,
  its general partner
  By:       Seaport Associates, LLC,
        its Member and authorized representative
        By:  

 

        Name:  

 

        Title:  

 

        Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


BANCBOSTON VENTURES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


A.G. EDWARDS PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS QP,
L.P. AND A.G. EDWARDS PRIVATE EQUITY
PARTNERS, L.P., JOINTLY
By:   A.G. Edwards Capital, Inc.,
  their General Partner
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


ALTAR ROCK FUND L.P.
By:   Tudor Investment Corporation,
  its General Partner
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


RAPTOR GLOBAL FUND, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


TUDOR VENTURES II, L.P.
By:   Tudor Ventures Group L.P.,
  its General Partner
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors Agreement


EXHIBIT A

DEFINED TERMS

As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act means the Delaware General Corporation Law and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

Affiliate “ means, (a) with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person and (b) with respect to any Person who is a natural person, any immediate family member of such Person; provided , that no Securityholder of the Corporation shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other Securityholder solely by reason of any investment in the Corporation. For the purpose of this definition, the term “ controll ” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Beneficially Own “ shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.

Board “ means the board of directors of the Corporation.

Business Day “ means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Houston, Texas, New York, New York or Tampa, Florida are authorized or required by Law to close.

Certificate of Incorporation “ means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Successor, as further amended or restated from time to time.

Common Stock “ means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Successor.

“Entity means any Person other than a natural person.

Exchange Act “ means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Law means any applicable constitutional provision, statute, act, code (including the Internal Code of 1986, as amended), law, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, decree, ruling, proclamation, resolution, judgment, decision, declaration, or interpretative or advisory opinion or letter of a governmental authority.

Person “ means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Exhibit A-1

Defined Terms


Registrable Securities “ means all shares of Common Stock, including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to any Common Stock by way of exercise or conversion, a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization (it being understood that for purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to then acquire or obtain from the Corporation any Registrable Securities, whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected) held by the Securityholders immediately following the consummation of the Initial IPO contemplated by the Initial Registration Statement; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Registrable Securities” shall not at any time include any securities (i) registered and sold pursuant to the Securities Act, (ii) sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, and (iii) which could then be sold in their entirety pursuant to Rule 144(k) without volume or holding period limitations or restrictions.

Registration Expenses “ means (a) all registration and filing fees, (b) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the securities registered), (c) printing expenses, (d) internal expenses of the Corporation (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (e) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Corporation (including expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of a comfort letter), (f) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Corporation in connection with such registration, (g) reasonable fees and expenses of up to one counsel for the Securityholders participating in the offering chosen by a majority of the Securityholders, (h) fees and expenses in connection with any review of underwriting arrangements by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. including fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and (i) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but shall not include any underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, or any out-of-pocket expenses (except as set forth in clause (g) above) of the applicable selling Securityholders or any fees and expenses of underwriter’s counsel.

SEC “ means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act “ means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securityholder “ means each Person who is or becomes a party to this Agreement, whether in connection with the execution and delivery hereof, by operation of law or the Prior Agreement, or otherwise, in each case, so long as such Person shall Beneficially Own any Registrable Securities.

Subsidiary “ means, with respect to any Person, (a) any entity whose securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions (such as managers or managing members of a limited liability company) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person and (b) any limited partnership a general partner of which falls within the meaning of clause (a) preceding.

 

Exhibit A-2

Defined Terms


Transfer “ including the correlative terms “ Transferring “ or “ Transferred “ means any direct or indirect transfer, assignment, sale, gift, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance, or any other disposition (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of Common Stock, including derivative or similar transactions or arrangements whereby a portion or all of the economic interest in, risk of loss or opportunity for gain with respect to, or voting or other rights of any Common Stock are transferred or shifted to another Person.

 

Exhibit A-3

Defined Terms


SCHEDULE I

HOLDERS OF SERIES D-1 PREFERRED STOCK

A.G. Edwards Private Equity Partners QP, L.P. and A.G. Edwards Private Equity Partners, L.P., Jointly

ALTAR Rock Fund L.P.

Frances Armour

James Armour

Vernon Kelley Armour

Nate Blair

CapStreet II, L.P.

CapStreet Capital Co-Investment II-A, L.P

CapStreet Parallel II, L.P

CEA Capital Partners USA, LP

CEA Capital Partners USA CI, LP

FBO Sheila L. Peterson, IRA #7146-1731, UTA Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

John Howell

Brian Kelly

Christine Kelly

George W. Kelly

Madeline F. Kelly

Robert Kelly

Sara A. Kelly

Stephen B. Kelly

Daniel Lavin

Robert A. Marmon

Sheila Peterson

Raptor Global Fund, L.P.

Seaport Capital Partners II, L.P.

Seaport Investments, LLC

Marc Shapiro

The Peter Rieman and Deborah Rieman Living Trust Agreement

THK Private Equities

Tudor Ventures II, L.P.

 

Schedule I

Holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock


SCHEDULE II

SECURITYHOLDERS

A.G. Edwards Private Equity Partners QP, L.P. and A.G. Edwards Private Equity Partners, L.P., Jointly

AIG Annuity Insurance Company

ALTAR Rock Fund L.P.

Anne Emily Armour

Charlotte Armour

Frances Armour

Gordon F. Armour

James Armour

Pamela Kelley Armour

Robinson James Armour

Tobias Armour

Vernon Kelley Armour

BancBoston Ventures, Inc.

Nate Blair

CapStreet II, L.P.

CapStreet Capital Co-Investment II-A, L.P

The CapStreet Group, LLC

CapStreet Parallel II, L.P

CEA Capital Partners USA, LP

CEA Capital Partners USA CI, LP

Jeff Christman

FBO Sheila L. Peterson, IRA #7146-1731, UTA Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

Four Partners

John Howell

Marty L. Jimmerson

Deborah Kamioner

Brian Kelly

Christine Kelly

George W. Kelly

George W. Kelly 1996 Trust

George W. Kelly 1988 Trust

Linda Kelly

Madeline F. Kelly

Madeline F. Kelly 1996 Trust

Madeline F. Kelly 1988 Trust

Robert Kelly

Sara A. Kelly

Sara A. Kelly 1996 Trust

Sara A. Kelly 1988 Trust

Stephen B. Kelly

 

Schedule II

Securityholders


Daniel Lavin

James F. Lavin

Thomas Lavin

Frank McQuilkin

Robert A. Marmon

Robert A. Marmon & Toby A. Marmon, JT-TEN

MidOcean Capital Investors, L.P.

Sari Miller

Jack Pendergrast

Sheila Peterson

Private Equity Portfolio Fund II, LLC

Raptor Global Fund, L.P.

Mark Rubin

Andrew Schonzeit

Seaport Capital Partners II, L.P.

Seaport Investments, LLC

Marc Shapiro

Thomas Steinberg

Steinberg Family Trust

Hindy Taub

Reuben Taub

Techcap, Ltd.

The Peter Rieman and Deborah Rieman Living Trust Agreement

The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company

THK Private Equities

Three Partners

Tudor Ventures II, L.P.

UnionBanCal Equities, Inc.

 

Schedule II

Securityholders

Exhibit 5.1

[HOLLAND & KNIGHT LETTERHEAD]

[Tampa Office]

February 5, 2007

Switch and Data, Inc.

1715 North Westshore Boulevard, Suite 650

Tampa, Florida 33607

 

  Re: Switch and Data, Inc.

Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-137607)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Switch and Data, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-137607) and the amendments thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”) initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on September 27, 2006, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with respect to the registration of 11,666,667 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share of the Company, covering the offer and sale by the Company of 9,000,000 shares (the “ Primary Shares ”) and the offer and sale by the selling stockholders listed on Schedule A to the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) of 2,666,667 shares (the “ Secondary Shares ”), and, if exercised, the offer and sale by the Selling Stockholders of 1,750,000 additional shares (the “ Additional Shares ”) to the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be executed by the Company, the Company’s predecessor, Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc. (the “ Predecessor ”), Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc., as Representatives of the Underwriters, and the Selling Stockholders. As described in the Registration Statement, immediately prior to the closing of the offering, the Predecessor will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”).

In connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement and this opinion letter, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records of the Company, certificates of public officials and representatives of the Company and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to require as a basis for this opinion, including, without limitation:

(a) the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 24, 2007, between the Company and the Predecessor, which shall become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering (the “ Merger Agreement ”);

(b) the form of Amended Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Restated Charter ”), to be filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware immediately prior to the closing of this offering as an attachment to the certificate of merger as contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “ Certificate of Merger ”);


(c) the form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, to be adopted immediately following the Merger (the “ Bylaws ”);

(d) certain resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Company; and

(e) an officer’s certificate of the Company.

Based on, and subject to, the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, following the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of Delaware:

1. The Primary Shares have been duly and validly authorized, and when issued and delivered by the Company and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

2. The Secondary Shares and Additional Shares have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. In making our examination of documents executed or to be executed by parties other than the Company, we have assumed that such parties had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder, and we have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, the execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof. As to any facts material to the opinion expressed herein which we have not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, and others.

We are admitted to practice in Florida, and we express no opinion as to any matters governed by any laws other than the laws of Florida, the General Corporation Law of Delaware and the federal laws of the United States of America. The reference and limitation to “Delaware General Corporation Law” includes the statutory provisions and all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting these laws.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Holland & Knight LLP

Exhibit 10.9

SWITCH & DATA 2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Switch & Data 2007 Stock Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Awards granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Units, Performance Shares or Stock Appreciation Rights.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee or person as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Law ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of the Plan under applicable federal, state, local and foreign corporate, tax and securities laws, and the rules and requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted.

(c) “ Award ” means an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Unit or Performance Share granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means a written agreement by which an Award is evidenced.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the happening of any of the following:

(i) When any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(ii) The occurrence of a transaction requiring shareholder approval, and involving the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation.

(g) “ Change in Control Price ” means, as determined by the Board,

(i) the highest Fair Market Value of a Share within the 60-day period immediately preceding the date of determination of the Change in Control Price by the Board (the “60-Day Period”), or


(ii) the highest price paid or offered per Share, as determined by the Board, in any bona fide transaction or bona fide offer related to the Change in Control of the Company, at any time within the 60-Day Period, or

(iii) some lower price as the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines to be a reasonable estimate of the fair market value of a Share.

(h) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) “ Committee ” means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(j) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, $.0001 value, of the Company.

(k) “ Company ” means Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(l) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services and who is compensated for such services, including without limitation non-Employee Directors who are paid only a director’s fee by the Company or who are compensated by the Company for their services as non-Employee Directors. In addition, as used herein, “consulting relationship” shall be deemed to include service by a non-Employee Director as such.

(m) “ Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant ” means that the employment or consulting relationship is not interrupted or terminated by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved in writing by the Board, an Officer, or a person designated in writing by the Board or an Officer as authorized to approve a leave of absence, including sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave; provided, however, that for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any such leave may not exceed 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract (including certain Company policies) or statute, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or successor of the Company; or (iii) a change in the status of the Grantee from Employee to Consultant or from Consultant to Employee.

(n) “ Covered Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Award.

(o) “ Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting the Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each Grantee within a reasonable time after the Date of Grant.


(p) “ Date of Termination ” means the date on which a Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates.

(q) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(s) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(t) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(u) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is then listed on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange on the day of determination, or, if there was no sale of Shares of Common Stock on such date, for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Shares of Common Stock on such exchange, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange but is then traded on an over-the-counter market, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, or, if there was not bid and asked quotation on such date, for the last preceding date on which there was a bid and asked quotation for the Common Stock in such market, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(v) “ Grantee ” means an individual who has been granted an Award.

(w) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(x) “ Mature Shares ” means Shares for which the holder thereof has good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and that such holder either (i) has held for at least six months or (ii) has purchased on the open market.


(y) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(z) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(aa) “ Option ” means a stock option granted under the Plan.

(bb) “ Parent ” means a corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of the corporations other than the Company holds at least 50 percent of the voting shares of one of the other corporations in such chain.

(cc) “ Performance Period ” means the time period during which the performance goals established by the Administrator with respect to a Performance Unit or Performance Share, pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan, must be met.

(dd) “ Performance Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(ee) “ Performance Unit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(ff) “ Plan ” means this Switch & Data 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Award ” means Shares that are awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

(jj) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7 of the Plan.

(kk) “ Subsidiary ” means a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which not less than 50 percent of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan and except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards under the Plan since the Plan became effective is 5,132,542 Shares, provided, however, that not more than 5,000,000 Shares may be subject to Awards that are Incentive Stock Options. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.


If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full the remaining Shares that were subject to the Award shall become available for future Awards under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . The Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to different groups of Employees and Consultants. Except as provided below, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a committee designated by the Board and constituted to satisfy Applicable Law.

(ii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent the Board considers it desirable for transactions relating to Awards to be eligible to qualify for an exemption under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated under the Plan shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iii) Section 162(m) of the Code . To the extent the Board considers it desirable for compensation delivered pursuant to Awards to be eligible to qualify for an exemption from the limit on tax deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the transactions contemplated under the Plan shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iv) Authorization of Officers to Grant Options . In accordance with Applicable Law, the Board may, by a resolution adopted by the Board, authorize one or more Officers to designate Officers and Employees (excluding the Officer so authorized) to be Grantees of Options and determine the number of Options to be granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the resolution adopted by the Board so authorizing such Officer or Officers shall specify the total number and the terms (including the exercise price, which may include a formula by which such price may be determined) of Options such Officer or Officers may so grant.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee or an Officer, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee or Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(u) of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Awards will be granted under the Plan;

(iii) to determine whether, when, to what extent and in what types and amounts Awards are granted under the Plan;


(iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted under the Plan;

(v) to determine the forms of Award Agreements, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Grantee, for use under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted under the Plan. Such terms and conditions, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Grantee, include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options and SARs may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), the extent to which vesting is suspended during a leave of absence, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator shall determine;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, rules and regulations relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local and foreign laws and procedures;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 13 of the Plan);

(x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xi) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Awards;

(xii) to make such adjustments or modifications to Awards granted to Grantees who are Employees of foreign Subsidiaries as are advisable to fulfill the purposes of the Plan or to comply with Applicable Law;

(xiii) to delegate its duties and responsibilities under the Plan with respect to sub-plans applicable to foreign Subsidiaries, except its duties and responsibilities with respect to Employees who are also Officers or Directors subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act; and

(xiv) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Grantees and any other holders of Awards.


5. Eligibility and General Conditions of Awards .

(a) Eligibility . Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. If otherwise eligible, an Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award may be granted additional Awards.

(b) Maximum Term . Subject to the following provision, the term during which an Award may be outstanding shall not extend more than ten years after the Date of Grant, and shall be subject to earlier termination as specified elsewhere in the Plan or Award Agreement.

(c) Award Agreement . To the extent not set forth in the Plan, the terms and conditions of each Award, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Grantee, shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.

(d) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . In the event that a Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates (other than upon the Grantee’s death or Disability), then, unless otherwise provided by the Award Agreement, and subject to Section 11 of the Plan:

(i) the Grantee may exercise his or her unexercised Option or SAR, but only within such period of time as is determined by the Administrator, and only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise it at the Date of Termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine such period of time (in no event to exceed three months from the Date of Termination) when the Option is granted. If, at the Date of Termination, the Grantee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. If, after the Date of Termination, the Grantee does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan;

(ii) the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Awards, to the extent forfeitable immediately before the Date of Termination, shall thereupon automatically be forfeited;

(iii) the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Awards that were not forfeitable immediately before the Date of Termination shall promptly be settled by delivery to the Grantee of a number of unrestricted Shares equal to the aggregate number of the Grantee’s vested Restricted Stock Awards;

(iv) any Performance Shares or Performance Units with respect to which the Performance Period has not ended as of the Date of Termination shall terminate immediately upon the Date of Termination.

(e) Disability of Grantee . In the event that a Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates as a result of the Grantee’s Disability, then, unless otherwise provided by the Award Agreement:


(i) the Grantee may exercise his or her unexercised Option or SAR at any time within 12 months from the Date of Termination, but only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise the Option or SAR at the Date of Termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement). If, at the Date of Termination, the Grantee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. If, after the Date of Termination, the Grantee does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.

(ii) the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Awards, to the extent forfeitable immediately before the Date of Termination, shall thereupon automatically be forfeited;

(iii) the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Awards that were not forfeitable immediately before the Date of Termination shall promptly be settled by delivery to the Grantee of a number of unrestricted Shares equal to the aggregate number of the Grantee’s vested Restricted Stock Awards;

(iv) any Performance Shares or Performance Units with respect to which the Performance Period has not ended as of the Date of Termination shall terminate immediately upon the Date of Termination.

(f) Death of Grantee . In the event of the death of an Grantee, then, unless otherwise provided by the Award Agreement,

(i) the Grantee’s unexercised Option or SAR may be exercised at any time within 12 months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Grantee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise the Option or SAR at the date of death. If, at the time of death, the Grantee was not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option or SAR shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after death, the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option or SAR within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.

(ii) the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Awards, to the extent forfeitable immediately before the date of death, shall thereupon automatically be forfeited;

(iii) the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Awards that were not forfeitable immediately before the date of death shall promptly be settled by delivery to the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to hold the Stock Grant by bequest or inheritance, of a number of unrestricted Shares equal to the aggregate number of the Grantee’s vested Restricted Stock Awards;


(iv) any Performance Shares or Performance Units with respect to which the Performance Period has not ended as of the date of death shall terminate immediately upon the date of death.

(g) Nontransferability of Awards .

(i) Except as provided in Section 5(g)(iii) below, each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by the Grantee during the Grantee’s lifetime, or, if permissible under Applicable Law, by the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative.

(ii) Except as provided in Section 5(g)(iii) below, no Award (prior to the time, if applicable, Shares are issued in respect of such Award), and no right under any Award, may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Grantee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or in the case of Restricted Stock Awards, to the Company) and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(iii) To the extent and in the manner permitted by Applicable Law, and to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Administrator, and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Administrator, a Grantee may transfer an Award to:

(A) a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the Grantee (including adoptive relationships);

(B) any person sharing the employee’s household (other than a tenant or employee);

(C) a trust in which persons described in (A) and (B) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest;

(D) a foundation in which persons described in (A) or (B) or the Grantee control the management of assets; or

(E) any other entity in which the persons described in (A) or (B) or the Grantee own more than 50 percent of the voting interests;

provided such transfer is not for value. The following shall not be considered transfers for value: a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights, and a transfer to an entity in which more than 50 percent of the voting interests are owned by persons described in (A) above or the Grantee, in exchange for an interest in such entity.


6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations .

(i) Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option. Any Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option:

(A) shall not have an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined for each Incentive Stock Option at the Date of Grant) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Grantee during any calendar year (under the Plan and any other employee stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (“Other Plans”)), determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, that exceeds $100,000 (the “$100,000 Limit”);

(B) shall, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares (determined on the Date of Grant) with respect to the portion of such grant that is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (“Current Grant”) and all Incentive Stock Options previously granted under the Plan and any Other Plans that are exercisable for the first time during a calendar year (“Prior Grants”) would exceed the $100,000 Limit, be exercisable as follows:

(1) The portion of the Current Grant that would, when added to any Prior Grants, be exercisable with respect to Shares that would have an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective Date of Grant for such Options) in excess of the $100,000 Limit shall, notwithstanding the terms of the Current Grant, be exercisable for the first time by the Grantee in the first subsequent calendar year or years in which it could be exercisable for the first time by the Grantee when added to all Prior Grants without exceeding the $100,000 Limit; and

(2) If, viewed as of the date of the Current Grant, any portion of a Current Grant could not be exercised under the preceding provisions of this Section 6(a)(i)(B) during any calendar year commencing with the calendar year in which it is first exercisable through and including the last calendar year in which it may by its terms be exercised, such portion of the Current Grant shall not be an Incentive Stock Option, but shall be exercisable as a separate Option at such date or dates as are provided in the Current Grant.

(ii) No Employee shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options to purchase more than 1,000,000 Shares. The limitation described in this Section 6(a)(ii) shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 11 of the Plan. If an Option is canceled in the same fiscal year of the Company in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 11 of the Plan), the canceled Option will be counted against the limitation described in this Section 6(a)(ii).


(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term shall be 10 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10 percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(c)(i), shall be no less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.

(A) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10 percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.

(B) Any Option that is (1) granted to a Grantee in connection with the acquisition (“Acquisition”), however effected, by the Company of another corporation or entity (“Acquired Entity”) or the assets thereof, (2) associated with an option to purchase shares of stock or other equity interest of the Acquired Entity or an affiliate thereof (“Acquired Entity Option”) held by such Grantee immediately prior to such Acquisition, and (3) intended to preserve for the Grantee the economic value of all or a portion of such Acquired Entity Option, may be granted with such exercise price as the Administrator determines to be necessary to achieve such preservation of economic value.

(C) Any Option that is granted to a Grantee not previously employed by the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary, as a material inducement to the Grantee’s commencing employment with the Company may be granted with such exercise price as the Administrator determines to be necessary to provide such material inducement.

(d) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. An Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it is vested according to the terms of the Award Agreement.

(e) Form of Consideration . The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. The acceptable form of consideration may consist of any combination of cash, personal check, wire transfer or, subject to the approval of the Administrator:


(i) pursuant to rules and procedures approved by the Administrator, promissory note;

(ii) Mature Shares;

(iii) pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, (A) through the sale of the Shares acquired on exercise of the Option through a broker-dealer to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise and irrevocable instructions to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds sufficient to pay the exercise price, together with, if requested by the Company, the amount of federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes payable by the Grantee by reason of such exercise, or (B) through simultaneous sale through a broker of Shares acquired upon exercise; or

(iv) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder .

(A) Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.

(B) An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(C) An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives:

(1) written notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and

(2) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan.

(3) Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Grantee or, if requested by the Grantee, in the name of the Grantee and his or her spouse. Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.


(4) Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Administrator may grant SARs in tandem with an Option or alone and unrelated to an Option. Tandem SARs shall expire no later than the expiration of the underlying Option.

(b) Exercise of SARs . SARs shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares over which the SAR is to be exercised. Tandem SARs may be exercised:

(i) with respect to all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option;

(ii) only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable; and

(iii) only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the exercise price of the Option.

The value of the payment with respect to the tandem SAR may be no more than 100 percent of the difference between the exercise price of the underlying Option and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying Option at the time the tandem SAR is exercised.

(c) Payment of SAR Benefit . Upon exercise of a SAR, the Grantee shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the SAR exercise price; by

(ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised;

provided, that the Administrator may provide in the Award Agreement that the benefit payable on exercise of a SAR shall not exceed such percentage of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, or any other limitation, as the Administrator shall specify. As determined by the Administrator, the payment upon exercise of a SAR may be in cash, in Shares that have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date of exercise of the SAR) equal to the amount of the payment, or in some combination thereof, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

(d) No Employee shall be granted, in any fiscal year, SARs with respect to more than 1,000,000 Shares. The limitation described in this Section 7(d) shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 11 of the Plan. If a SAR is canceled in the same fiscal year of the Company in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 11 of the Plan), the canceled SAR will be counted against the limitation described in this Section 7(d).


8. Restricted Stock Awards . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Awards to any Employee or Consultant, in such amount and upon such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(a) Administrator Action . The Administrator acting in its sole and absolute discretion shall have the right to grant Restricted Stock to Employees and Consultants under the Plan from time to time. Each Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement, and each Restricted Stock Agreement shall set forth the conditions, if any, which will need to be timely satisfied before the grant will be effective and the conditions, if any, under which the Grantee’s interest in the related Stock will be forfeited. The Administrator may make grants of Performance-Based Restricted Stock and grants of Restricted Stock that is not Performance-Based Restricted Stock.

(b) Performance-Based Restricted Stock .

(i) Effective Date . A grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be effective as of the date the Administrator certifies that the applicable conditions described in Section 8(b)(iii) of the Plan have been timely satisfied.

(ii) Share Limitation . No more than 1,000,000 shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock may be granted to an Employee or Consultant in any calendar year.

(iii) Grant Conditions . The Administrator, acting in its sole and absolute discretion, may select from time to time Employees and Consultants to receive grants of Performance-Based Restricted Stock in such amounts as the Administrator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine, subject to any limitations provided in the Plan. The Administrator shall make each grant subject to the attainment of certain performance targets. The Administrator shall determine the performance targets which will be applied with respect to each grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock at the time of grant, but in no event later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the performance targets relate. The performance criteria applicable to Performance-Based Restricted Stock grants will be one or more of the following criteria: (i) Common Stock price; (ii) average annual growth in earnings per share; (iii) increase in shareholder value; (iv) earnings per share; (v) net income; (vi) return on assets; (vii) return on shareholders’ equity; (viii) increase in cash flow; (ix) operating profit or operating margins; (x) revenue growth of the Company; and (xi) operating expenses. The related Restricted Stock Agreement shall set forth the applicable performance criteria and the deadline for satisfying the performance criteria.

(iv) Forfeiture Conditions . The Administrator may make each Performance-Based Restricted Stock grant (if, when and to the extent that the grant becomes effective) subject to one, or more than one, objective employment, performance or other forfeiture condition which the Administrator acting in its sole and absolute discretion deems appropriate under the circumstances for Employees or Consultants generally or for a Grantee in particular, and the related Restricted Stock Agreement shall set forth each


such condition and the deadline for satisfying each such forfeiture condition. A Grantee’s nonforfeitable interest in the Shares related to a Performance-Based Restricted Stock grant shall depend on the extent to which each such condition is timely satisfied. A Stock certificate shall be issued (subject to the conditions, if any, described in this Section 8(b)) to, or for the benefit of, the Grantee with respect to the number of shares for which a grant has become effective as soon as practicable after the date the grant becomes effective.

(c) Restricted Stock Other Than Performance-Based Restricted Stock .

(i) Effective Date . A Restricted Stock grant which is not a grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be effective (a) as of the date set by the Administrator when the grant is made or, if the grant is made subject to one, or more than one, condition, (b) as of the date the Administrator determines that such conditions have been timely satisfied.

(ii) Grant Conditions . The Administrator acting in its sole and absolute discretion may make the grant of Restricted Stock which is not Performance-Based Restricted Stock to a Grantee subject to the satisfaction of one, or more than one, objective employment, performance or other grant condition which the Administrator deems appropriate under the circumstances for Employees or Consultants generally or for a Grantee in particular, and the related Restricted Stock Agreement shall set forth each such condition and the deadline for satisfying each such grant condition.

(iii) Forfeiture Conditions . The Administrator may make each grant of Restricted Stock which is not a grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock (if, when and to the extent that the grant becomes effective) subject to one, or more than one, objective employment, performance or other forfeiture condition which the Administrator acting in its sole and absolute discretion deems appropriate under the circumstances for Employees or Consultants generally or for a Grantee in particular, and the related Restricted Stock Agreement shall set forth each such condition and the deadline for satisfying each such forfeiture condition. A Grantee’s nonforfeitable interest in the Shares related to a grant of Restricted Stock which is not a grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall depend on the extent to which each such condition is timely satisfied. A Stock certificate shall be issued (subject to the conditions, if any, described in this Section 8(c)) to, or for the benefit of, the Grantee with respect to the number of shares for which a grant has become effective as soon as practicable after the date the grant becomes effective.

(d) Dividends and Voting Rights . Each Restricted Stock Agreement shall state whether the Grantee shall have a right to receive any cash dividends which are paid with respect to his or her Restricted Stock after the date his or her Restricted Stock grant has become effective and before the first day that the Grantee’s interest in such stock is forfeited completely or becomes completely nonforfeitable. If a Restricted Stock Agreement provides that a Grantee has no right to receive a cash dividend when paid, such agreement shall set forth the conditions, if any, under which the Grantee will be eligible to receive one, or more than one, payment in the future to compensate the Grantee for the fact that he or she had no right to receive any cash dividends on his or her Restricted Stock when such dividends were paid. If a Restricted Stock Agreement calls for any such payments to be made, the Company


shall make such payments from the Company’s general assets, and the Grantee shall be no more than a general and unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to such payments. If a stock dividend is declared on such a Share after the grant is effective but before the Grantee’s interest in such Stock has been forfeited or has become nonforfeitable, such stock dividend shall be treated as part of the grant of the related Restricted Stock, and a Grantee’s interest in such stock dividend shall be forfeited or shall become nonforfeitable at the same time as the Share with respect to which the stock dividend was paid is forfeited or becomes nonforfeitable. If a dividend is paid other than in cash or stock, the disposition of such dividend shall be made in accordance with such rules as the Administrator shall adopt with respect to each such dividend. A Grantee shall have the right to vote the Shares related to his or her Restricted Stock grant after the grant is effective with respect to such Shares but before his or her interest in such Shares has been forfeited or has become nonforfeitable.

(e) Satisfaction of Forfeiture Conditions . A Share shall cease to be Restricted Stock at such time as a Grantee’s interest in such Share becomes nonforfeitable under the Plan, and the certificate representing such share shall be reissued as soon as practicable thereafter without any further restrictions related to Section 8(b) or Section 8(c) and shall be transferred to the Grantee.

9. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may grant Performance Units or Performance Shares to any Employee or Consultant in such amounts and upon such terms as the Administrator shall determine.

(b) Value/Performance Goals . Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on the Date of Grant. Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant. The Administrator shall set performance goals that, depending upon the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units or Performance Shares that will be paid to the Grantee.

(c) Payment of Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(i) Subject to the terms of the Plan, after the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units or Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive a payment based on the number and value of Performance Units or Performance Shares earned by the Grantee over the Performance Period, determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.

(ii) If a Grantee is promoted, demoted or transferred to a different business unit of the Company during a Performance Period, then, to the extent the Administrator determines appropriate, the Administrator may adjust, change or eliminate the performance goals or the applicable Performance Period as it deems appropriate in order to make them appropriate and comparable to the initial performance goals or Performance Period.


(d) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units and Performance Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units or Performance Shares shall be made in a lump sum following the close of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator may pay earned Performance Units or Performance Shares in cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof) that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units or Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period. Such Shares may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Administrator. The form of payout of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award.

10. Tax Withholding . The Company shall deduct from all cash distributions under the Plan any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state, local or foreign government. Whenever the Company proposes or is required to issue or transfer Shares under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to require the recipient to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such shares. A Grantee may pay the withholding tax in cash, or, if the applicable Award Agreement provides, a Grantee may elect to have the number of Shares he is to receive reduced by the smallest number of whole Shares that, when multiplied by the Fair Market Value of the Shares determined as of the Tax Date (defined below), is sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign, if any, withholding taxes arising from exercise or payment of a grant under the Plan (a “Withholding Election”). A Grantee may make a Withholding Election only if the Withholding Election is made on or prior to the date on which the amount of tax required to be withheld is determined (the “Tax Date”) by executing and delivering to the Company a properly completed notice of Withholding Election as prescribed by the Administrator. The Administrator may in its sole and absolute discretion disapprove and give no effect to the Withholding Election.

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Change of Control .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Covered Shares, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share of Covered Stock, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Covered Stock.

(b) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, then the following provisions shall apply:


(i) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Award is outstanding, it will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. The Board may, in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion in such instances, declare that any Option or SAR shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give each Grantee the right to exercise his or her Option or SAR as to all or any part of the Covered Stock, including Shares as to which the Option or SAR would not otherwise be exercisable.

(ii) Merger or Asset Sale . Except as otherwise determined by the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, prior to the occurrence of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, in the event of such a merger or sale each outstanding Option or SAR shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation does not agree to assume the Option or SAR or to substitute an equivalent option or right, the Board may, in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, provide for the Grantee to have the right to exercise the Option or SAR as to all or a portion of the Covered Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable. If the Board makes an Option or SAR exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Grantee that the Option or SAR shall be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice, and the Option or SAR will terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or SAR shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right confers the right to purchase, for each Share of Covered Stock subject to the Option or SAR immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Board may, with the consent of the successor corporation and the participant, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR, for each Share subject to the Option or SAR, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in Fair Market Value to the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

(iii) Except as otherwise determined by the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control other than the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, in the event of such a Change in Control, all outstanding Options and SARs, to the extent they are exercisable and vested, shall be terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the Change in Control Price (reduced by the exercise price applicable to such Options or SARs). These cash proceeds shall be paid to the Grantee or, in the event of death of a Grantee prior to payment, to the estate of the Grantee or to a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance.


12. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its approval by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months after the earlier of the date of its adoption by the Board or the date of its approval by the shareholders. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable federal and state law. The Plan shall continue in effect until the tenth anniversary of adoption of the Plan by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 13 of the Plan.

13. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval . The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any successor rule or statute or other applicable law, rule or regulation, including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted). Such shareholder approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Grantee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Grantee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Grantee and the Company.

14. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to an Award unless the exercise, if applicable, of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, Applicable Law, and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.


15. Liability of Company .

(a) Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

(b) Grants Exceeding Allotted Shares . If the Covered Stock covered by an Award exceeds, as of the date of grant, the number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan without additional shareholder approval, such Award shall be void with respect to such excess Covered Stock, unless shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Shares subject to the Plan is timely obtained in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

16. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

17. Rights of Employees and Consultants . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon a Grantee any right with respect to continuing the Grantee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

18. Sub-plans for Foreign Subsidiaries . The Board may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular foreign Subsidiaries. All Awards granted under such sub-plans shall be treated as grants under the Plan. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of the Plan, with the exception of Section 3, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

19. Construction . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, to the extent not preempted by federal law, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

Exhibit 10.19

LIMITED WAIVER AND THIRD AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED

AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This LIMITED WAIVER AND THIRD A MENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated as of January 24, 2007 (this “ Amendment ”), is by and among SWITCH & DATA HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement referred to below as Lenders, DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as administrative agent (hereinafter, in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and the Lenders, CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as co-documentation agents (the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”), and CIT LENDING SERVICES CORPORATION and BNP PARIBAS , as co-syndication agents (the “Co-Syndication Agents”), amending certain provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2005 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders (each individually a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), the Administrative Agent, the Co-Syndication Agents and the Co-Documentation Agents. Terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Parent has made, or will be making, a public offering of the equity interests of Parent pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and, pursuant to such public offering, is in receipt of, or anticipates being in receipt of, Net Proceeds in an amount equal to $122,550,000 (the “ Equity Issuance Net Proceeds Amount ”);

WHEREAS , Borrower desires to apply up to $46,950,000 of such Equity Issuance Net Proceeds Amount (“ Prepayment of Second Lien Debt Amount ”) to (i) the prepayment of all of the “Term Loan” outstanding under the Second Lien Credit Agreement in an amount equal to $45,000,000, (ii) the payment of the prepayment premium due under Section 2.4.C of the Second Lien Credit Agreement in an amount equal to $450,000 and (iii) the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and fees due to the Second Lien Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Second Lien Credit Agreement in an amount not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate and, concurrently with the application of such Prepayment of Second Lien Debt Amount as provided herein, to terminate the Second Lien Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Intercreditor Agreement, Borrower may make a mandatory prepayment of the “Term Loan” (as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement) under the Second Lien Credit Agreement from the Net Proceeds of an equity


issuance if the Required Lenders have waived the corresponding mandatory prepayment under the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS , Borrower has requested to make, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have agreed, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to grant the Borrower a limited waiver in respect of the mandatory prepayments obligations set forth under Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement to permit Borrower to make, on a one time basis, a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.4 of the Second Lien Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS , the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to amend the Credit Agreement as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in the Credit Agreement and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

§1. Limited Waiver; Lender Consent .

(a) Effective as of the date hereof, upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in §3 hereof, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower Group set forth in the Credit Agreement and in this Amendment, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby waive the requirement under Section 2.5(B)(iii)(a) of the Credit Agreement that the Net Proceeds in respect of any equity issuance shall be paid by Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders for application to the Loans, provided that, (i) the foregoing limited waiver shall only apply to the Prepayment of Second Lien Debt Amount, (ii) such Prepayment of Second Lien Debt Amount shall be applied to the prepayment of the term loan and all other obligations outstanding under the Second Lien Credit Agreement on or before February 28, 2007, and (iii) the Second Lien Credit Agreement shall be terminated upon the application by the Second Lien Administrative Agent of the Second Lien Debt Amount to the obligations outstanding under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and provided further that any Prepayment of Second Lien Debt Amount not applied as set forth hereinabove and any remaining Equity Issuance Net Proceeds Amount shall be applied as set forth in Section 2.5(B)(iii)(a) of the Credit Agreement. The foregoing is a limited waiver and the execution and delivery of this Amendment does not (a) constitute a waiver by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any other term or condition under Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents (all such rights, powers and remedies being expressly reserved), (b) establish a custom or a course of dealing or conduct among the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any member of the Borrower Group and the Borrower, or (c) prejudice any rights which any Lender or the Administrative Agent now has or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Documents.

(b) The Lenders hereby further authorize the Administrative Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders, to enter into or consent to any amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement necessary or desirable


in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to prepay the term loan and all other outstanding obligations under the Second Lien Credit Agreement as set forth paragraph (a)  above without any further written authorization or consent from the Lenders.

§2. Amendment to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement Upon the payment in full of the obligations under the Second Lien Credit Agreement and termination of the Second Lien Credit Agreement and all other Second Lien Collateral Documents as provided in Section 1 above, Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting in its entirety paragraph (i) (“Monthly Financials”) therein and substituting therefor “[Intentionally Omitted]”.

§3. Conditions Precedent This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Each of the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have duly executed and delivered a counterpart signature page to this Amendment to the Administrative Agent;

(b) Each of the Guarantors shall have duly executed and delivered a counterpart signature page to the Ratification of Guaranty attached to this Amendment to the Administrative Agent;

(c) The Borrower shall pay in cash to the Administrative Agent, for the pro rata accounts of the Lenders executing and delivering a signature page to this Amendment, an amendment fee in an amount equal to five one-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) of the Commitments of such Lenders; and

(d) The Borrower shall have paid all unpaid fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent’s counsel, Bingham McCutchen LLP, to the extent that copies of invoices for such fees and expenses have been delivered to the Borrower.

§4. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions or events contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date.

(b) Ratification , Etc. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. The Credit Agreement shall, together with this Amendment, be read and construed as a single agreement. All references to the Credit Agreement in the Credit Agreement, the


Loan Documents or any related agreement or instrument shall hereafter refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

(c) Authority, Etc . The execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of all of its agreements and obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and the other Loan Documents are within the corporate authority of the Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrower.

(d) Enforceability of Obligations . This Amendment, the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and the other Loan Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and except to the extent that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(e) No Default . No Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default will exist after execution and delivery of this Amendment.

§5. Ratification of Existing Agreements . The Borrower agrees that the Obligations are, except as otherwise expressly modified in this Amendment upon the terms set forth herein, ratified and confirmed in all respects. In addition, by the execution of this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants that no counterclaim, right of set-off or defense of any kind exists or is outstanding with respect to such Obligations.

§6. No Other Amendments . Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall (a) be construed to imply a willingness on the part of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to grant any similar or other future amendment of any of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or (b) in any way prejudice, impair or effect any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

§7. Release In order to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Borrower does not have any claim or cause of action against the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agent); (ii) the Borrower does not have any offset right, counterclaim, right of recoupment or any defense of any kind against the Borrower’s obligations, indebtedness or liabilities to the Administrative Agent or any Lender; and (iii) each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders has heretofore properly performed and satisfied in a timely manner all of its obligations to the Borrower. The Borrower wishes to eliminate any possibility that any past conditions, acts, omissions, events, circumstances or matters would impair or otherwise adversely affect any of the Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ rights, interests, contracts, collateral security or remedies. Therefore, the Borrower unconditionally


releases, waives and forever discharges (A) any and all liabilities, obligations, duties, promises or indebtedness of any kind of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower, except the obligations to be performed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on or after the date hereof as expressly stated in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (B) all claims, offsets, causes of action, right of recoupment, suits or defenses of any kind whatsoever (if any), whether arising at law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which the Borrower might otherwise have against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, in either case (A) or (B), on account of any past or presently existing condition, act, omission, event, contract, liability, obligation, indebtedness, claim, cause of action, defense, circumstance or matter of any kind.

§8. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which together shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Amendment, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

§9. Expenses . Pursuant to §9.2 of the Credit Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred or sustained by the Administrative Agent in connection with this Amendment, including the fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the Administrative Agent in producing, reproducing and negotiating the Amendment, will be for the account of the Borrower whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Amendment are consummated.

§10. Governing Law; Entire Agreement . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAWS AND CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof. This Amendment shall be a “ Loan Document ” under and as defined in the Credit Agreement.

§11. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process . All judicial proceedings brought against any party hereto arising out of or relating to this Amendment or any other Loan Document, or any obligations thereunder, may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York. By executing and delivering this Amendment, each party irrevocably:

(i) accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts;

(ii) waives any defense of forum non conveniens;

(iii) agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to its address provided in accordance with Section 9.8 of the Credit Agreement or an Assignment Agreement;

(iv) with respect to the Borrower, agrees that service as provided in clause (iii)  above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over the Borrower in any such


proceeding in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect;

(v) with respect to the Borrower, agrees that Lenders retain the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring proceedings against the Borrower in the courts of any other jurisdiction; and

(vi) agrees that the provisions of this Section 10 relating to jurisdiction and venue shall be binding and enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under New York General Obligations Law Section 5-1402 or otherwise.

§12. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party hereto acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Amendment, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 12 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. In the event of litigation, this Amendment may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as a document under seal as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower :

 

SWITCH & DATA HOLDINGS, INC.

By:        /s/ George A. Pollock, Jr.
 

Name:

  George A. Pollock, Jr.
 

Title:

 

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Administrative Agent and Lender:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH

By:        /s/ Anca Trifan
 

Name:

  Anca Trifan
 

Title:

  Director
By:       /s/ Seottye Lindsey
 

Name:

  Seottye Lindsey
 

Title:

  Director

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Co-Syndication Agent and Lender :

 

CIT LENDING SERVICES CORPORATION

By:        /s/ Joseph Junda
 

Name:

  Joseph Junda
 

Title: Vice President

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Co-Syndication Agent and Lender :

 

BNP PARIBAS

By:        /s/ Ola Anderssen
 

Name: Ola Anderssen

 

Title: Director

By:       /s/ Gregg Bonardi
 

Name: Gregg Bonardi

 

Title:

  Director

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Co-Documentation Agent and Lender :

 

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE

By:        /s/ George Knight
 

Name: George Knight

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Co-Documentation Agent and Lender :

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

By:        /s/ Mark Narbey
 

Name: Mark Narbey

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Lenders:

 

FriedbergMilstein Private Capital Fund I

By:        /s/ Eric Green
 

Name: Eric Green

 

Title: Senior Partner

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Lenders :

 

FriedbergMilstein Leveraged Capital Fund I

By:        /s/ Eric Green
 

Name: Eric Green

 

Title: Senior Partner

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Lenders :

 

GSCP (NJ), L.P., on behalf of each of the following funds, in its capacity as Collateral Manager:

 

GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND II, LIMITED

GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND III, LIMITED

GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND IV, LIMITED

GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND VII, LIMITED

By:        /s/ Seth Katzenstein
 

Name: Seth Katzenstein

 

Title: Managing Director

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Lenders :

 

TRS THEBE LLC

  By:   Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, its sole member
    By:   DB Services New Jersey, Inc.
         
      By:       /s/ Alice L. Wagner
        Name:   Alice L. Wagner
        Title: Vice President
      By:       /s/ Deborah O’Keeffe
        Name:   Deborah O'Keeffe
        Title: Vice President

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Lenders :

 

BABSON CLO LTD. 2003-I

BABSON CLO LTD. 2004-I

BABSON CLO LTD. 2004-II

BABSON CLO LTD. 2005-I

BABSON CLO LTD. 2005-II

BABSON CLO LTD. 2005-III

BABSON CLO LTD. 2006-I

By:   

Babson Capital Management LLC,

as Collateral Manager

By:       /s/ Kent Collier
 

Name:

  Kent Collier
 

Title: Associate Director

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Lenders :

 

AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:   

/s/ David C. Moriniere

 

Name:

  David C. Moriniere
 

Title: Vice President

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


Lenders :

 

OSP FUNDING LLC

By:       /s/ Anna M. Tallent
 

Name:

  Anna M. Tallent
 

Title: Assistant Vice President

***Signature Page to Limited Waiver and Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement***


RATIFICATION OF GUARANTY

Each of the undersigned Guarantors hereby (a) acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment and the Borrower’s execution thereof; (b) ratifies and confirms all of their respective obligations and liabilities under the Loan Documents to which any of them is a party and ratifies and confirms that such obligations and liabilities extend to and continue in effect with respect to, and continue to guarantee and secure, as applicable, the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement; (c) acknowledge and confirm that the liens and security interests granted pursuant to the Loan Documents are and continue to be valid and perfected first priority liens and security interests (subject only to Permitted Liens) that secure all of the Obligations on and after the date hereof; (d) acknowledges and agrees that such Guarantor does not have any claim or cause of action against the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of its respective directors, officers, employees or agents); and (e) acknowledges, affirms and agrees that such Guarantor does not have any defense, claim, cause of action, counterclaim, offset or right of recoupment of any kind or nature against any of their respective obligations, indebtedness or liabilities to the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Guarantors :

 

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY, INC.

By:       /s/ George A. Pollock, Jr.

George A. Pollock, Jr.

Treasurer

SWITCH AND DATA ENTERPRISES, INC.

SWITCH AND DATA MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

SWITCH AND DATA OPERATING COMPANY LLC

SWITCH & DATA FACILITIES COMPANY LLC

SWITCH AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS LLC

SWITCH AND DATA FL SEVEN LLC

SWITCH AND DATA IL FIVE LLC

SDOC ACQUISITION, INC. (formerly known as Telx Acquisition, Inc.)

SWITCH AND DATA, INC.

By:       /s/ George A. Pollock, Jr.

George A. Pollock, Jr.

Treasurer


Guarantors :

 

SWITCH AND DATA CA NINE LLC

SWITCH AND DATA GA THREE LLC

SWITCH AND DATA IL FOUR LLC

SWITCH AND DATA NY FOUR LLC

SWITCH AND DATA NY FIVE LLC

SWITCH & DATA/NY FACILITIES COMPANY LLC

SWITCH AND DATA PA THREE LLC

SWITCH AND DATA PA FOUR LLC

SWITCH AND DATA DALLAS HOLDINGS I LLC

SWITCH AND DATA DALLAS HOLDINGS II LLC

SWITCH AND DATA VA FOUR LLC

SWITCH AND DATA WA THREE LLC

By:   Switch and Data Operating Company LLC, as Manager
By:       /s/ George A. Pollock, Jr.

George A. Pollock, Jr.

Treasurer


Guarantors :

 

SWITCH & DATA AZ ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA CA ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA CA TWO LLC

SWITCH & DATA CO ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA FL ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA FL TWO LLC

SWITCH & DATA FL FOUR LLC

SWITCH & DATA GA ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA IL ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA IN ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA LA ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA MA ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA MI ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA MO ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA MO TWO LLC

SWITCH & DATA NY ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA OH ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA PA TWO LLC

SWITCH & DATA TN TWO LLC

SWITCH & DATA TX ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA VA ONE LLC

SWITCH & DATA VA TWO LLC

SWITCH & DATA WA ONE LLC

By:   Switch & Data Facilities Company LLC, as Manager
By:        /s/ George A. Pollock, Jr.

George A. Pollock, Jr.

Treasurer

SWITCH AND DATA TX FIVE LP
By:    Switch and Data Dallas Holdings I LLC, as General Partner
By:   Switch and Data Operating Company LLC, as Manager
By:       /s/ George A. Pollock, Jr.

George A. Pollock, Jr.

Treasurer

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC

ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of our report dated December 19, 2006, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Tampa, Florida

February 3, 2007

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC

ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of our report dated September 25, 2006, relating to the financial statement of Switch and Data, Inc. which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Tampa, Florida

February 3, 2007